Chevrolet 2011 Volt Owner Manual

Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
2011 Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual M
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4
Vehicle Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Battery and Efficiency. . . . . . . . 1-16
Performance and
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Keys, Doors and Windows . . . 2-1
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1
Additional Storage Features . . . 4-2
Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 5-4
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Information Displays . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 5-48
Universal Remote System . . . . 5-55
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (2,1)
2011 Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual M
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1
Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Starting and Operating . . . . . . . 9-18
Electric Vehicle Operating
Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
Electric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-34
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-39
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57
Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-57
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Wheels and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 11-3
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . . 11-6
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 11-8
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-23
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-24
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Introduction
The names, logos, emblems,
slogans, vehicle model names, and
vehicle body designs appearing in
this manual including, but not limited
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,
the CHEVROLET Emblem, VOLT,
and the VOLT logo are trademarks
and/or service marks of General
Motors LLC, its subsidiaries,
affiliates, or licensors.
Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 20819514 A First Printing
This manual describes features that
may or may not be on your specific
vehicle either because they are
options that you did not purchase or
due to changes subsequent to the
printing of this owner manual.
Please refer to the purchase
documentation relating to your
specific vehicle to confirm each of
the features found on your vehicle.
For vehicles first sold in Canada,
substitute the name “General
Motors of Canada Limited” for
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever
it appears in this manual.
Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.
©
iii
Canadian Vehicle Owners
Propriétaires Canadiens
A French language copy of this
manual can be obtained from your
dealer or from:
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en français auprès du
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
suivante:
Helm, Incorporated
P.O. Box 07130
Detroit, MI 48207
1-800-551-4123
Numéro de poste 6438 de langue
française
www.helminc.com
2010 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
iv
Black plate (4,1)
Introduction
Using this Manual
To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
back of the manual. It is an
alphabetical list of what is in the
manual and the page number where
it can be found.
Danger, Warnings, and
Cautions
Warning messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or
reduce them.
{ WARNING
These mean there is something
that could hurt you or other
people.
Notice: This means there is
something that could result in
property or vehicle damage. This
would not be covered by the
vehicle's warranty.
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of
text. Symbols are shown along with
the text describing the operation or
information relating to a specific
component, control, message,
gauge, or indicator.
M : This symbol is shown when
you need to see your owner manual
for additional instructions or
information.
* : This symbol is shown when
you need to see a service manual
for additional instructions or
information.
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result in
serious injury or death.
Warning or Caution indicates a
hazard that could result in injury
or death.
Symbols
A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
Introduction
Vehicle Symbol Chart
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. For more
information on the symbol, refer to
the Index.
9 : Airbag Readiness Light
# : Air Conditioning
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
b g : Audio Steering
Wheel
®
Controls or OnStar
I:
Brake System Warning
Light
A : Charge Port Door
" : Charging System (12‐Volt
Battery)
I : Cruise Control
f : Electric Parking Brake
d : Electronic Stability
Control (ESC)
B : Engine Coolant Temperature
O : Exterior Lamps
y : Fault
g : First Responder
. : Fuel Gauge
+ : Fuses
3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer
_:
j:
High Voltage
LATCH System Child
Restraints
[ : Leaf
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
O : Power
B : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Safety Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
v
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
vi
Black plate (6,1)
Introduction
2 NOTES
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
In Brief
In Brief
Instrument Panel
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Initial Drive Information
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-4
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Heated Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-8
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Sensing System for Passenger
Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Steering Wheel
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-11
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Vehicle Features
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . .
Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . .
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-14
1-14
1-14
1-14
1-14
1-15
1-15
1-16
Battery and Efficiency
High Voltage Safety
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Vehicle Range . . . . . . . . .
Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . .
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-16
1-17
1-19
1-20
1-20
1-20
1-1
Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control
System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . 1-21
Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . 1-21
Driving for Better Energy
Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
1-2
In Brief
Instrument Panel
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
In Brief
A. Air Vents on page 8‑8.
B. Turn and Lane‐Change Lever.
See Turn and Lane-Change
Signals on page 6‑4.
Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6‑1.
G. Charging Status Indicator. See
Charging Status Feedback on
page 9‑47.
P.
Horn on page 5‑7.
H. Light Sensor. See Daytime
Running Lamps (DRL) on
page 6‑3.
R. Leaf Button. See Center Stack
Display on page 5‑28.
Q. Steering Wheel Controls on
page 5‑6 (If Equipped).
Pedestrian Friendly Alert on
page 6‑2.
I.
Instrument Panel Storage on
page 4‑1.
S. DRIVE MODE Button. See
Driver Selected Operating
Modes on page 9‑24.
C. Instrument Cluster on page 5‑9.
J.
Automatic Climate Control
System on page 8‑1.
T.
Driver Information Center (DIC)
Display. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5‑38.
D. Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5‑7.
E. Heated Front Seats on page 3‑6
(If Equipped).
F.
Center Stack Display on
page 5‑28.
1-3
K. Driver Information Center (DIC)
Controls. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5‑38.
L.
Power Button on page 9‑18.
U. Shift Lever. See Electric Drive
Unit on page 9‑29.
V.
Infotainment on page 7‑1.
Navigation System. See Using
the Navigation System on
page 7‑36.
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control on page 6‑5.
M. Data Link Connector (DLC)
(Out of View). See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp on page 5‑19.
W. Electric Parking Brake on
page 9‑32.
N. Cruise Control on page 9‑36.
X. Power Door Locks on page 2‑9.
O. Steering Wheel Adjustment on
page 5‑6.
Y.
Hazard Warning Flashers on
page 6‑4.
Z.
Glove Box on page 4‑1.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
1-4
Black plate (4,1)
In Brief
7 : Press and release to locate
the vehicle. Press and hold for
three seconds to sound the panic
alarm. Press again to cancel the
panic alarm.
Initial Drive
Information
This section provides a brief
overview about some of the
important features that may or may
not be on your specific vehicle.
B:
For more detailed information, refer
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter will work up to 60 m
(195 ft) away from the vehicle.
Press the key release button to
extend the key. The key can be
used for all locks.
K : Press once to unlock the driver
door. Press a second time within
five seconds to unlock all doors.
Q:
Press to lock all doors.
Lock and unlock feedback can
be personalized. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑48.
Press Q and then press
and hold B within five seconds to
start the vehicle's heating or air
conditioning systems and rear
window defogger from outside the
vehicle using the RKE transmitter.
See Remote Start on page 2‑7 for
more information.
A : Press to open the charge
port door. See Plug-In Charging on
page 9‑44 for more information.
See Keys on page 2‑2 and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2‑3.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
In Brief
Remote Vehicle Start
This feature starts the heating or
air conditioning systems and rear
window defogger from outside the
vehicle. Normal operation of the
system will return after the vehicle
has been turned on. The engine
may start to support the climate
control operation.
Activating the Remote Start
1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the
vehicle.
2. Press Q on the RKE transmitter;
the doors will lock.
3. Within five seconds, press and
hold B until the turn signal
lamps flash or for approximately
four seconds. Pressing B again
during a remote start will turn the
feature off.
After entering the vehicle during a
remote start, press the POWER O
button on the center stack with the
brake pedal applied to operate as
normal.
Canceling Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do any of
the following:
.
Aim the RKE transmitter at the
vehicle and press and hold B
until the parking lamps turn off.
.
Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.
Press the POWER O button on
the center stack, with the brake
pedal applied, then press the
POWER O button again to turn
the vehicle off.
See Remote Start on page 2‑7.
1-5
Door Locks
To lock or unlock the door, use the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter or the key from outside
the vehicle. Use the door lock knob
or switch from inside the vehicle.
See Door Locks on page 2‑8.
Power Door Locks
The power door lock switches are
on the center stack.
K:
Q:
Press to unlock the doors.
Press to lock the doors.
See Power Door Locks on page 2‑9.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
1-6
Black plate (6,1)
In Brief
Hatch
Windows
Seat Adjustment
Seat Position
To adjust the seat position:
To open the hatch, with all doors
unlocked, press the button on the
underside of the hatch and lift up.
Always close the hatch before
driving. Do not press the button
while closing the hatch; it will unlock
it again.
See Hatch on page 2‑10.
The power window switches are on
the driver door armrest. Each
passenger door has a switch that
controls only that window.
Press the front of the switch to lower
the window. Pull the switch up to
raise it.
The driver and passenger windows
have an express-down feature and
the driver window has express-up.
See Power Windows on page 2‑16.
1. Pull the handle at the front of the
seat cushion to unlock it.
2. Move the seat forward or
rearward and release the
handle.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (7,1)
In Brief
Height Adjustment
Reclining Seatbacks
1-7
2. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
See Reclining Seatbacks on
page 3‑4.
Heated Seats
Move the lever up or down to raise
or lower the seat.
To recline the seatback:
See “Seat Height Adjuster” under
Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
1. Lift the lever.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
If available, the controls are on the
center stack. To operate, the vehicle
must be on.
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
Press M or L to heat the driver or
passenger seat cushion and
seatback.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
1-8
Black plate (8,1)
In Brief
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the heated seat will
change to the next lower setting,
and then the off setting. Three lights
indicate the highest setting and one
light the lowest.
See Heated Front Seats on
page 3‑6 for more information.
Auto Heated Seats
Press the touch screen M AUTO or
L AUTO button. The button color
will change to green when this
feature is on.
When the vehicle is on, this feature
will automatically activate the
heated seats at the level required by
the vehicle's interior temperature.
The active high, medium, low, or off
heated seat level will be indicated
by the manual heated seat button
lights on the center stack. Use the
manual heated seat buttons on the
center stack to turn auto heated
seats off.
See Heated Front Seats on
page 3‑6 for more information.
The heated seats can also be
programmed to come on during a
remote start. See “Remote Start
Auto Heat Seats” under Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑48 for
more information.
If available, the controls can be
accessed while the vehicle is on by
pressing the CLIMATE button on the
center stack.
Head Restraint
Adjustment
Do not drive until the head restraints
for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To achieve a comfortable seating
position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary
while keeping the seat and the head
restraint height in the proper
position.
For more information see Head
Restraints on page 3‑2 and Seat
Adjustment on page 3‑4.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (9,1)
In Brief
Safety Belts
Sensing System for
Passenger Airbag
1-9
Mirror Adjustment
Exterior
Mirrors can be folded inward toward
the vehicle to prevent damage when
going through an automatic car
wash. Push the mirror outward to
return it to the original position.
See Folding Mirrors on page 2‑14.
Refer to the following sections for
important information on how to use
safety belts properly.
.
Safety Belts on page 3‑10.
.
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly on page 3‑13.
.
Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑19.
.
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3‑47.
The passenger sensing system will
turn off the right front passenger
frontal airbag and passenger knee
airbag under certain conditions. The
driver airbags, seat‐mounted side
impact airbags, and roof‐rail airbags
are not affected by the passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System on page 3‑33 for
more information.
The passenger airbag status
indicator will be visible on the
overhead console when the vehicle
is started. See Passenger Airbag
Status Indicator on page 5‑18.
Controls for the outside power
mirrors are on the driver door.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
1-10
Black plate (10,1)
In Brief
To adjust a mirror:
1. Move the selector switch to
L (left) or R (right) to choose the
driver or passenger mirror.
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
Interior Lighting
Dome Lamps
The dome lamp controls are in the
overhead console.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move each mirror in the
desired direction.
To operate, press the following
buttons:
3. Return the selector switch to the
center position.
+ : Press to turn on the dome
lamps.
See Power Mirrors on page 2‑14.
1 : Press to turn the lamps on
automatically when a door is
opened.
When the rear window defogger is
activated, the heated mirriors,
if equipped, will also come on. See
Heated Mirrors on page 2‑14.
Interior
The vehicle has an automatic
dimming inside rearview mirror.
Automatic dimming reduces the
glare from the headlamps of the
vehicle behind you. The dimming
feature and the indicator light come
on each time the vehicle is started.
Hold the mirror in the center to
adjust it. See Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror on page 2‑15.
* : Press to turn the lamps off,
even when a door is open.
To adjust the steering wheel:
Reading Lamps
1. Pull the lever (A) down.
The front reading lamps are in the
overhead console.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Pull the lever (A) up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
#$:
Press to turn each lamp on
or off.
For more information on interior
lighting, see Instrument Panel
Illumination Control on page 6‑5.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (11,1)
In Brief
Exterior Lighting
The exterior lamp control is on the
turn signal/lane change lever.
For more information, see:
.
Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6‑1.
.
Turn and Lane-Change Signals
on page 6‑4.
.
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer on page 6‑2.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
O : Turn to operate the exterior
lamps.
O:
Turns the exterior lamps off.
Turns on the parking lamps,
together with the sidemarker lamps,
taillamps, license plate lamps, and
instrument panel lights.
5 : Turns on the headlamps,
together with the parking lamps,
sidemarker lamps, taillamps, license
plate lamps, and instrument panel
lights.
G:
Move the lever up to G for
adjustable interval wipes, then turn
the band up for more frequent wipes
or down for less frequent wipes.
9 : Use to turn the windshield
wipers off.
3 : For a single wipe, briefly move
the wiper lever down. For several
wipes, hold the wiper lever down.
AUTO: Turns the exterior lamps on
and off automatically depending on
the exterior light.
;:
1-11
The windshield wiper lever is on the
side of the steering column. With
the vehicle on, move the windshield
wiper lever to select the wiper
speed.
2: Move the lever up to 2 for fast
wipes.
1: Move the lever up to 1 for slow
wipes.
Windshield Washer
Pull the windshield wiper lever
toward you to spray windshield
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
See Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5‑7.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
1-12
Black plate (12,1)
In Brief
Climate Controls
E. Auto (Automatic Operation)
Heating, cooling, and ventilation can be controlled by using the climate
control buttons and the climate touch screen.
F.
Climate Control Buttons
A. Temperature Control
C. Defrost
B. Driver and Passenger Heated
Seats
D. Climate
Rear Window Defogger
G. Manual Fan Control
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (13,1)
In Brief
1-13
See Automatic Climate Control
System on page 8‑1.
Auto Heated Seats are selected
using the climate control touch
screen. See Heated Front Seats on
page 3‑6.
Climate Touch Screen Controls
A. Driver and Passenger Auto
Heated Seats
F.
B. Air Delivery Mode Controls
G. Climate Power Gauge
C. Auto Recirculation
H. Manual Fan Control
D. Manual Recirculation
I.
Temperature Setting Display
E. Outside Air Temperature
Display
J.
Air Conditioning Indicator
Climate Modes: Fan Only, ECO,
Comfort
K. Heat Status Indicator
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
1-14
Black plate (14,1)
In Brief
Vehicle Features
For more information refer to:
.
www.xmradio.com or call
1-800-929-2100 (U.S.).
.
www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-438-9677 (Canada).
Radio(s)
This vehicle's radio is part of the
navigation system. See Infotainment
on page 7‑1.
Satellite Radio
Vehicles with an XM™ Satellite
Radio tuner and a valid XM Satellite
Radio subscription can receive XM
programming.
XM Satellite Radio Service
XM is a satellite radio service based
in the 48 contiguous United States
and 10 Canadian provinces. XM
Satellite Radio has a wide variety of
programming and commercial-free
music, coast to coast, and in
digital-quality sound. A fee is
required to receive the XM service.
For more information, see Satellite
Radio on page 7‑13.
The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired with the in-vehicle
Bluetooth system before it can be
used in the vehicle. Not all phones
will support all functions.
See Bluetooth on page 7‑78.
Steering Wheel Controls
Portable Audio Devices
This vehicle has a 3.5 mm (1/8 in)
auxiliary input and a USB port
located in the center stack. External
devices such as iPods®, laptop
computers, MP3 players, CD
changers, and USB storage devices
may be connected, depending on
the audio system.
For more information, see Auxiliary
Devices on page 7‑36.
Bluetooth®
®
The Bluetooth system allows users
with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
to make and receive hands-free
calls using the vehicle audio
system, microphone, and controls.
For vehicles with audio steering
wheel controls, some audio controls
can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (15,1)
In Brief
b g : Press to interact with the
available Bluetooth, OnStar,
or navigation system.
Cruise Control
$ i : Press to silence the
vehicle speakers only. Press again
to turn the sound on. For vehicles
with OnStar or Bluetooth systems,
press to reject an incoming call,
or to end a current call.
Navigation System
The vehicle has a navigation system
that includes information about the
radio, audio players, and navigation
system.
Turn _ or ^ to select a
radio band or audio source.
Press SRC to change between
radio and CD or DVD.
+ x −: Press + to increase or − to
decrease the volume.
For more information, see Steering
Wheel Controls on page 5‑6.
SET/− : Move the thumbwheel
down to set a speed and activate
cruise control or to make the vehicle
decelerate.
See Cruise Control on page 9‑36.
_ SRC ^ :
Turn _ or ^ to select the next or
previous favorite radio station, CD,
DVD track/chapter (with navigation),
or MP3 track.
1-15
The cruise control buttons are on
the steering wheel.
1 : Press to turn the cruise control
system on and off. An indicator light
will turn on or off in the instrument
cluster.
[ : Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
RES/+ : Move the thumbwheel up
to resume to a previously set speed
or to accelerate.
The navigation system provides
detailed maps of most major
freeways and roads. After a
destination has been set, the
system provides turn-by-turn
instructions for reaching the
destination. In addition, the system
can help locate a variety of POIs
(Points of Interest), such as banks,
airports, restaurants, and more.
See Infotainment on page 7‑1 for
more information.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
1-16
Black plate (16,1)
In Brief
Power Outlets
Battery and Efficiency
The accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
High Voltage Safety
Information
There are three accessory power
outlets:
.
Inside the front of the center
floor console.
.
On the rear of the center floor
console.
.
Inside the instrument panel
storage area.
The power outlets supply power
while the vehicle is on, or if the
vehicle is in Retained Accessory
Power (RAP). See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) on
page 9‑21.
Remove the cover to access and
replace when not in use.
{ WARNING
Exposure to high voltage can
cause shock, burns, and even
death. The high voltage
components in the vehicle can
only be serviced by technicians
with special training.
High voltage components are
identified by labels. Do not
remove, open, take apart,
or modify these components.
High voltage cable or wiring has
orange covering. Do not probe,
tamper with, cut, or modify high
voltage cable or wiring.
If the vehicle is in a crash, the
sensing system may shut down the
high voltage system. When this
occurs, the high voltage battery is
disconnected and the vehicle will
not start. The SERVICE VEHICLE
SOON message in the Driver
Information Center (DIC) will be
displayed. Before the vehicle can be
operated again, it must be serviced
at your dealer.
See Battery on page 10‑24 for
important safety information. If an
airbag has inflated, see What Will
You See After an Airbag Inflates?
on page 3‑31.
Only a trained service technician
with the proper knowledge and tools
should inspect, test, or replace the
high voltage battery. See your
dealer if the high voltage battery
needs service.
See Battery on page 10‑24.
See Power Outlets on page 5‑8.
This vehicle has a high voltage
battery and a standard 12‐volt
battery.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (17,1)
In Brief
Charging
Charging
The high voltage battery can be
charged using a household
electrical outlet. There are three
ways to program how the vehicle is
charged. See Charging on
page 5‑30 for more information.
Start Charge
This section explains the process
for charging the high voltage battery.
Do not allow the vehicle to remain in
temperature extremes for long
periods without being driven or
plugged in. It is recommended that
the vehicle be plugged in when
temperatures are below 0°C (32°F)
and above 32°C (90°F) to maximize
high voltage battery life.
The charging system may run fans
and pumps that result in sounds
from the vehicle while it is turned
off. Additional unexpected clicking
sounds may be experienced caused
by the electrical devices used while
charging.
1. The charge port door release
button is on the driver door inner
trim panel. With the vehicle in
P (Park), press the button for
one second and release to open
the charge port door. The charge
port door can also be opened
using the RKE transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation on page 2‑3.
1-17
In cold weather conditions, ice
may form around the charge port
door. The charge port door may
not open on the first attempt.
Remove ice from the area and
repeat attempting to open the
charge port door.
2. Open the rear hatch, lift the load
support floor covering (A), and
remove the charge cord. It is
located near the tire sealant and
compressor kit (C). Pull up on
the charge cord handle (D) to
release it from the handle
clip (E). Lift the charge cord up
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
1-18
Black plate (18,1)
In Brief
and rearward to remove it from
the vehicle. The vehicle plug (B)
is stored as shown.
3. Plug the charge cord into the
electrical outlet. See Electrical
Requirements for Battery
Charging on page 9‑51. Verify
that the charge cord status
indicators are both green. See
Charge Cord on page 9‑49 for
more information.
illuminates on top of the
instrument panel and a horn
chirp occurs. See Charging
Status Feedback on page 9‑47
for more information.
5. To arm the charge cord theft
alert, lock the vehicle with the
RKE transmitter. This feature
can be disabled by a service
technician.
End Charge
1. Unlock the vehicle with the RKE
transmitter to disarm the charge
cord theft alert.
4. Then plug in the vehicle plug of
the charge cord into the charge
port on the vehicle. Verify that
the charging status indicator
2. Unplug the vehicle plug of the
charge cord from the vehicle by
squeezing the vehicle plug lever
and pull to remove.
3. Unplug the charge cord from the
electrical outlet.
4. Before storing the charge cord,
have the charge cord face up
and wrap the charge cable
neatly counterclockwise around
the body of the charge cord.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (19,1)
In Brief
1-19
While the charge cord is plugged
into the vehicle, the vehicle cannot
be driven.
Fueling
The fuel system on this vehicle
requires a refueling process to
control evaporative emissions. To
refuel the vehicle:
5. Place the charge cord, face
down, into the storage
compartment with the front
edge (F) of the charge cord
body under the clips (G) located
in the front of the storage
compartment. The vehicle
plug (B) should be on the right
side of the charge cord.
Push the charge cord handle
down until it locks into the
handle clip at the rear of the
storage compartment.
2. When the READY TO REFUEL
message displays, the fuel door
on the passenger side will
unlock. Push the rearward edge
of the fuel door in and release to
open the door.
3. Turn the fuel cap
counterclockwise to remove.
While refueling, hang the fuel
cap tether from the hook on the
inside of the fuel door.
1. Press the fuel door button on
the driver door for one second.
A WAIT TO REFUEL message
displays on the Driver
Information Center.
4. After refueling, reinstall the fuel
cap by turning it clockwise until it
clicks. Close the fuel door.
See Filling the Tank on page 9‑55.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
1-20
Black plate (20,1)
In Brief
Total Vehicle Range
See Regenerative Braking on
page 9‑33.
Service
{ WARNING
Total vehicle range is the remaining
distance the vehicle can be driven
combining the electric range and
fuel range.
See Driving for Better Energy
Efficiency on page 9‑2.
Regenerative Braking
Regenerative braking takes some of
the energy from the moving vehicle
and turns it back into electrical
energy. This energy is then stored
back into the high voltage battery
system, contributing to increased
energy efficiency.
Never try to do your own service
on high voltage components. You
can be injured and the vehicle
can be damaged if you try to do
your own service work. Service
and repair of these high voltage
components should only be
performed by a trained service
technician with the proper
knowledge and tools. See Doing
Your Own Service Work on
page 10‑6.
Performance and
Maintenance
Traction Control
System (TCS)
The Traction Control System limits
wheel spin. The system turns on
automatically every time the vehicle
is on and cannot be turned off.
For more information, see Traction
Control System (TCS) on
page 9‑34.
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC)
Electronic Stability Control assists
with directional control of the vehicle
in difficult driving conditions. The
system turns on automatically every
time the vehicle is on and cannot be
turned off.
For more information, see Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) on
page 9‑35.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (21,1)
In Brief
Tire Pressure Monitor
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
indicator that the tire pressures are
getting low and the tires need to be
inflated to the proper pressure.
The TPMS does not replace normal
monthly tire maintenance. It is the
driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressures.
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
on page 10‑49.
The TPMS warning light alerts you
to a significant loss in pressure of
one of the vehicle's tires. If the
warning light comes on, stop as
soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑13. The warning
light will remain on until the tire
pressure is corrected.
During cooler conditions, the low tire
pressure warning light may appear
when the vehicle is first started and
then turn off. This may be an early
Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit
This vehicle may have a tire sealant
and compressor kit that can be used
to seal small punctures in the tread
area of the tire. Significant sidewall
damage will require the tire to be
replaced.
See Tire Sealant and Compressor
Kit on page 10‑63 for complete
operating information.
1-21
Engine Oil Life System
The engine oil life system calculates
engine oil life based on vehicle use
and displays the CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message when it is time
to change the engine oil and filter.
The oil life system should be reset
to 100% only following an oil
change.
Resetting the Oil Life System
1. Use the SELECT knob to select
OIL LIFE on the DIC menu.
2. Press SELECT to start the OIL
LIFE reset procedure.
3. The DIC menu will display “Are
you sure that you want to reset?”
Use SELECT to choose YES to
reset oil life or NO to exit and
return to the previous menu.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
1-22
Black plate (22,1)
In Brief
4. If YES is selected, the DIC menu
will display RESET OIL LIFE for
a short time and then 100% OIL
LIFE will be displayed when OIL
LIFE is successfully reset.
See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10‑12.
Driving for Better Energy
Efficiency
Use the following tips to help
maximize energy efficiency and
range.
Driving Style
Efficiency Gauge (Instrument
Cluster)
The ball indicator should be kept
green and in the center of the
gauge.
Inefficient acceleration is indicated
when the ball turns yellow and
travels above the center of the
gauge.
Aggressive braking is indicated
when the ball turns yellow and
travels below the center of the
gauge.
Acceleration/Braking/Coasting
Avoid unnecessary rapid
accelerations and decelerations.
Electric range is maximized at
80 km/h (50 mph) and below. Higher
speeds use more energy and can
significantly reduce electric range.
Use cruise control when
appropriate.
Plan ahead for decelerations and
coast whenever possible. For
example, do not rush to traffic
signals.
Do not shift to N (Neutral) to coast.
The vehicle recovers energy while
coasting and braking in D (Drive)
or L (Low).
Drive Mode and PRNDL Selection
Use Normal Mode when possible.
Sport Mode provides more
responsive acceleration than
Normal Mode but reduces efficiency.
Use Mountain Mode prior to
climbing long, steep grades in
mountainous areas. Be sure to
engage Mountain Mode before
starting to climb. Mountain Mode
reduces electric range and power
but may be needed to maintain
speeds above 96 km/h (60 mph)
when climbing grades of 5% or
greater.
Use L (Low) in heavy stop‐and‐go
traffic or when traveling downhill.
L (Low) requires less brake pedal
application and provides a
controlled, efficient way to slow the
vehicle down.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (23,1)
In Brief
Climate Setting
Using the heat and air conditioning
systems decreases the energy
available for electric driving.
Optimal energy efficiency is
achieved with the heat, air
conditioning, and fan turned off.
Less energy is used at low fan
speeds. When using the fan:
.
Fan Only is the most energy
efficient climate setting.
.
ECO is for moderate air
conditioning and heater
operation and is the next
most energy efficient setting.
.
Comfort provides the most
comfort but is the least energy
efficient.
Use the auto heated seat feature
instead of climate settings. Heating
the seat uses less energy than
heating the vehicle interior.
Use remote start when the vehicle is
plugged in to attain a comfortable
vehicle interior temperature.
In hot weather, avoid parking in
direct sunlight or use sunshades
inside the vehicle.
Turn off the front and rear window
defog/defrost when they are no
longer needed.
Avoid driving with the windows open
at highway speeds.
Vehicle Charging/Maintenance
Charging
Keep the vehicle plugged in, even
when fully charged, to keep the
battery temperature ready for the
next drive. This is important when
outside temperatures are extremely
hot or cold.
If fuel is not regularly used, consider
keeping the fuel tank only one‐third
full. Excess fuel weight impacts
efficiency and range.
Use premium fuel.
Avoid unnecessary use of electrical
accessories. Power used for
functions other than propelling the
vehicle will reduce EV range.
Using a rooftop carrier will reduce
efficiency due to additional weight
and drag.
Roadside Assistance
Program
U.S.: 1-888-811-1926
Maintenance
TTY Users: 1-888-889-2438
Always keep the tires properly
inflated and the vehicle properly
aligned.
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
The weight of excess cargo in the
vehicle affects efficiency and range.
Avoid carrying more than is needed.
1-23
As the owner of a new Chevrolet,
you are automatically enrolled
in the Roadside Assistance
program. This program provides
security and convenience in
the event of an on-road failure
or emergency situation.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
1-24
Black plate (24,1)
In Brief
Service is provided 24 hours a day,
365 days a year for the 5 year/
160 000 km (100,000 mi) coverage
period.
OnStar®
Q : Push this blue button to
connect to a specially trained
OnStar Advisor to verify your
account information and to answer
questions.
See Roadside Assistance Program
on page 13‑6 for more information.
Roadside Assistance and OnStar
If you have an active OnStar
subscription, press the Q button
and the current GPS location will
be sent to an OnStar advisor who
will assess your problem, contact
Roadside Assistance, and relay
your exact location to get the help
you need.
Online Owner Center
The Online Owner Center is a
complimentary service that includes
online service reminders, vehicle
maintenance tips, online owner
manual, special privileges,
and more.
Sign up today at:
www.chevyownercenter.com
(U.S.) or www.gm.ca (Canada).
How OnStar Service Works
For vehicles with an active OnStar
subscription, OnStar uses several
innovative technologies and live
Advisors to provide a wide range of
safety, security, navigation,
diagnostics, and calling services.
Automatic Crash Response
In a crash, built‐in sensors can
automatically alert an OnStar
Advisor who is immediately
connected to the vehicle to see if
you need help.
] : Push this red emergency
button to get priority help from
specially trained OnStar Emergency
Advisors.
X : Push this button for hands‐free,
voice‐activated calling and to give
voice commands for Hands‐Free
Calling and Turn‐by‐Turn
Navigation.
Automatic Crash Response,
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle
Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock,
Roadside Assistance, Turn‐by‐Turn
Navigation, and Hands‐Free Calling
are available on most vehicles. Not
all OnStar services are available on
all vehicles. For more information
see the OnStar Owner's Guide or
visit www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada), contact
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (25,1)
In Brief
OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR
(1‐888‐466‐7827) or TTY
1‐877‐248‐2080, or push the Q
button to speak with an OnStar
Advisor 24 hours a day, 7 days
a week.
For a full description of OnStar
services and system limitations, see
the OnStar Owner's Guide in the
glove box.
OnStar service is subject to the
OnStar Terms and Conditions
included in the OnStar Glove
Box Kit.
OnStar service requires wireless
communication networks and the
Global Positioning System (GPS)
satellite network. Not all OnStar
services are available everywhere
or on all vehicles at all times.
OnStar service can’t work unless
your vehicle is in a place where
OnStar has an agreement with a
wireless service provider for service
in that area, and the wireless
service provider has coverage,
network capacity, reception, and
technology compatible with OnStar
service. Service involving location
information about your vehicle can’t
work unless GPS signals are
available, unobstructed, and
compatible with the OnStar
hardware. The vehicle has to have
a working electrical system and
adequate 12‐volt battery power for
the OnStar equipment to operate.
OnStar service may not work if the
OnStar equipment isn’t properly
installed or you haven’t maintained
it and your vehicle is in good
1-25
working order and in compliance
with all government regulations.
If you try to add, connect, or modify
any equipment or software in your
vehicle, OnStar service may not
work. Other problems OnStar can’t
control may prevent service to you,
such as hills, tall buildings, tunnels,
weather, electrical system design
and architecture of your vehicle,
damage to important parts of your
vehicle in a crash, or wireless phone
network congestion or jamming.
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13‑26 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and Industry Canada
Standards RSS-210/220/310.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
1-26
Black plate (26,1)
In Brief
OnStar Steering Wheel
Controls
This vehicle may have talk and
mute buttons that can be used to
interact with OnStar Hands-Free
Calling. See Steering Wheel
Controls on page 5‑6 for more
information.
On some vehicles, the mute button
can be used to dial numbers into
voice mail systems, or to dial phone
extensions. See the OnStar Owner's
Guide for more information.
Your Responsibility
OnStar®
Increase the volume of the radio if
the OnStar Advisor cannot be
heard.
If the vehicle is equipped with an
active OnStar system, that system
may also record data in crash or
near crash-like situations. The
OnStar Terms and Conditions
provides information on data
collection and use and is available
in the OnStar Glove Box Kit, at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada), or by
pushing Q and speaking to an
Advisor.
If the light next to the OnStar
buttons is red, the system may
not be functioning properly. Push
the Q button and request a vehicle
diagnostic check. If the light
appears clear or no light appears,
your OnStar subscription has
expired and all services have been
deactivated. Push the Q button to
confirm that the OnStar equipment
is active.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Keys, Doors and
Windows
Keys and Locks
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . 2-10
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Doors
Interior Mirrors
Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anti-Theft Alarm System . . . . .
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . .
2-12
2-12
2-12
2-13
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-1
2-13
2-14
2-14
2-14
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Windows
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
2-2
Black plate (2,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Keys and Locks
See your dealer if a replacement
key or an additional key is needed.
Keys
Notice: If the keys get locked in
the vehicle, it may have to be
damaged to get them out. Always
carry a spare key.
{ WARNING
Leaving children in a vehicle with
the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter is dangerous for many
reasons; children or others could
be badly injured or even killed.
They could operate the power
windows or other controls or even
make the vehicle move. The
windows will function with the
RKE transmitter in the vehicle
and they could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Do not
leave the RKE transmitter in a
vehicle with children.
The key that is part of the RKE
transmitter can be used for all locks.
If you are locked out of the vehicle,
call the Roadside Assistance
Center. See Roadside Assistance
Program on page 13‑6.
Press the key release button on the
RKE transmitter to extend the key.
Press the key release button and
fold the key blade to retract the key.
The key has a bar-coded key tag
that the dealer or qualified locksmith
can use to make new keys. Store
this information in a safe place, not
in the vehicle.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13‑26 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and Industry Canada
Standards RSS-210/220/310.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Q (Lock):
If there is a decrease in the RKE
operating range:
.
Check the distance. The
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.
.
Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
.
Check the transmitter's battery.
See “Battery Replacement” later
in this section.
.
If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your
dealer or a qualified technician
for service.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation
The RKE transmitter functions will
work up to 60 m (195 ft) away from
the vehicle.
Keep in mind that other conditions,
such as those previously stated,
can impact the performance of the
transmitter.
2-3
Press to lock all doors.
The hazard warning lamps will flash
once and the anti-theft alarm system
will be armed. See Anti-Theft Alarm
System on page 2‑12.
K (Unlock): Press once to unlock
the driver door. Press a second time
within five seconds to unlock all
doors.
The hazard warning lamps will
flash twice each time the button is
pressed and the anti-theft alarm
system will be disarmed. See
Anti-Theft Alarm System on
page 2‑12.
If the driver door is open when Q is
pressed, all doors lock and then
the driver door will unlock if the
Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
feature is enabled through the
vehicle personalization. See
“Unlocked Door Anti Lock
Out Feature” under Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑48 for
more information. This may vary
based on vehicle personalization.
7 (Panic Alarm): Press and
release one time to locate the
vehicle. The exterior lamps flash
and the horn chirps three times.
Press and hold for three seconds to
sound the panic alarm. The horn
sounds and the turn signals flash for
30 seconds. Press again to cancel
the panic alarm.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
2-4
Black plate (4,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
B (Remote Start):
Press Q and
then press and hold B within
five seconds to start the vehicle's
heating or air conditioning systems
and rear window defogger from
outside the vehicle using the RKE
transmitter. See Remote Start on
page 2‑7 for more information.
The auto heated seats, if equipped,
can be programmed to come on
when the vehicle is remotely
started. See Vehicle Personalization
on page 5‑48 for more information.
Also see “Auto Heated Seats” under
Heated Front Seats on page 3‑6.
A (Charge Port Door):
Press to
open the charge port door. See
Plug-In Charging on page 9‑44 for
more information.
Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters programmed
to this vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
When the replacement transmitter
is programmed to this vehicle, all
remaining transmitters must also be
reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen
transmitters will no longer work
once the new transmitter is
programmed. Each vehicle can
have up to five transmitters matched
to it.
driver door and turn the key to
the unlock position five times
within 10 seconds.
The Driver Information Center
(DIC) displays READY FOR
REMOTE #2, 3, 4 OR 5.
Programming with a Recognized
Transmitter
A new transmitter can be
programmed to the vehicle when
there is one recognized transmitter.
For vehicles sold in Canada, two
recognized transmitters are required
to program a new transmitter. To
program, the vehicle must be off
and all of the transmitters, both
currently recognized and new, must
be in the vehicle.
1. Place the recognized
transmitter(s) in the cupholder.
2. Insert the vehicle key of the new
transmitter into the key lock
cylinder on the outside of the
3. Remove the rubber mat in
the instrument panel storage.
Extend the key blade on the new
transmitter and insert the key
blade into the transmitter slot.
4. Press and hold the POWER
button on the center stack
for two seconds. When the
O
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
transmitter is programmed, the
DIC will show that it is ready to
program the next transmitter.
5. Remove the transmitter from the
transmitter slot and press K on
the transmitter.
To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 3
through 5.
When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and
hold the POWER O button
for 10 seconds to exit
programming mode.
Programming without a
Recognized Transmitter
Non-Canadian (U.S.) owners are
permitted to program a new
transmitter to their vehicle when
a recognized transmitter is not
available. The Canadian regulations
require that Canadian owners see
their dealer for programming new
transmitters when two recognized
transmitters are not available.
If there are no currently recognized
transmitters available, follow this
procedure to program up to five
transmitters. This procedure will
take approximately 30 minutes to
complete. The vehicle must be off
and all of the transmitters must be in
the vehicle.
1. Insert the vehicle key of the
transmitter into the key lock
cylinder on the outside of the
driver door and turn the key to
the unlock position five times
within 10 seconds.
2-5
3. Repeat Step 2 two more times.
After the third time, all previously
known transmitters will no longer
work with the vehicle. Remaining
transmitters can be programmed
during the next steps.
The DIC display should
now show READY FOR
REMOTE # 1.
The Driver Information Center
(DIC) displays REMOTE LEARN
PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.
2. Wait for 10 minutes until the
DIC displays PRESS START
BUTTON TO LEARN and then
press the POWER O button on
the center stack.
The DIC display will again show
REMOTE LEARN PENDING,
PLEASE WAIT.
4. Remove the rubber mat in
the instrument panel storage.
Extend the key blade on the new
transmitter and insert the key
blade into the transmitter slot.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
2-6
Black plate (6,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
5. Press and hold the POWER O
button for two seconds. When
the transmitter is programmed,
the DIC will show that it is ready
to program the next transmitter.
To start the vehicle:
1. Open the instrument panel
storage and remove the
rubber mat.
6. Remove the transmitter from the
transmitter slot and press K on
the transmitter.
To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 4
through 6.
When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and
hold the POWER O button
for 10 seconds to exit
programming mode.
Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery
If the transmitter battery is weak,
the DIC may display NO REMOTE
DETECTED when you try to start
the vehicle. The REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
message may also be displayed at
this time.
Replace the transmitter battery as
soon as possible.
Battery Replacement
Notice: When replacing the
battery, do not touch any of the
circuitry on the transmitter. Static
from your body could damage the
transmitter.
To replace the battery:
1. Extend the key blade and open
the battery cover on the back of
the unit.
2. Remove the used battery. Avoid
touching the circuit board to
other components.
2. Extend the key blade and place
the blade into the slot.
3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
N (Neutral), press the brake
pedal and the POWER O button
on the center stack. See Power
Button on page 9‑18 for
additional information.
3. Insert the new battery, positive
side facing down toward
the base.
4. Reassemble the battery cover.
5. Check the operation of the
transmitter with the vehicle.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (7,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Remote Start
This feature starts the heating or
air conditioning systems and rear
window defogger from outside the
vehicle. Normal operation of the
system will return after the vehicle
has been turned on.
B (Remote Start):
This button is
on the RKE transmitter.
During remote start:
.
.
The climate control system will
default to an appropriate heating
or cooling mode. See Automatic
Climate Control System on
page 8‑1 for more information.
If the vehicle has heated seats,
and this feature has been
enabled through vehicle
personalization, the heated
seats will turn on during colder
outside temperatures. See
“Remote Start Heated Seats”
under Heated Front Seats on
page 3‑6 and Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑48 for
additional information.
2-7
.
The engine may start to provide
energy for heating and cooling,
independent of the vehicle
being plugged in or completely
charged.
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System on page 2‑2 for additional
information.
.
Vehicle range may decrease if
the vehicle is not plugged into
an electrical outlet. If the vehicle
is plugged in, much of the
energy needed to support this
feature will be provided from the
utility, not from the high voltage
battery.
Activating the Remote Start
Laws in some communities may
restrict the use of features that
remotely start the engine. For
example, some laws may require
a person using the remote start
feature to have the vehicle in
view when doing so. Check local
regulations for any requirements on
remote starting of vehicles.
With the remote start feature, the
RKE transmitter functions will have
an increased range of operation.
However, the range may be less
while the vehicle is running.
To heat or cool the passenger
compartment using remote start:
1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the
vehicle.
2. Press Q on the RKE transmitter;
the doors will lock.
3. Within five seconds press and
hold B until the turn signal
lamps flash or for approximately
four seconds. Pressing B again
during a remote start will turn the
feature off.
Remote start will automatically shut
off after 10 minutes unless a time
extension is done.
While the remote start is active, the
parking lamps will turn on and
remain on.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
2-8
Black plate (8,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Press the POWER O button on
the center stack, with the brake
pedal applied, then press the
POWER O button again to turn
the vehicle off.
After entering the vehicle during a
remote start, press the POWER O
button on the center stack with the
brake pedal applied to operate as
normal.
.
The remote start can be initiated
two separate times between
driving. For each remote start, the
passenger compartment will be
heated or cooled for 10 minutes.
Conditions in Which Remote
Start May Not Work
Extending the Time
To extend the time of the first
remote start, repeat the steps for
activating remote start. Remote start
can only be extended one time
between driving.
Canceling Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do any of
the following:
.
Aim the RKE transmitter at the
vehicle and press and hold B
until the parking lamps turn off.
.
Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
Conditions in which a remote start
may not occur include:
.
An open hood.
.
Vehicle propulsion system
fault conditions, including an
emission control system
malfunction.
.
High voltage battery fault
conditions.
A second remote start or extension
will not occur if the fuel level is low.
During a remote start, conditions
in which a remote start may be
canceled include:
.
Vehicle propulsion system or
high voltage battery fault
conditions.
.
Low engine oil pressure.
.
Engine coolant temperature that
is too high.
Door Locks
{ WARNING
Unlocked doors can be
dangerous.
.
Passengers, especially
children, can easily open the
doors and fall out of a moving
vehicle. The chance of being
thrown out of the vehicle in
a crash is increased if the
doors are not locked. So, all
passengers should wear
safety belts properly and the
(Continued)
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (9,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
WARNING (Continued)
Power Door Locks
doors should be locked
whenever the vehicle is
driven.
.
Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child can
be overcome by extreme heat
and can suffer permanent
injuries or even death from
heat stroke. Always lock the
vehicle whenever leaving it.
.
Outsiders can easily enter
through an unlocked door
when slowing or stopping the
vehicle. Lock the doors to
help prevent this from
happening.
To lock or unlock the door, use the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter or the key from outside
the vehicle. Use the door lock knob
or switch from inside the vehicle.
The power door lock switches are
on the center stack.
Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors.
K (Unlock): Press to unlock the
doors.
2-9
Delayed Locking
This vehicle may have a delayed
locking feature. If delayed locking
is enabled, a chime will sound to
indicate a door or hatch is open
when the doors are locked with the
power door lock switch. The doors
will automatically lock and the
theft-deterrent system will arm
after all doors are closed and
five seconds have passed. Press
the lock button again to make the
doors lock immediately. Press the
unlock switch to cancel the delayed
lock operation. To enable this
feature, see “Power Door Locks”
in Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑48. To arm and disarm
the theft-deterrent system, see
Anti-Theft Alarm System on
page 2‑12.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
2-10
Black plate (10,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Automatic Door Locks
Safety Locks
Automatic Door Lock
Hatch
The doors are programmed to
automatically lock when the shift
lever is moved out of P (Park).
{ WARNING
The automatic door lock feature
cannot be disabled.
Automatic Door Unlock
The doors can be programmed to
automatically unlock when the shift
lever is moved into P (Park). See
“Power Door Locks” in Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑48.
Lockout Protection
If the power door lock switch is
pressed when the driver door is
open and the vehicle is on, all the
doors will lock and then the driver
door will unlock.
This feature can also be enabled to
function when the vehicle is off. To
enable this feature, see “Unlocked
Door Anti Lock Out” in Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑48.
Doors
The rear door safety locks prevent
passengers from opening the rear
doors from inside the vehicle.
Press o { to activate the rear door
safety locks. The LED light (A)
comes on when activated.
Exhaust gases can enter the
vehicle if it is driven in Extended
Range Mode with the hatch open,
or with any objects that pass
through the seal between the
body and the hatch. Engine
exhaust contains Carbon
Monoxide (CO) which cannot be
seen or smelled. It can cause
unconsciousness and even death.
If the vehicle must be driven in
Extended Range Mode with the
hatch open:
.
Do not operate in Mountain
Mode if driving with the
hatch open.
.
Close all of the windows.
(Continued)
Press o { again to deactivate the
safety locks.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (11,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
2-11
WARNING (Continued)
.
Fully open the air outlets on
the instrument panel.
.
Adjust the Climate Control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air
and set the fan speed to
the highest setting. See
Automatic Climate Control
System on page 8‑1.
For more information about
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9‑28.
To open the hatch, with all doors
unlocked, press the button on the
underside of the hatch and lift up.
Use the inside pull handle to lower
and close the hatch.
Always close the hatch before
driving. Do not press the button
while closing the hatch; it will unlock
again.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
2-12
Black plate (12,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Vehicle Security
This vehicle has theft-deterrent
features; however, they do not make
it impossible to steal.
Anti-Theft Alarm System
This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm
system.
Arming the System
To arm the system, close all of the
windows and doors and then:
Q on the RKE transmitter.
.
Press
.
Or, lock the vehicle using the
power door lock switch in the
center stack if Unlocked Door
Anti Lock Out is turned off. See
“Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out”
under Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑48 for more information.
The alarm automatically arms after
about 30 seconds.
Pressing Q on the RKE transmitter
a second time will bypass the
30-second delay and immediately
arm the system.
Charge Cord Theft Alert
Disarming the System
If there is an attempt to remove the
charge cord while the vehicle is
locked, the system alarm will be
activated. To turn off the system
alarm, press K on the RKE
transmitter.
To disarm the system, press
the RKE transmitter.
K on
Turning off the System Alarm
If there is an attempt to open the
doors, hatch, or hood without first
pressing K on the RKE transmitter,
the system alarm will be activated.
The exterior lamps will flash and
the horn will sound for about
30 seconds.
To turn off the system alarm:
K on the RKE transmitter.
.
Press
.
Or, start the vehicle by pressing
POWER O on the center stack
with the brake pedal applied and
the RKE transmitter in the
vehicle.
To arm or disarm the charge cord
theft alert, lock or unlock the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter.
Immobilizer
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13‑26 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and Industry Canada
Standards RSS-210/220/310.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (13,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Immobilizer Operation
Exterior Mirrors
This vehicle has a passive
theft-deterrent system. The system
does not have to be manually
armed or disarmed.
The vehicle is automatically
immobilized when the vehicle is
turned off.
The system is automatically
disarmed when the vehicle is
started with a valid RKE transmitter
in the vehicle. The RKE transmitter
uses electronic coding that matches
an immobilizer control unit in the
vehicle and automatically disarms
the system. Only a correct
transmitter can be used to turn the
vehicle on.
2-13
Convex Mirrors
{ WARNING
The security light in the instrument
cluster comes on if there is a
problem with arming or disarming
the theft-deterrent system.
When trying to start the vehicle, the
security light comes on briefly when
the vehicle is turned on.
If the vehicle does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Attempt to
turn the vehicle off and try it again.
Do not leave the RKE transmitter in
the vehicle.
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
The passenger side mirror is convex
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
2-14
Black plate (14,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Power Mirrors
To adjust a mirror:
Heated Mirrors
1. Move the selector switch to
L (left) or R (right) to choose the
driver or passenger mirror.
The vehicle may have heated
mirrors.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move each mirror in the
desired direction.
3. Return the selector switch to the
center position.
Folding Mirrors
Manual Foldaway Mirrors
Controls for the outside power
mirrors are on the driver door.
The mirrors can be folded inward
toward the vehicle to prevent
damage when going through an
automatic car wash. Push the mirror
outward to return it to the original
position.
= (Rear Window Defogger):
Press to heat the outside rearview
mirrors. See “Rear Window
Defogger” under Automatic Climate
Control System on page 8‑1 for
more information.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (15,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Interior Mirrors
Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror
The vehicle has an automatic
dimming inside rearview mirror.
Automatic dimming reduces the
glare from the headlamps of the
vehicle behind you. The dimming
feature and the indicator light come
on each time the vehicle is started.
Hold the mirror in the center to
adjust it.
Cleaning the Mirror
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
2-15
Windows
{ WARNING
Leaving children, helpless adults,
or pets in a vehicle with the
windows closed is dangerous.
They can be overcome by
the extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke. Never leave a
child, a helpless adult, or a pet
alone in a vehicle, especially with
the windows closed in warm or
hot weather.
The vehicle aerodynamics are
designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
sound, open either a front window
or the sunroof (if equipped).
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
2-16
Black plate (16,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Power Windows
Express‐Down/Up Windows
Windows with an express-down or
up feature allow the window to be
lowered or raised without holding
the switch. The driver window
has express-down and up; the
passenger and rear windows have
only express-down.
{ WARNING
Leaving children in a vehicle with
the RKE transmitter is dangerous
for many reasons; children or
others could be badly injured or
even killed. They could operate
the power windows or other
controls or even make the vehicle
move. The windows will function
with the RKE transmitter in
the vehicle and they could be
seriously injured or killed if caught
in the path of a closing window.
Do not leave the RKE transmitter
in a vehicle with children.
When there are children in the
rear seat, use the window lockout
button to prevent unintentional
operation of the windows.
The window switches on the driver
door control all windows in the
vehicle. Each passenger door has
a switch that controls only that
window.
Press the front of the switch to open
the window. Pull the switch up to
close it.
The power windows work when the
vehicle is on, or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) on page 9‑21.
Pull a window switch up or push it
down all the way, release it, and
the window goes up or down
automatically. Stop the window by
pushing or pulling the switch.
Express Window Anti-Pinch
Feature
If any object is in the path of the
window when the express-up is
active, the window will stop at the
obstruction and auto-reverse to a
preset factory position. Weather
conditions such as severe icing
may also cause the window to
auto-reverse. The window will
return to normal operation once the
obstruction or condition is removed.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (17,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
Express Window Anti-Pinch
Override
In an emergency, the anti-pinch
feature can be overridden in a
supervised mode. Hold the window
switch all the way up to the second
position. The window will rise for as
long as the switch is held. Once
the switch is released, the express
mode is re-activated.
2. Pull the window switch to
completely close the window.
Continue to hold the window
switch two seconds after the
window is closed.
2-17
Press o { to activate the rear
window lockout switch. The LED
light (A) comes on when activated.
3. Repeat for each window.
Press o { again to deactivate the
lockout switch.
Window Lockout
Sun Visors
The rear window lockout switch is
on the driver door. This feature
prevents the rear passenger
windows from operating, except
from the driver position.
Pull the sun visor down to block
glare. Detach the sun visor from the
center mount to pivot to the side
window, or to extend along the rod,
if available.
In this mode, the window can still
close on an object in its path. Use
care when using the override mode.
Programming the Power
Windows
Programming the power windows
may be necessary if the 12-volt
battery has been disconnected or
discharged.
To program the window:
1. Close all doors with the vehicle
on, or when Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) is active. See
Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) on page 9‑21.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
2-18
Black plate (18,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows
2 NOTES
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Seats and Restraints
Seats and
Restraints
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . 3-23
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Replacing Safety Belt System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Airbag System
Head Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Front Seats
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Rear Seats
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Safety Belts
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . .
3-10
3-13
3-19
3-23
3-23
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-27
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
What Will You See After an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Passenger Sensing
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-38
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 3-39
Replacing Airbag System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 3-39
3-1
Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Infants and Young
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Child Restraint Systems . . . . .
Where to Put the Restraint . . .
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . .
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat) . . . .
3-40
3-42
3-44
3-46
3-47
3-54
3-54
3-56
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-2
Black plate (2,1)
Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints
{ WARNING
Front Seats
The vehicle's front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To raise or lower the head restraint,
press the button located on the side
of the head restraint and pull up or
push the head restraint down and
release the button.
Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of the restraint is at the same
height as the top of the occupant's
head. This position reduces the
chance of a neck injury in a crash.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Seats and Restraints
3-3
To lower the head restraint, press
the button, located on the top of
the seatback, and push the head
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
Pull and push on the head restraint
after the button is released to make
sure that it is locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not designed to be
removed.
Rear Seats
The vehicle's rear seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
The height of the head restraint can
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked in place.
If you are installing a child restraint
in the rear seat, see “Securing a
Child Restraint Designed for the
LATCH System” under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) on page 3‑47.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-4
Black plate (4,1)
Seats and Restraints
Front Seats
Seat Adjustment
To adjust the seat position:
1. Pull the handle at the front of the
seat cushion to unlock it.
2. Move the seat forward or
rearward and release the
handle.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
Seat Height Adjuster
Reclining Seatbacks
{ WARNING
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a
manual driver seat while the
vehicle is moving. The sudden
movement could startle and
confuse you, or make you push a
pedal when you do not want to.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
{ WARNING
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a
manual driver seat while the
vehicle is moving. The sudden
movement could startle and
confuse you, or make you push a
pedal when you do not want to.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
{ WARNING
Move the lever up or down to raise
or lower the seat.
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
Seats and Restraints
To recline the seatback:
{ WARNING
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job when reclined like this.
1. Lift the lever.
2. Move the seatback to the
desired position, and then
release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback
returns to the upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback to
make sure it is locked.
3-5
WARNING (Continued)
For proper protection when the
vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
safety belt properly.
The shoulder belt cannot do its
job because it will not be against
your body. Instead, it will be in
front of you. In a crash, you could
go into it, receiving neck or other
injuries.
The lap belt cannot do its job
either. In a crash, the belt could
go up over your abdomen. The
belt forces would be there, not at
your pelvic bones. This could
cause serious internal injuries.
(Continued)
Do not have a seatback reclined if
the vehicle is moving.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-6
Black plate (6,1)
Seats and Restraints
Heated Front Seats
Auto Heated Seats
{ WARNING
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns
even at low temperatures. To
reduce the risk of burns, people
with such a condition should use
care when using the seat heater,
especially for long periods of
time. Do not place anything on
the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
cover, or similar item. This
may cause the seat heater to
overheat. An overheated seat
heater may cause a burn or may
damage the seat.
If available, the controls are on the
center stack. To operate, the vehicle
must be on.
Press M or L to heat the driver
or passenger seat cushion and
seatback.
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press
of the button, the heated seat will
change to the next lower setting,
and then the off setting. Three lights
indicate the highest setting and one
light the lowest.
If available, the controls can be
accessed while the vehicle is on by
pressing the CLIMATE button on the
center stack.
Press the touch screen M AUTO or
L AUTO button. The button color
will change to green when this
feature is on.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (7,1)
Seats and Restraints
When the vehicle is on, this feature
will automatically activate the
heated seats at the level required by
the vehicle's interior temperature.
The active high, medium, low, or off
heated seat level will be indicated
by the manual heated seat button
lights on the center stack. Use the
manual heated seat buttons on the
center stack to turn auto heated
seats off.
If the passenger seat is unoccupied,
the auto heated seats feature will
not activate that seat.
The auto heated seats feature can
be programmed to always be
enabled when the vehicle is on. See
“Auto Heated Seats” under Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑48 for
more information.
Remote Start Heated Seats
When it is cold outside, the heated
seats can be programmed to turn
on automatically during a remote
vehicle start. Unless the auto
heated seats feature is available
and enabled, the heated seats will
be canceled when the vehicle is
turned on. If the vehicle has auto
heated seats and the feature is
enabled, the seat heating level will
automatically change to the level
required by the vehicle's interior
temperature.
The indicator lights on the heated
seat buttons do not turn on during
a remote start.
3-7
The temperature performance of an
unoccupied seat may be reduced.
This is normal.
The heated seats will not turn on
during a remote start unless the
heated seats feature is enabled in
the vehicle personalization menu.
See “Remote Start Auto Heat Seats”
under Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑48 for more information.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-8
Black plate (8,1)
Seats and Restraints
Rear Seats
Folding the Seatback
{ WARNING
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
{ WARNING
A safety belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to
be sure that the safety belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
To fold the seatback down:
Notice: Folding a rear seat with
the safety belts still fastened may
cause damage to the seat or the
safety belts. Always unbuckle the
safety belts and return them to
their normal stowed position
before folding a rear seat.
A. Safety Belt Guide
B. Safety Belt Storage Clip
1. Remove the safety belt from the
safety belt guide (A) and place it
in the storage clip (B).
The safety belt should remain
in the storage clip while the
seatback is in the folded
position.
2. Pull the seatback release lever
to unlock the seatback.
A tab near the lever raises when
the seatback is unlocked.
3. Fold the seatback forward.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (9,1)
Seats and Restraints
Raising the Seatback
To raise the seatback:
Notice: Damage to the safety belt
or rear seat locking mechanism
can occur if the safety belt is
caught between the rear seatback
and the seat locking mechanism.
The safety belt must be out of the
way when the rear seat is raised
to the upright, locked position.
If the safety belt is damaged, see
your dealer and have it replaced.
3-9
2. Raise the seatback and push it
rearward to lock it into place.
A tab near the seatback release
lever retracts when the seatback
is locked.
3. Push and pull the top of the
seatback to be sure it is locked
into position.
4. Return the safety belt to the
safety belt guide after raising the
seatback.
A. Seatback Locking Mechanism
B. Safety Belt Storage Clip
1. Make sure the safety belt is in
the storage clip (B) before
raising the seatback.
The safety belt should not
cross the seatback locking
mechanism (A) when raising
the seatback.
Keep the seat in the upright, locked
position when not in use.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-10
Black plate (10,1)
Seats and Restraints
Safety Belts
This section of the manual
describes how to use safety belts
properly. It also describes some
things not to do with safety belts.
{ WARNING
Do not let anyone ride where
a safety belt cannot be worn
properly. In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing
safety belts, the injuries can be
much worse. You can hit things
inside the vehicle harder or be
ejected from the vehicle. You
and your passenger(s) can be
seriously injured or killed. In the
same crash, you might not be,
if you are buckled up. Always
fasten your safety belt, and check
that your passenger(s) are
restrained properly too.
{ WARNING
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision, people
riding in these areas are more
likely to be seriously injured or
killed. Do not allow people to ride
in any area of your vehicle that
is not equipped with seats and
safety belts. Be sure everyone in
the vehicle is in a seat and using
a safety belt properly.
This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the safety belts.
See Safety Belt Reminders on
page 5‑17 for additional information.
In most states and in all Canadian
provinces, the law requires wearing
safety belts. Here is why:
You never know if you will be in a
crash. If you do have a crash,
you do not know if it will be a
serious one.
A few crashes are mild, and some
crashes can be so serious that even
buckled up, a person would not
survive. But most crashes are in
between. In many of them, people
who buckle up can survive and
sometimes walk away. Without
safety belts they could have been
badly hurt or killed.
After more than 40 years of safety
belts in vehicles, the facts are clear.
In most crashes buckling up does
matter ... a lot!
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (11,1)
Seats and Restraints
3-11
Why Safety Belts Work
When you ride in or on anything,
you go as fast as it goes.
Put someone on it.
Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose
it is just a seat on wheels.
Get it up to speed. Then stop the
vehicle. The rider does not stop.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-12
Black plate (12,1)
Seats and Restraints
With safety belts, you slow down
as the vehicle does. You get more
time to stop. You stop over more
distance, and your strongest bones
take the forces. That is why safety
belts make such good sense.
Questions and Answers About
Safety Belts
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a
safety belt?
The person keeps going until
stopped by something. In a real
vehicle, it could be the windshield...
or the instrument panel...
or the safety belts!
A: You could be — whether you are
wearing a safety belt or not. But
your chance of being conscious
during and after an accident, so
you can unbuckle and get out, is
much greater if you are belted.
And you can unbuckle a
safety belt, even if you are
upside down.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (13,1)
Seats and Restraints
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
should I have to wear safety
belts?
A: Airbags are supplemental
systems only; so they work with
safety belts — not instead of
them. Whether or not an airbag
is provided, all occupants still
have to buckle up to get the
most protection. That is true not
only in frontal collisions, but
especially in side and other
collisions.
Q: If I am a good driver, and I
never drive far from home,
why should I wear safety
belts?
A: You may be an excellent driver,
but if you are in a crash — even
one that is not your fault — you
and your passenger(s) can be
hurt. Being a good driver does
not protect you from things
beyond your control, such as
bad drivers.
Most accidents occur within
40 km (25 mi) of home. And the
greatest number of serious
injuries and deaths occur
at speeds of less than
65 km/h (40 mph).
Safety belts are for everyone.
3-13
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly
This section is only for people of
adult size.
Be aware that there are special
things to know about safety belts
and children. And there are different
rules for smaller children and
infants. If a child will be riding in
the vehicle, see Older Children on
page 3‑40 or Infants and Young
Children on page 3‑42. Follow those
rules for everyone's protection.
It is very important for all occupants
to buckle up. Statistics show that
unbelted people are hurt more often
in crashes than those who are
wearing safety belts.
Occupants who are not buckled up
can be thrown out of the vehicle in a
crash. And they can strike others in
the vehicle who are wearing safety
belts.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-14
Black plate (14,1)
Seats and Restraints
First, before you or your
passenger(s) wear a safety belt,
there is important information you
should know.
In a crash, this applies force to the
strong pelvic bones and you would
be less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force on your abdomen.
This could cause serious or even
fatal injuries. The shoulder belt
should go over the shoulder and
across the chest. These parts of
the body are best able to take belt
restraining forces.
Q: What is wrong with this?
The shoulder belt locks if there is a
sudden stop or crash.
A: The shoulder belt is too loose.
It will not give as much
protection this way.
Sit up straight and always keep
your feet on the floor in front of
you. The lap part of the belt should
be worn low and snug on the
hips, just touching the thighs.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (15,1)
Seats and Restraints
{ WARNING
Q: What is wrong with this?
You can be seriously hurt if the
shoulder belt is too loose. In a
crash, you would move forward
too much, which could increase
injury. The shoulder belt should fit
snugly against your body.
3-15
{ WARNING
You can be seriously hurt if the
lap belt is too loose. In a crash,
you could slide under the lap
belt and apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries. The
lap belt should be worn low and
snug on the hips, just touching
the thighs.
A: The lap belt is too loose. It will
not give nearly as much
protection this way.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-16
Black plate (16,1)
Seats and Restraints
Q: What is wrong with this?
{ WARNING
Q: What is wrong with this?
You can be seriously injured if the
belt is buckled in the wrong place
like this. In a crash, the belt would
go up over your abdomen. The
belt forces would be there, not
on the pelvic bones. This could
cause serious internal injuries.
Always buckle the belt into the
buckle nearest you.
A: The belt is buckled in the wrong
buckle.
A: The belt is over an armrest.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (17,1)
Seats and Restraints
{ WARNING
Q: What is wrong with this?
You can be seriously injured if the
belt goes over an armrest like
this. The belt would be much too
high. In a crash, you can slide
under the belt. The belt force
would then be applied on the
abdomen, not on the pelvic
bones, and that could cause
serious or fatal injuries. Be sure
the belt goes under the armrests.
A: The shoulder belt is worn under
the arm. It should be worn over
the shoulder at all times.
3-17
{ WARNING
You can be seriously injured if
you wear the shoulder belt under
your arm. In a crash, your body
would move too far forward,
which would increase the chance
of head and neck injury. Also, the
belt would apply too much force
to the ribs, which are not as
strong as shoulder bones. You
could also severely injure internal
organs like your liver or spleen.
The shoulder belt should go over
the shoulder and across the
chest.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-18
Black plate (18,1)
Seats and Restraints
Q: What is wrong with this?
A: The belt is behind the body.
{ WARNING
You can be seriously injured by
not wearing the lap-shoulder belt
properly. In a crash, you would
not be restrained by the shoulder
belt. Your body could move too
far forward increasing the chance
of head and neck injury. You
might also slide under the lap
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.
Q: What is wrong with this?
A: The belt is twisted across
the body.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (19,1)
Seats and Restraints
{ WARNING
You can be seriously injured by a
twisted belt. In a crash, you would
not have the full width of the belt
to spread impact forces. If a belt
is twisted, make it straight so it
can work properly, or ask your
dealer to fix it.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
All seating positions in the vehicle
have a lap-shoulder belt.
The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
1. If the seat has a safety belt
guide, and the safety belt is not
routed through the guide, slide
the edge of the belt webbing
through the opening on the
guide. Be sure the belt is not
twisted.
3-19
2. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
straight. To see how, see “Seats”
in the Index.
3. Pick up the latch plate and pull
the belt across you. Do not let it
get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock if
you pull the belt across you very
quickly. If this happens, let the
belt go back slightly to unlock it.
Then pull the belt across you
more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out
all the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be engaged.
If this happens, let the belt go
back all the way and start again.
4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the belt
is not long enough, see Safety
Belt Extender on page 3‑23.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-20
Black plate (20,1)
Seats and Restraints
Safety Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has safety belt
pretensioners for front outboard
occupants. Although the safety belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the safety belt assembly.
They can help tighten the safety
belts during the early stages of a
moderate to severe frontal, near
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner
activation are met.
5. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt.
It may be necessary to pull
stitching on the safety belt
through the latch plate to fully
tighten the lap belt on smaller
occupants.
To unlatch the belt, push the button
on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.
And, if the vehicle has side impact
airbags, safety belt pretensioners
can help tighten the safety belts in
a side crash or a rollover event.
Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners activate in a crash,
they need to be replaced, and other
new parts for the vehicle's safety
belt system may be required. See
Replacing Safety Belt System Parts
After a Crash on page 3‑24.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (21,1)
Seats and Restraints
Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides
This vehicle may have rear safety
belt comfort guides. If not, they are
available through your dealer. The
guides may provide added safety
belt comfort for older children who
have outgrown booster seats and
for some adults. When installed and
properly adjusted, the comfort guide
positions the belt away from the
neck and head.
3-21
There is one guide, if equipped, for
each outside passenger position in
the rear seat. When using a comfort
guide, remove the safety belt from
the seat‐mounted guide before
using the comfort guide. To install a
comfort guide to the safety belt:
2. Place the guide over the belt,
and insert the two edges of the
belt into the slots of the guide.
1. Remove the guide from its
storage clip on the interior body
trim next to the rear seat.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-22
Black plate (22,1)
Seats and Restraints
{ WARNING
A safety belt that is not properly
worn may not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. The shoulder
belt should go over the shoulder
and across the chest. These parts
of the body are best able to take
belt restraining forces.
3. The belt should not be twisted
and it should lie flat. The elastic
cord must be under the belt and
the guide on top.
4. Buckle, position, and release
the safety belt as described
previously in this section. Make
sure that the shoulder belt
crosses the shoulder.
To remove and store the comfort
guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the safety belt can
be removed from the guide. Slide
the guide back into its storage clip
located on the interior body trim
next to the side of the seatback.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (23,1)
Seats and Restraints
Safety Belt Use During
Pregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
wear safety belts.
The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a safety
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making safety
belts effective is wearing them
properly.
Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.
A pregnant woman should wear
a lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding,
throughout the pregnancy.
But if a safety belt is not long
enough, your dealer will order you
an extender. When you go in to
order it, take the heaviest coat you
will wear, so the extender will be
long enough for you. To help avoid
personal injury, do not let someone
else use it, and use it only for the
seat it is made to fit. The extender
has been designed for adults. Never
use it for securing child seats. To
wear it, attach it to the regular safety
belt. For more information, see the
instruction sheet that comes with
the extender.
3-23
Safety System Check
Now and then, check that the safety
belt reminder light, safety belts,
buckles, latch plates, retractors,
and anchorages are working
properly. Look for any other loose or
damaged safety belt system parts
that might keep a safety belt system
from doing its job. See your dealer
to have it repaired. Torn or frayed
safety belts may not protect you in
a crash. They can rip apart under
impact forces. If a belt is torn or
frayed, get a new one right away.
Make sure the safety belt reminder
light is working. See Safety Belt
Reminders on page 5‑17 for more
information.
Keep safety belts clean and dry.
See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑24.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-24
Black plate (24,1)
Seats and Restraints
Safety Belt Care
Keep belts clean and dry.
{ WARNING
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them. In
a crash, they might not be able
to provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and lukewarm water.
Replacing Safety Belt
System Parts After a
Crash
{ WARNING
A crash can damage the safety
belt system in the vehicle.
A damaged safety belt system
may not properly protect the
person using it, resulting in
serious injury or even death in a
crash. To help make sure the
safety belt systems are working
properly after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
After a minor crash, replacement of
safety belts may not be necessary.
But the safety belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the safety
belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the safety belt
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Have the safety belt pretensioners
checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
stays on after you start the vehicle
or while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5‑18.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (25,1)
Seats and Restraints
Airbag System
The vehicle has the following
airbags:
.
A frontal airbag for the driver.
.
A frontal airbag for the right front
passenger.
.
A knee airbag for the driver.
.
A knee airbag for the front
passenger.
.
A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the driver.
.
A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the right front
passenger.
3-25
.
A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and the passenger seated
directly behind the driver.
With knee airbags, the word
AIRBAG will appear on the lower
portion of the instrument panel.
.
A roof-rail airbag for the right
front passenger and the
passenger seated directly
behind the right front passenger.
With seat-mounted side impact
airbags, the word AIRBAG will
appear on the side of the seatback
closest to the door.
All of the airbags in the vehicle will
have the word AIRBAG embossed
in the trim or on an attached label
near the deployment opening.
For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG will appear on the middle
part of the steering wheel for the
driver and on the instrument panel
for the right front passenger.
With roof-rail airbags, the word
AIRBAG will appear along the
headliner or trim.
Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by safety
belts. Even though today's airbags
are also designed to help reduce
the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-26
Black plate (26,1)
Seats and Restraints
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:
{ WARNING
You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not
wearing a safety belt — even if
the vehicle has airbags. Airbags
are designed to work with safety
belts, but do not replace them.
Also, airbags are not designed to
deploy in every crash. In some
crashes safety belts are the only
restraint. See When Should an
Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑29.
Wearing a safety belt during a
crash helps reduce your chance
of hitting things inside the vehicle
or being ejected from it. Airbags
are “supplemental restraints” to
the safety belts. Everyone in the
vehicle should wear a safety belt
properly — whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.
{ WARNING
{ WARNING
Airbags inflate with great force,
faster than the blink of an eye.
Anyone who is up against, or
very close to, any airbag when it
inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Do not sit unnecessarily
close to any airbag, as you would
be if you were sitting on the edge
of the seat or leaning forward.
Safety belts help keep you in
position before and during a
crash. Always wear a safety belt,
even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle.
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag
when it inflates can be seriously
injured or killed. Airbags plus
lap-shoulder belts offer protection
for adults and older children, but
not for young children and infants.
Neither the vehicle's safety belt
system nor its airbag system
is designed for them. Young
children and infants need the
protection that a child restraint
system can provide. Always
secure children properly in the
vehicle. To read how, see Older
Children on page 3‑40 or Infants
and Young Children on
page 3‑42.
Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (27,1)
Seats and Restraints
3-27
Where Are the Airbags?
There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument cluster, which
shows the airbag symbol. The
system checks the airbag electrical
system for malfunctions. The light
tells you if there is an electrical
problem. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5‑18 for more
information.
The driver frontal airbag is in the
middle of the steering wheel.
The right front passenger frontal
airbag is in the instrument panel on
the passenger side.
The driver knee airbag is below the
steering column. The right front
passenger knee airbag is below the
glove box.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-28
Black plate (28,1)
Seats and Restraints
WARNING (Continued)
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
The seat-mounted side impact
airbags for the driver and right front
passenger are in the side of the
seatbacks closest to the door.
The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
right front passenger, and second
row outboard passengers are in the
ceiling above the side windows.
{ WARNING
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
(Continued)
Do not use seat accessories
that block the inflation path of a
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Never secure anything to the roof
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
by routing a rope or tie down
through any door or window
opening. If you do, the path of an
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (29,1)
Seats and Restraints
When Should an Airbag
Inflate?
Frontal airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe frontal
or near frontal crashes to help
reduce the potential for severe
injuries mainly to the driver's or right
front passenger's head and chest.
However, they are only designed
to inflate if the impact exceeds
a predetermined deployment
threshold. Deployment thresholds
are used to predict how severe a
crash is likely to be in time for the
airbags to inflate and help restrain
the occupants.
Whether the frontal airbags will
or should deploy is not based on
how fast your vehicle is traveling.
It depends largely on what you hit,
the direction of the impact, and how
quickly your vehicle slows down.
Frontal airbags may inflate at
different crash speeds. For
example:
.
.
.
.
If the vehicle hits a stationary
object, the airbags could inflate
at a different crash speed than if
the vehicle hits a moving object.
If the vehicle hits an object that
deforms, the airbags could
inflate at a different crash speed
than if the vehicle hits an object
that does not deform.
If the vehicle hits a narrow object
(like a pole), the airbags could
inflate at a different crash speed
than if the vehicle hits a wide
object (like a wall).
If the vehicle goes into an object
at an angle, the airbags could
inflate at a different crash speed
than if the vehicle goes straight
into the object.
3-29
Thresholds can also vary with
specific vehicle design.
Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
impacts, or in many side impacts.
In addition the vehicle has
dual‐stage frontal airbags.
Dual‐stage airbags adjust the
restraint according to crash severity.
Frontal knee airbags are designed
to inflate in moderate to severe
frontal or near frontal impacts
that exceed a predetermined
deployment threshold.
The vehicle has electronic frontal
sensors, which help the sensing
system distinguish between a
moderate frontal impact and a more
severe frontal impact. For moderate
frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags
inflate at a level less than full
deployment. For more severe frontal
impacts, full deployment occurs.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-30
Black plate (30,1)
Seats and Restraints
The vehicle has seat-mounted side
impact airbags and roof-rail airbags.
See Airbag System on page 3‑25.
Seat-mounted side impact and
roof-rail airbags are intended to
inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes. In addition, these roof‐rail
airbags are intended to inflate
during a rollover or in a severe
frontal impact. Seat-mounted side
impact and roof-rail airbags will
inflate if the crash severity is above
the system's designed threshold
level. The threshold level can vary
with specific vehicle design.
Roof-rail airbags are not intended
to inflate in rear impacts. A
seat‐mounted side impact airbag is
intended to deploy on the side of the
vehicle that is struck. Both roof‐rail
airbags will deploy when either side
of the vehicle is struck or if the
sensing system predicts that the
vehicle is about to roll over, or in a
severe frontal impact.
In any particular crash, no one
can say whether an airbag should
have inflated simply because of the
damage to a vehicle or because
of what the repair costs were.
For frontal airbags, inflation is
determined by what the vehicle hits,
the angle of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down.
For seat-mounted side impact and
roof-rail airbags, deployment is
determined by the location and
severity of the side impact.
In a rollover event, roof‐rail airbag
deployment is determined by the
direction of the roll.
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate?
In a deployment event, the sensing
system sends an electrical signal
triggering a release of gas from the
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
airbag causing the bag to break out
of the cover and deploy. The inflator,
the airbag, and related hardware are
all part of the airbag module.
Frontal airbag modules are located
inside the steering wheel and
instrument panel. For vehicles with
knee airbags, there are airbag
modules below the steering column
and below the glove box. For
vehicles with seat-mounted side
impact airbags, there are airbag
modules in the side of the front
seatbacks closest to the door. For
vehicles with roof-rail airbags, there
are airbag modules in the ceiling of
the vehicle, near the side windows
that have occupant seating
positions.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (31,1)
Seats and Restraints
How Does an Airbag
Restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or
near frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering
wheel or the instrument panel. In
moderate to severe side collisions,
even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle.
Airbags supplement the protection
provided by safety belts. Frontal
airbags with knee airbags distribute
the force of the impact more evenly
over the occupant's body, stopping
the occupant more gradually.
Seat-mounted side impact and
roof-rail airbags distribute the force
of the impact more evenly over the
occupant's upper body.
Rollover capable roof‐rail airbags
are designed to help contain the
head and chest of occupants in the
outboard seating positions in the
first and second rows. The rollover
capable roof‐rail airbags are
designed to help reduce the risk of
full or partial ejection in rollover
events, although no system can
prevent all such ejections.
But airbags would not help in
many types of collisions, primarily
because the occupant's motion is
not toward those airbags. See When
Should an Airbag Inflate? on
page 3‑29 for more information.
Airbags should never be regarded
as anything more than a supplement
to safety belts.
3-31
What Will You See After
an Airbag Inflates?
After the frontal airbags and
seat-mounted side impact airbags
inflate, they quickly deflate, so
quickly that some people may not
even realize an airbag inflated.
Roof-rail airbags may still be at least
partially inflated for some time after
they deploy. Some components of
the airbag module may be hot for
several minutes. For location of the
airbag modules, see What Makes
an Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑30.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-32
Black plate (32,1)
Seats and Restraints
The parts of the airbag that come
into contact with you may be warm,
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
prevent the driver from seeing out of
the windshield or being able to steer
the vehicle, nor does it prevent
people from leaving the vehicle.
{ WARNING
When an airbag inflates, there
may be dust in the air. This dust
could cause breathing problems
for people with a history of
asthma or other breathing trouble.
To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as
it is safe to do so. If you have
breathing problems but cannot
get out of the vehicle after an
airbag inflates, then get fresh air
by opening a window or a door.
If you experience breathing
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
problems following an airbag
deployment, you should seek
medical attention.
The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn
on the interior lamps and hazard
warning flashers, and shut off the
fuel system after the airbags inflate.
You can lock the doors, turn off the
interior lamps and hazard warning
flashers by using the controls for
those features.
{ WARNING
A crash severe enough to inflate
the airbags may have also
damaged important functions in
the vehicle, such as the fuel
system, brake and steering
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
appears to be drivable after a
(Continued)
moderate crash, there may be
concealed damage that could
make it difficult to safely operate
the vehicle.
Use caution if attempting to
restart the vehicle after a crash
has occurred.
In many crashes severe enough to
inflate the airbag, windshields are
broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage may
also occur from the right front
passenger airbag.
.
Airbags are designed to inflate
only once. After an airbag
inflates, you will need some new
parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the
airbag system will not be there
to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
airbag modules and possibly
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (33,1)
Seats and Restraints
other parts. The service manual
for your vehicle covers the need
to replace other parts.
Passenger Sensing
System
.
The vehicle has a crash sensing
and diagnostic module which
records information after a
crash. See Vehicle Data
Recording and Privacy on
page 13‑24 and Event Data
Recorders on page 13‑24.
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system for the right front
passenger position. The passenger
airbag status indicator will be visible
on the overhead console when the
vehicle is started.
.
Let only qualified technicians
work on the airbag systems.
Improper service can mean that
an airbag system will not work
properly. See your dealer for
service.
The words ON and OFF are visible
during the system check. When the
system check is complete, either the
word ON or OFF will be visible. See
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
on page 5‑18.
3-33
The passenger sensing system
turns off the right front passenger
frontal airbag and the knee airbag
on the passenger side, under
certain conditions. The driver
airbag, the driver knee airbag, the
seat-mounted side impact airbags,
and the roof-rail airbags are not
affected by the passenger sensing
system.
The passenger sensing system
works with sensors that are part of
the right front passenger seat. The
sensors are designed to detect the
presence of a properly seated
occupant and determine if the right
front passenger frontal airbag and
passenger knee airbag should be
enabled (may inflate) or not.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in a correct
child restraint for their weight
and size.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-34
Black plate (34,1)
Seats and Restraints
We recommend that children be
secured in a rear seat, including:
an infant or a child riding in a
rear-facing child restraint; a child
riding in a forward-facing child seat;
an older child riding in a booster
seat; and children, who are large
enough, using safety belts.
A label on the sun visor says,
“Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front.” This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.
{ WARNING
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates. This
is because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
passenger airbag inflates and the
passenger seat is in a forward
position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right
front passenger airbag(s), no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
airbag(s) are turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the
airbag(s) are off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the right front seat, always move
the front passenger seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the right front
passenger airbag and passenger
knee airbag if:
.
The right front passenger seat is
unoccupied.
.
The system determines that an
infant is present in a child
restraint.
.
A right front passenger takes
his/her weight off of the seat for
a period of time.
.
Or, if there is a critical problem
with the airbag system or the
passenger sensing system.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right front
passenger frontal airbag and
passenger knee airbag, the off
indicator will light and stay lit to
remind you that the airbags are off.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator on page 5‑18.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (35,1)
Seats and Restraints
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn on (may inflate) the
right front passenger frontal airbag
and passenger knee airbag anytime
the system senses that a person of
adult size is sitting properly in the
right front passenger seat.
When the passenger sensing
system has allowed the airbags to
be enabled, the on indicator will light
and stay lit to remind you that the
airbags are active.
For some children, including
children in child restraints, and for
very small adults, the passenger
sensing system may or may not turn
off the right front passenger frontal
airbag and passenger knee airbag,
depending upon the person’s
seating posture and body build.
Everyone in the vehicle who
has outgrown child restraints
should wear a safety belt
properly — whether or not there
is an airbag for that person.
{ WARNING
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5‑18 for more
information, including important
safety information.
If the On Indicator is Lit for a
Child Restraint
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle.
3. Remove any additional items
from the seat such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
3-35
4. Reinstall the child restraint
following the directions
provided by the child restraint
manufacturer and refer to
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat) on page 3‑54 or
Securing Child Restraints (Front
Passenger Seat) on page 3‑56.
5. If, after reinstalling the child
restraint and restarting the
vehicle, the on indicator is still lit,
turn the vehicle off. Then slightly
recline the vehicle seatback
and adjust the seat cushion,
if adjustable, to make sure that
the vehicle seatback is not
pushing the child restraint into
the seat cushion.
Also make sure the child
restraint is not trapped under
the vehicle head restraint. If
this happens, adjust the head
restraint. See Head Restraints
on page 3‑2.
6. Restart the vehicle.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-36
Black plate (36,1)
Seats and Restraints
The passenger sensing system
may or may not turn off the
airbags for a child in a child
restraint depending upon the
child's seating posture and body
build. It is better to secure a
child restraint in a rear seat.
properly in the seat. If this happens,
use the following steps to allow the
system to detect that person and
enable the right front passenger
frontal airbag and passenger knee
airbag:
If the Off Indicator is Lit for an
Adult-Size Occupant
2. Remove any additional material
from the seat, such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
1. Turn the vehicle off.
3. Place the seatback in the fully
upright position.
4. Have the person sit upright in
the seat, centered on the seat
cushion, with legs comfortably
extended.
5. Restart the vehicle and have the
person remain in this position for
two to three minutes after the on
indicator is lit.
If a person of adult size is sitting in
the right front passenger seat, but
the off indicator is lit, it could be
because that person is not sitting
Additional Factors Affecting
System Operation
Safety belts help keep the
passenger in position on the
seat during vehicle maneuvers
and braking, which helps the
passenger sensing system maintain
the passenger airbag status.
See “Safety Belts” and “Child
Restraints” in the Index for
additional information about the
importance of proper restraint use.
A thick layer of additional material,
such as a blanket or cushion,
or aftermarket equipment such
as seat covers, seat heaters, and
seat massagers can affect how
well the passenger sensing system
operates. We recommend that
you not use seat covers or other
aftermarket equipment except when
approved by GM for your specific
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3‑38 for more information
about modifications that can affect
how the system operates.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (37,1)
Seats and Restraints
A wet seat can affect the
performance of the passenger
sensing system. Here is how:
.
.
The passenger sensing system
may turn off the passenger
frontal airbag and passenger
knee airbag when liquid is
soaked into the seat. If this
happens, the off indicator will be
lit, and the airbag readiness light
on the instrument panel will also
be lit.
Liquid pooled on the seat that
has not soaked in may make it
more likely that the passenger
sensing system will enable (turn
on) the passenger frontal airbag
and passenger knee airbag
while a child restraint or child
occupant is on the seat. If the
passenger frontal airbag and
passenger knee airbag are
turned on, the on indicator will
be lit.
If the passenger seat gets wet, dry
the seat immediately. If the airbag
readiness light is lit, do not install a
child restraint or allow anyone to
occupy the seat. See Airbag
Readiness Light on page 5‑18 for
important safety information.
The on indicator may be lit if an
object, such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop or
other electronic device, is put on
an unoccupied seat. If this is not
desired remove the object from
the seat.
{ WARNING
Stowing of articles under the
passenger seat or between the
passenger seat cushion and
seatback may interfere with the
proper operation of the passenger
sensing system.
Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Airbags affect how the vehicle
should be serviced. There are parts
of the airbag system in several
3-37
places around the vehicle. Your
dealer and the service manual have
information about servicing the
vehicle and the airbag system. To
purchase a service manual, see
Service Publications Ordering
Information on page 13‑12.
{ WARNING
For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
12‐volt battery is disconnected,
an airbag can still inflate during
improper service. You can be
injured if you are close to an
airbag when it inflates. Avoid
yellow connectors. They are
probably part of the airbag
system. Be sure to follow proper
service procedures, and make
sure the person performing work
for you is qualified to do so.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-38
Black plate (38,1)
Seats and Restraints
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Q: Is there anything I might add
to or change about the vehicle
that could keep the airbags
from working properly?
A: Yes. If you add things that
change the vehicle's frame,
bumper system, height, front end
or side sheet metal, they may
keep the airbag system from
working properly. Changing or
moving any parts of the front
seats, safety belts, the airbag
sensing and diagnostic module,
steering wheel, instrument
panel, roof-rail airbag modules,
ceiling headliner or pillar garnish
trim, overhead console, front
sensors, side impact sensors,
rollover sensor module, or airbag
wiring can affect the operation of
the airbag system.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system
for the right front passenger
position, which includes sensors
that are part of the passenger
seat. The passenger sensing
system may not operate properly
if the original seat trim is
replaced with non-GM covers,
upholstery or trim, or with GM
covers, upholstery or trim
designed for a different
vehicle. Any object, such as
an aftermarket seat heater or
a comfort enhancing pad or
device, installed under or on top
of the seat fabric, could also
interfere with the operation of
the passenger sensing system.
This could either prevent proper
deployment of the passenger
airbag(s) or prevent the
passenger sensing system
from properly turning off the
passenger airbag(s). See
Passenger Sensing System on
page 3‑33.
If you have questions, call
Customer Assistance. The
phone numbers and addresses
for Customer Assistance are
in Step Two of the Customer
Satisfaction Procedure in
this manual. See Customer
Satisfaction Procedure on
page 13‑1.
If the vehicle has rollover
roof‐rail airbags, see Different
Size Tires and Wheels on
page 10‑58 for additional
important information.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (39,1)
Seats and Restraints
Q: Because I have a disability,
I have to get my vehicle
modified. How can I find out
whether this will affect my
airbag system?
A: If you have questions, call
Customer Assistance. The
phone numbers and addresses
for Customer Assistance are
in Step Two of the Customer
Satisfaction Procedure in
this manual. See Customer
Satisfaction Procedure on
page 13‑1.
In addition, the dealer and the
service manual have information
about the location of the airbag
sensors, sensing and diagnostic
module, and airbag wiring.
Airbag System Check
The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance or
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
Airbag Readiness Light on
page 5‑18 for more information.
Notice: If an airbag covering is
damaged, opened, or broken,
the airbag may not work properly.
Do not open or break the airbag
coverings. If there are any
opened or broken airbag covers,
have the airbag covering and/or
airbag module replaced. For the
location of the airbag modules,
see What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? on page 3‑30. See your
dealer for service.
Replacing Airbag System
Parts After a Crash
{ WARNING
A crash can damage the
airbag systems in the vehicle.
A damaged airbag system
may not work properly and
may not protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
help make sure the airbag
(Continued)
3-39
WARNING (Continued)
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See
your dealer for service.
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away.
See Airbag Readiness Light on
page 5‑18 for more information.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-40
Black plate (40,1)
Seats and Restraints
Child Restraints
Older Children
The manufacturer's instructions that
come with the booster seat state the
weight and height limitations for that
booster. Use a booster seat with a
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below:
.
.
Older children who have outgrown
booster seats should wear the
vehicle safety belts.
Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
Does the shoulder belt rest on
the shoulder? If yes, continue.
If no, try using the rear safety
belt comfort guide. See “Rear
Safety Belt Comfort Guides”
under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
page 3‑19 for more information.
If the shoulder belt still does not
rest on the shoulder, then return
to the booster seat.
.
Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
.
Can proper safety belt fit be
maintained for the length of the
trip? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
Q: What is the proper way to
wear safety belts?
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or
neck. The lap belt should fit
snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs.
This applies belt force to the
child's pelvic bones in a crash.
It should never be worn over the
abdomen, which could cause
severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on
page 3‑19.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (41,1)
Seats and Restraints
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer
when properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position.
WARNING (Continued)
might also slide under the lap
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.
In a crash, children who are not
buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use safety belts
properly.
{ WARNING
Never do this.
Never allow two children to wear
the same safety belt. The safety
belt can not properly spread the
impact forces. In a crash, the two
children can be crushed together
and seriously injured. A safety
belt must be used by only one
person at a time.
3-41
{ WARNING
Never do this.
Never allow a child to wear the
safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
(Continued)
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-42
Black plate (42,1)
Seats and Restraints
Infants and Young
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants
and all other children. Neither the
distance traveled nor the age and
size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety
restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.
{ WARNING
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck and
the safety belt continues to
tighten. Never leave children
unattended in a vehicle and never
allow children to play with the
safety belts.
Airbags plus lap‐shoulder belts
offer protection for adults and older
children, but not for young children
and infants. Neither the vehicle's
safety belt system nor its airbag
system is designed for them. Every
time infants and young children ride
in vehicles, they should have the
protection provided by appropriate
child restraints.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
{ WARNING
Never do this.
Never hold an infant or a child
while riding in a vehicle. Due to
crash forces, an infant or a child
will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
For example, in a crash at only
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
infant will suddenly become a
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
arms. An infant should be
secured in an appropriate
restraint.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (43,1)
Seats and Restraints
{ WARNING
Never do this.
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the right front
seat. Secure a rear-facing child
restraint in a rear seat. It is also
better to secure a forward-facing
child restraint in a rear seat. If you
must secure a forward-facing
child restraint in the right front
seat, always move the front
passenger seat as far back as it
will go.
3-43
Q: What are the different types of
add-on child restraints?
A: Add-on child restraints, which
are purchased by the vehicle
owner, are available in four basic
types. Selection of a particular
restraint should take into
consideration not only the child's
weight, height, and age but also
whether or not the restraint will
be compatible with the motor
vehicle in which it will be used.
For most basic types of child
restraints, there are many
different models available. When
purchasing a child restraint, be
sure it is designed to be used
in a motor vehicle. If it is, the
restraint will have a label saying
that it meets federal motor
vehicle safety standards.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-44
Black plate (44,1)
Seats and Restraints
The restraint manufacturer's
instructions that come with the
restraint state the weight and
height limitations for a particular
child restraint. In addition, there
are many kinds of restraints
available for children with
special needs.
{ WARNING
To reduce the risk of neck and
head injury during a crash, infants
need complete support. This is
because an infant's neck is not
fully developed and its head
weighs so much compared with
the rest of its body. In a crash,
an infant in a rear-facing child
restraint settles into the restraint,
so the crash forces can be
distributed across the strongest
part of an infant's body, the back
and shoulders. Infants should
always be secured in rear-facing
child restraints.
{ WARNING
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle's regular
safety belt may not remain low
on the hip bones, as it should.
Instead, it may settle up around
the child's abdomen. In a crash,
the belt would apply force on a
body area that is unprotected by
any bony structure. This alone
could cause serious or fatal
injuries. To reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, young children should
always be secured in appropriate
child restraints.
Child Restraint Systems
(A) Rear‐Facing Infant Seat
A rear-facing infant seat (A)
provides restraint with the seating
surface against the back of the
infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (45,1)
Seats and Restraints
3-45
Securing an Add-On Child
Restraint in the Vehicle
{ WARNING
(B) Forward-Facing Child Seat
A forward-facing child seat (B)
provides restraint for the child's
body with the harness.
(C) Booster Seats
A booster seat (C) is a child
restraint designed to improve
the fit of the vehicle's safety belt
system. A booster seat can also
help a child to see out the window.
A child can be seriously injured
or killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured
in the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle safety belt or
LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that
child restraint and the instructions
in this manual.
To help reduce the chance of
injury, the child restraint must be
secured in the vehicle. Child
restraint systems must be secured
in vehicle seats by lap belts or the
lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder
belt, or by the LATCH system. See
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3‑47 for more information.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-46
Black plate (46,1)
Seats and Restraints
Children can be endangered in a
crash if the child restraint is not
properly secured in the vehicle.
When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the instructions
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
booklet, or both, and to this manual.
The child restraint instructions
are important, so if they are not
available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.
In some areas, Certified Child
Passenger Safety Technicians
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints.
In the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) website
to locate the nearest child safety
seat inspection station. For CPST
availability in Canada, check with
Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.
Securing the Child within the
Child Restraint
{ WARNING
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child is not
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child
properly following the instructions
that came with that child restraint.
Where to Put the
Restraint
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer
when properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position.
We recommend that children and
child restraints be secured in a rear
seat, including: an infant or a child
riding in a rear-facing child restraint;
a child riding in a forward-facing
child seat; an older child riding in a
booster seat; and children, who are
large enough, using safety belts.
A label on the sun visor says,
“Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front.” This is
because the risk to the rear-facing
child is so great, if the airbag
deploys.
{ WARNING
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates. This
is because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
(Continued)
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (47,1)
Seats and Restraints
WARNING (Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
injured or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates and the
passenger seat is in a forward
position.
See Passenger Sensing System
on page 3‑33 for additional
information.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right
front passenger airbag(s), no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
airbag(s) are turned off.
When securing a child restraint in a
rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the
child restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the
airbag(s) are off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the right front seat, always move
the front passenger seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
(Continued)
Child restraints and booster seats
vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
better than others. Always make
sure the child restraint is properly
secured.
Depending on where you place the
child restraint and the size of the
child restraint, you may not be able
to access adjacent safety belt
assemblies or LATCH anchors for
additional passengers or child
restraints. Adjacent seating
positions should not be used if the
3-47
child restraint prevents access to or
interferes with the routing of the
safety belt.
Wherever a child restraint is
installed, be sure to secure the child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.
Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children
(LATCH System)
The LATCH system holds a child
restraint during driving or in a crash.
This system is designed to make
installation of a child restraint easier.
The LATCH system uses anchors in
the vehicle and attachments on the
child restraint that are made for use
with the LATCH system.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-48
Black plate (48,1)
Seats and Restraints
Make sure that a LATCH-compatible
child restraint is properly installed
using the anchors, or use the
vehicle's safety belts to secure the
restraint, following the instructions
that came with that restraint, and
also the instructions in this manual.
When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the
safety belts to properly secure the
child restraint. A child restraint must
never be attached using only the top
tether and anchor.
In order to use the LATCH system
in your vehicle, you need a
child restraint that has LATCH
attachments. The child restraint
manufacturer will provide you with
instructions on how to use the
child restraint and its attachments.
The following explains how to
attach a child restraint with these
attachments in the vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions or
child restraints have lower anchors
and attachments or top tether
anchors and attachments.
Top Tether Anchor
Lower Anchors
Lower anchors (A) are metal bars
built into the vehicle. There are
two lower anchors for each
LATCH seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments (B).
A top tether (A, C) anchors the top
of the child restraint to the vehicle.
A top tether anchor is built into
the vehicle. The top tether
attachment (B) on the child restraint
connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
The child restraint may have
a single tether (A) or a dual
tether (C). Either will have a single
attachment (B) to secure the top
tether to the anchor.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (49,1)
Seats and Restraints
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. Be
sure to read and follow the
instructions for the child restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
Rear Seat
i (Top Tether Anchor):
Seating
positions with top tether anchors.
j (Lower Anchor): Seating
positions with two lower anchors.
To assist you in locating the lower
anchors, each seating position with
lower anchors has two labels, near
the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.
To assist you in locating the top
tether anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is located near the top tether
anchor.
3-49
Top Tether Anchors
The top tether anchors for outboard
rear seating positions are located on
the back of the rear seatback. Be
sure to use an anchor located on
the same side of the vehicle as the
seating position where the child
restraint will be placed.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-50
Black plate (50,1)
Seats and Restraints
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint on page 3‑46 for
additional information.
Securing a Child Restraint
Designed for the LATCH
System
{ WARNING
If a LATCH-type child restraint is
not attached to anchors, the child
restraint will not be able to protect
the child correctly. In a crash, the
child could be seriously injured or
killed. Install a LATCH-type child
restraint properly using the
anchors, or use the vehicle safety
belts to secure the restraint,
following the instructions that
came with the child restraint and
the instructions in this manual.
{ WARNING
WARNING (Continued)
Do not attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor.
Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
during a crash. A child or others
could be injured. To reduce the
risk of serious or fatal injuries
during a crash, attach only one
child restraint per anchor.
of the retractor to set the lock,
if the vehicle has one, after the
child restraint has been installed.
{ WARNING
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck and
the safety belt continues to
tighten. Buckle any unused safety
belts behind the child restraint so
children cannot reach them. Pull
the shoulder belt all the way out
(Continued)
Notice: Do not let the LATCH
attachments rub against the
vehicle’s safety belts. This may
damage these parts. If necessary,
move buckled safety belts to
avoid rubbing the LATCH
attachments.
Do not fold the empty rear seat
with a safety belt buckled. This
could damage the safety belt or
the seat. Unbuckle and return the
safety belt to its stowed position,
before folding the seat.
Make sure to attach the child
restraint at the proper anchor
location.
This system is designed to make
installation of child restraints easier.
When using lower anchors, do not
use the vehicle's safety belts.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (51,1)
Seats and Restraints
Instead use the vehicle's anchors
and child restraint attachments
to secure the restraints. Some
restraints also use another vehicle
anchor to secure a top tether.
1. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower
anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the top tether and
the safety belts. Refer to your
child restraint manufacturer
instructions and the instructions
in this manual.
1.1. Find the lower anchors for
the desired seating
position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
If the head restraint
interferes with the proper
installation of the child
restraint, the head restraint
may be removed. See
“Head Restraint Removal
and Reinstallation” at the
end of this section.
3-51
2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
the top tether according
to your child restraint
instructions and the
following instructions:
1.3. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments on the child
restraint to the lower
anchors.
2. If the child restraint manufacturer
recommends that the top tether
be attached, attach and tighten
the top tether to the top tether
anchor, if equipped. Refer to the
child restraint instructions and
the following steps:
2.1. Find the top tether anchor
on the back of the rear
seatback.
If the position you are using
does not have a headrest
or head restraint, or the
headrest or head restraint
has been removed, and you
are using a single tether,
route the tether over the
seatback.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-52
Black plate (52,1)
Seats and Restraints
and you are using a single
tether, raise the head
restraint and route the
tether under the head
restraint and in between the
head restraint posts.
If the position you are using
does not have a headrest
or head restraint, or the
headrest or head restraint
has been removed, and you
are using a dual tether,
route the tether over the
seatback.
If the rear outboard seating
position you are using has
an adjustable head restraint
and you are using a dual
tether, route the tether
around the head restraint.
3. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
LATCH path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. There should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement for proper installation.
Head Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation
The rear outboard head restraints
can be removed if they interfere with
the proper installation of the child
restraint.
To remove the head restraint:
If the rear outboard seating
position you are using has
an adjustable head restraint
1. Partially fold the seatback
forward. See Rear Seats on
page 3‑8 for additional
information.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (53,1)
Seats and Restraints
{ WARNING
3-53
To reinstall the head restraint:
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
2. Press both buttons on the head
restraint posts at the same time,
and pull up on the head
restraint.
3. Store the head restraint in the
cargo area of the vehicle.
4. When the child restraint is
removed, reinstall the head
restraint before the seating
position is used.
1. Insert the head restraint posts
into the holes in the top of the
seatback. The notches (A) on
the posts must face the driver
side of the vehicle.
2. Push the head restraint down.
If necessary, press the height
adjustment release button to
further lower the head restraint.
See Head Restraints on
page 3‑2.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-54
Black plate (54,1)
Seats and Restraints
3. Try to move the head restraint to
make sure that it is locked in
place.
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash
{ WARNING
A crash can damage the
LATCH system in the vehicle.
A damaged LATCH system may
not properly secure the child
restraint, resulting in serious
injury or even death in a crash.
To help make sure the LATCH
system is working properly after
a crash, see your dealer to have
the system inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system
and it was being used during a
crash, new LATCH system parts
may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Securing Child Restraints
(Rear Seat)
When securing a child restraint in
a rear seating position, study the
instructions that came with the
child restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3‑47 for how and
where to install the child restraint
using LATCH. If a child restraint is
secured in the vehicle using a
safety belt and it uses a top tether,
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3‑47 for top tether anchor
locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
If the child restraint does not have
the LATCH system, you will be
using the safety belt to secure the
child restraint in this position. Be
sure to follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint. Secure
the child in the child restraint when
and as the instructions say.
If more than one child restraint
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put
the Restraint on page 3‑46.
1. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
If the head restraint interferes
with the proper installation of the
child restraint, the head restraint
may be removed. See “Head
Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) on
page 3‑47.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (55,1)
Seats and Restraints
2. Remove the safety belt from the
guide on the seatback by sliding
the webbing through the opening
on the guide. Do not secure the
child restraint with the safety belt
routed through the guide.
3-55
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor to set the
lock. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened but
not pulled out of the retractor.
4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
6. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the belt,
and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint,
it may be helpful to use your
knee to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-56
Black plate (56,1)
Seats and Restraints
7. If the child restraint has a top
tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3‑47 for more
information.
8. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt
and let it return to the stowed
position. If the top tether is
attached to a top tether anchor,
disconnect it. If the head restraint
was removed, reinstall it before the
seating position is used. See
“Head Restraint Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3‑47 for additional
information on installing the head
restraint properly.
If the seat has a safety belt guide,
return the safety belt into the guide
on the seatback by sliding the
webbing through the opening on the
guide.
Securing Child Restraints
(Front Passenger Seat)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
seat is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See
Where to Put the Restraint on
page 3‑46.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system which is
designed to turn off the right front
passenger frontal airbag and
passenger knee airbag under
certain conditions. See Passenger
Sensing System on page 3‑33 and
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
on page 5‑18 for more information,
including important safety
information.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (57,1)
Seats and Restraints
A label on the sun visor says,
“Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front.” This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag deploys.
{ WARNING
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates. This
is because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the right front
passenger airbag inflates and the
passenger seat is in a forward
position.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right
front passenger airbag(s), no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
airbag(s) are turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the
airbag(s) are off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the right front seat, always move
the front passenger seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
on page 3‑33 for additional
information.
3-57
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) on page 3‑47 for how and
where to install the child restraint
using LATCH. If a child restraint is
secured using a safety belt and
it uses a top tether, see Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) on page 3‑47 for
top tether anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-58
Black plate (58,1)
Seats and Restraints
You will be using the lap-shoulder
belt to secure the child restraint in
this position. Follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint.
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the right
front passenger frontal airbag
and passenger knee airbag, the
off indicator on the passenger
airbag status indicator should
light and stay lit when you start
the vehicle. See Passenger
Airbag Status Indicator on
page 5‑18.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions of
the vehicle's safety belt through
or around the restraint. The child
restraint instructions will show
you how.
4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the safety belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor to set the
lock. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened but
not pulled out of the retractor.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (59,1)
Seats and Restraints
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
6. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the belt,
and feed the shoulder belt back
into the retractor. When installing
a forward-facing child restraint,
it may be helpful to use your
knee to push down on the child
restraint as you tighten the belt.
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To check,
grasp the child restraint at the
safety belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. When the child
restraint is properly installed,
there should be no more than
2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.
3-59
If the airbags are off, the off
indicator in the passenger airbag
status indicator will come on and
stay on when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit, see “If
the On Indicator is Lit for a Child
Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
System on page 3‑33 for more
information.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
3-60
Black plate (60,1)
Seats and Restraints
2 NOTES
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Storage
Storage
Storage
Compartments
Storage Compartments
Instrument Panel Storage . . . .
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Floor Console Storage . . . . . . . .
Umbrella Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1
4-1
4-1
4-2
Instrument Panel Storage
4-1
Glove Box
Open the glove box by lifting up on
the lever.
Floor Console Storage
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
There is a storage compartment on
top of the instrument panel that
includes an auxiliary power outlet.
Inside is a transmitter slot for the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation on
page 2‑3.
Inside the front of the floor console
is an auxiliary power outlet (C)
and a jack for auxiliary input
devices (B). Cords can be routed in
the pass‐thru (A). See Auxiliary
Devices on page 7‑36.
The console has cupholders and a
storage area.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
4-2
Black plate (2,1)
Storage
Umbrella Storage
Additional Storage
Features
Cargo Cover
The rear console has open storage
with an auxiliary power outlet and
cupholders.
Slide an umbrella into the opening
on either the driver or passenger
doors.
There is a cover for the rear cargo
area. Use the four cargo cover
loops to hook the cover to the side
panels.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Instruments and Controls
Instruments and
Controls
Instrument Panel Overview
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 5-4
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . .
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . .
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . .
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-6
5-6
5-7
5-7
5-8
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Battery Gauge (High
Voltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Driver Efficiency Gauge . . . . . . 5-16
Total Vehicle Range . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . 5-17
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . 5-18
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Charging System Light
(12-Volt Battery) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Electric Parking Brake
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Service Electric Parking Brake
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Sport Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Mountain Mode Light . . . . . . . . 5-24
5-1
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . 5-24
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-25
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 5-26
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Door, Hood, or Hatch Open
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Information Displays
Center Stack Display . . . . . . . .
Power Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Energy Information . . . . . . . . . .
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-28
5-28
5-30
5-37
5-38
5-38
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-2
Black plate (2,1)
Instruments and Controls
Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery and Charging
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake System Messages . . . .
Cruise Control Messages . . . .
Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . .
Drive Mode Messages . . . . . . .
Electric Drive Unit
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Cooling System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . .
Fuel System Messages . . . . . .
5-40
5-41
5-41
5-42
5-42
5-42
5-43
5-43
5-43
5-43
Key and Lock Messages . . . . .
Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Object Detection System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Propulsion Power
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ride Control System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Airbag System Messages . . . .
Anti-Theft Alarm System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Vehicle Messages . . .
Starting the Vehicle
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-44
5-45
5-45
5-45
5-46
5-46
5-46
5-46
5-47
Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . 5-48
Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-48
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . 5-48
Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . 5-55
Universal Remote System
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
Universal Remote System
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Instruments and Controls
2 NOTES
5-3
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-4
Instruments and Controls
Instrument Panel Overview
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
Instruments and Controls
A. Air Vents on page 8‑8.
B. Turn and Lane‐Change Lever.
See Turn and Lane-Change
Signals on page 6‑4.
Exterior Lamp Controls on
page 6‑1.
Pedestrian Friendly Alert on
page 6‑2.
C. Instrument Cluster on page 5‑9.
Driver Information Center (DIC)
Display. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5‑38.
D. Windshield Wiper/Washer on
page 5‑7.
E. Heated Front Seats on page 3‑6
(If Equipped).
F.
Center Stack Display on
page 5‑28.
G. Charging Status Indicator. See
Charging Status Feedback on
page 9‑47.
H. Light Sensor. See Daytime
Running Lamps (DRL) on
page 6‑3.
I.
Instrument Panel Storage on
page 4‑1.
J.
Automatic Climate Control
System on page 8‑1.
Q. Steering Wheel Controls on
page 5‑6 (If Equipped).
R. Leaf Button. See Center Stack
Display on page 5‑28.
S. DRIVE MODE Button. See
Driver Selected Operating
Modes on page 9‑24.
K. Driver Information Center (DIC)
Controls. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5‑38.
T.
L.
V.
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control on page 6‑5.
M. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out
of View). See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp on page 5‑19.
5-5
Power Button on page 9‑18.
U. Shift Lever. See Electric Drive
Unit on page 9‑29.
Infotainment on page 7‑1.
Navigation System. See Using
the Navigation System on
page 7‑36.
N. Cruise Control on page 9‑36.
W. Electric Parking Brake on
page 9‑32.
O. Steering Wheel Adjustment on
page 5‑6.
X. Power Door Locks on page 2‑9.
P.
Horn on page 5‑7.
Y.
Hazard Warning Flashers on
page 6‑4.
Z.
Glove Box on page 4‑1.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-6
Black plate (6,1)
Instruments and Controls
Controls
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
See Bluetooth on page 7‑78 and
the OnStar Glove Box Kit for more
information.
Steering Wheel Controls
$ i (End Call/Mute):
Press to
silence the vehicle speakers only.
Press again to turn the sound
on. For vehicles with OnStar or
Bluetooth systems, press to reject
an incoming call, or to end a
current call.
_ SRC ^ (Rotary Control): Press
_ or ^ to select a radio band or
audio source.
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever (A) down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Pull the lever (A) up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
For vehicles with audio steering
wheel controls, some audio controls
can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
b g (Push to Talk):
For vehicles
with an OnStar, Bluetooth,
or navigation system, press to
interact with those systems.
Press _ or ^ to select the next or
previous favorite radio station, CD
track, DVD track/chapter, or MP3
track.
Press SRC to change between
radio and CD or DVD.
+ x − (Volume): Press + to
increase the volume; press − to
decrease the volume.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (7,1)
Instruments and Controls
Horn
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wipers. If the wiper motor overheats,
the windshield wipers will stop until
the motor cools and the wiper
control is turned off. See Electrical
System Overload on page 10‑33.
Press near the horn symbols to
sound the horn.
The Pedestrian Friendly Alert
provides momentary soft‐note horn
sound. See Pedestrian Friendly
Alert on page 6‑2 for more
information.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
G (Adjustable Interval Wipes):
Move the lever up to G for
adjustable interval wipes, then turn
the band up for more frequent wipes
or down for less frequent wipes.
9 (Off):
Use to turn the windshield
wipers off.
3 (Mist):
The windshield wiper lever is on the
side of the steering column. With
the vehicle on, move the windshield
wiper lever to select the wiper
speed.
2: Move the lever up to 2 for fast
wipes.
1: Move the lever up to 1 for slow
wipes.
5-7
For a single wipe, briefly
move the wiper lever down. For
several wipes, hold the wiper
lever down.
Clear ice and snow from the wiper
blades before using them. If frozen
to the windshield, carefully loosen or
thaw them. Damaged wiper blades
should be replaced. See Wiper
Blade Replacement on page 10‑26.
Wipe Parking
If the vehicle is turned off, while the
wipers are on 1, 2, or G, they will
stop immediately.
If the windshield wiper lever is then
moved to off before the driver door
is opened or within 10 minutes, the
wipers will restart and move to the
base of the windshield.
If the vehicle is turned off during a
windshield wash, the wipers will
stop when they reach the base of
the windshield.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-8
Black plate (8,1)
Instruments and Controls
Windshield Washer
Power Outlets
Pull the windshield wiper lever
toward you to spray windshield
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
The accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
The washer and wipers will continue
until the lever is released or the
maximum wash time is reached.
There are three accessory power
outlets:
When the windshield wiper lever is
released, additional wipes may
occur depending on how long the
windshield washer had been
activated. See Washer Fluid on
page 10‑20 for information on filling
the windshield washer fluid
reservoir.
{ WARNING
In freezing weather, do not use
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the
windshield, blocking your vision.
.
Inside the front of the center
floor console.
.
On the rear of the center floor
console.
.
Inside the instrument panel
storage area.
The power outlets supply power
while the vehicle is on, or if the
vehicle is in Retained Accessory
Power (RAP). See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) on
page 9‑21.
Remove the cover to access and
replace when not in use.
Certain accessory plugs may not
be compatible with the accessory
power outlet and could overload
vehicle or adapter fuses. If a
problem is experienced, see your
dealer.
When adding electrical equipment,
be sure to follow the installation
instructions included with the
equipment. See Add-On Electrical
Equipment on page 9‑57.
Notice: Hanging heavy
equipment from the power outlet
can cause damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty. The
power outlets are designed for
accessory power plugs only, such
as cell phone charge cords.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (9,1)
Instruments and Controls
Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators
Gauges can indicate when there
could be a problem with a vehicle
function. Often gauges and warning
lights work together to indicate a
problem with the vehicle.
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
When one of the warning lights
comes on and stays on while
driving, or when one of the gauges
shows there may be a problem,
check the section that explains what
to do. Waiting to do repairs can be
costly and even dangerous.
Warning lights come on when there
could be a problem with a vehicle
function. Some warning lights come
on briefly when the propulsion
system is started to indicate they
are working.
5-9
Instrument Cluster
The instrument cluster displays a
preview of information that includes
electric range, charging, odometer,
and battery status. This happens
upon entry when the driver door is
opened, and following the welcome
animation, before starting the
vehicle.
A CHARGING OVERRIDE/
INTERRUPTION OCCURRED
message may display on the lower
left of the screen. This indicates that
an override of the charge settings
by the owner via OnStar has
occurred.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-10
Black plate (10,1)
Instruments and Controls
The following screens may appear,
depending on the status.
This screen indicates that the
charge cord is connected and the
charging is complete.
This screen indicates that the
charge cord is not connected. Plug
the charge cord in to charge the
vehicle.
This screen indicates that charging
is active and the estimated charge
completion time is 10:00 a.m.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (11,1)
Instruments and Controls
This screen indicates that charging
is programmed to be delayed with
an estimated completion time of
7:00 a.m.
This screen indicates that the
vehicle is fully charged and the
charge cord is not connected.
5-11
This screen indicates that the
charge cord is connected, but the
vehicle cannot be charged.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-12
Black plate (12,1)
Instruments and Controls
Complete Cluster with Enhanced Configuration in Electric Mode
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (13,1)
Instruments and Controls
5-13
A. Brake System Warning Light on
page 5‑22.
K. Turn and Lane-Change Signals
on page 6‑4.
U. Tire Pressure Light on
page 5‑25.
B. Battery Gauge (High Voltage)
on page 5‑15.
L.
V.
C. Fuel Gauge on page 5‑16.
N. Cruise Control Light on
page 5‑27.
W. Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
page 5‑19.
O. Electric Parking Brake Light on
page 5‑22.
X. Odometer on page 5‑15.
E. Security Light on page 5‑26.
F.
P.
D. Service Electric Parking Brake
Light on page 5‑23.
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Light on page 5‑24.
Compass on page 5‑15.
M. Speedometer on page 5‑15.
Door, Hood, or Hatch Open
Light on page 5‑27.
Traction Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak® Light on page 5‑24.
Y.
Lamps On Reminder on
page 5‑26.
Z.
Sport Mode Light on page 5‑24
and Mountain Mode Light on
page 5‑24.
G. Charging System Light (12-Volt
Battery) on page 5‑19.
Q. Low Fuel Warning Light on
page 5‑26.
H. Engine Oil Pressure Light on
page 5‑25.
R. Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light on page 5‑23.
AA. Driver Information Center (DIC)
on page 5‑38.
I.
High-Beam On Light on
page 5‑26.
AB. Total Vehicle Range on
page 5‑16.
J.
Second Row Passenger Safety
Belt Reminder Light. See Safety
Belt Reminders on page 5‑17.
S. Electric Drive Unit Positions.
See Electric Drive Unit on
page 9‑29.
T.
Driver Efficiency Gauge on
page 5‑16.
AC. Airbag Readiness Light on
page 5‑18.
AD. Driver Safety Belt Reminder
Light. See Safety Belt
Reminders on page 5‑17.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-14
Black plate (14,1)
Instruments and Controls
Instrument Cluster Display
Configurations
There are two instrument cluster
display configurations to choose
from. Press CONFIG located left
of the steering wheel to change
the configuration. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5‑38 for more information.
Choose either the Simple or
Enhanced Configuration display.
Simple Configuration
in Electric Mode
Enhanced Configuration
in Electric Mode
Simple Configuration in Extended
Range Mode
Enhanced Configuration
in Extended Range Mode
The Enhanced Configuration
displays the Driver Efficiency
Gauge.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (15,1)
Instruments and Controls
Speedometer
Compass
The speedometer shows the vehicle
speed in both kilometers per hour
(km/h) and miles per hour (mph).
The DIC menu can be used to
change the units.
The vehicle has a compass display
in the instrument cluster above
the speedometer. The compass
receives its heading and other
information from the Global
Positioning System (GPS) antenna
and vehicle speed information.
See Driver Information Center (DIC)
on page 5‑38.
Odometer
The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either
kilometers or miles.
Trip Odometer
The trip odometer is within the
Driver Information Center. See
Driver Information Center (DIC) on
page 5‑38 for more information.
5-15
Battery Gauge
(High Voltage)
The compass system has automatic
calibration and zone adjustment
features.
Avoid covering the GPS antenna for
long periods of time with objects
that may interfere with the antenna's
ability to receive a satellite signal.
See Multi-Band Antenna on
page 7‑15 for the location of the
vehicle's antenna. The compass
system is designed to operate for a
certain number of miles or degrees
of turn before needing a signal from
the GPS satellites. The compass
system will automatically determine
when a GPS signal is restored and
provide a heading.
This indicator displays the high
voltage battery charge level.
When this indicator is displayed
in the foreground, the vehicle is
operating in Electric Mode. The
number next to the indicator
displays an estimate of how far
the vehicle can be driven while in
this mode.
See Electric Mode on page 9‑23.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-16
Black plate (16,1)
Instruments and Controls
Fuel Gauge
Driver Efficiency Gauge
brake: If the ball turns yellow and
travels below the center of the
gauge, braking is too aggressive to
optimize efficiency.
Total Vehicle Range
This indicator displays the fuel
level. When this indicator is in the
foreground, the vehicle is operating
in Extended Range Mode.
The number next to the indicator
displays an estimate of how far
the vehicle can be driven while in
this mode.
See Extended Range Mode on
page 9‑23.
This gauge is a guide to driving in
an efficient manner by keeping the
ball green and in the center of the
gauge. The leaves stop spinning
when the vehicle stops or when the
ball travels away from the center of
the gauge.
See Driving for Better Energy
Efficiency on page 9‑2.
accel: If the ball turns yellow and
travels above the center of the
gauge, acceleration is too
aggressive to optimize efficiency.
Total vehicle range is the remaining
distance the vehicle can be driven
combining the electric range and
fuel range.
See Driving for Better Energy
Efficiency on page 9‑2.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (17,1)
Instruments and Controls
Safety Belt Reminders
Driver Safety Belt Reminder
Light
Passenger Safety Belt
Reminder Light
5-17
electronic device. To turn off the
reminder light and/or chime, remove
the object from the seat or buckle
the safety belt.
Second Row Passenger Safety
Belt Reminder Light
When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind the driver to fasten
their safety belt. The light stays on
solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle may continue several
times if the driver remains or
becomes unbuckled during driving
while the vehicle is moving.
If the driver safety belt is already
buckled, neither the light nor the
chime comes on.
When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind the passenger to
fasten their safety belt. The light
stays on solid until the belt is
buckled.
This cycle may continue several
times if the passenger remains
or becomes unbuckled while the
vehicle is moving.
If the passenger safety belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor
the light comes on.
The front passenger safety belt
reminder light and chime may turn
on if an object is put on the seat
such as a briefcase, handbag,
grocery bag, laptop, or other
Second row seating positions
monitored for safety belt use are
represented by a colored icon
indicating safety belt status.
When the vehicle is started, two
safety belt symbols come on and
stay on for several seconds in the
instrument cluster to alert the driver
that passengers may need to fasten
their safety belts.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-18
Black plate (18,1)
Instruments and Controls
After the passenger safety belt is
buckled, the corresponding safety
belt symbol in the instrument cluster
turns green. If a safety belt is not
initially buckled, the instrument
cluster displays a red safety
belt icon.
While the vehicle is moving, if a
second row passenger that was
previously buckled becomes
unbuckled, the corresponding safety
belt indicator will change to flashing
red and a chime may sound.
Airbag Readiness Light
This light shows if there is an
electrical problem. The system
check includes the airbag sensor,
the pretensioners, the airbag
modules, the wiring, and the crash
sensing and diagnostic module. For
more information on the airbag
system, see Airbag System on
page 3‑25.
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator
The airbag readiness light comes on
and stays on for several seconds
when the vehicle is started. Then
the light goes out.
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System on page 3‑33 for
important safety information. The
passenger airbag status indicator is
in the overhead console.
A message may also display in the
Driver Information Center (DIC).
See Airbag System Messages on
page 5‑46 for more information.
{ WARNING
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or
comes on while driving, it means
the airbag system might not be
working properly. The airbags in
the vehicle might not inflate in a
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF for several
seconds as a system check. Then,
after several more seconds, the
status indicator will light either ON
or OFF to let you know the status
of the right front passenger frontal
airbag and the passenger knee
airbag.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (19,1)
Instruments and Controls
If the word ON is lit on the
passenger airbag status indicator, it
means that the right front passenger
frontal airbag and the passenger
knee airbag are enabled and may
inflate.
If the word OFF is lit on the airbag
status indicator, it means that the
passenger sensing system has
turned off the right front passenger
frontal airbag and the passenger
knee airbag.
WARNING (Continued)
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light on page 5‑18 for more
information, including important
safety information.
Charging System Light
(12-Volt Battery)
If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
passenger sensing system. See
your dealer for service.
{ WARNING
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
(Continued)
The charging system light comes on
briefly when the vehicle is in ON/
RUN, as a check to show the light is
working.
5-19
If the light stays on, or comes on
while driving, there could be a
problem with the electrical charging
system. Have it checked by your
dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the 12‐volt battery.
If a short distance must be driven
with the light on, be sure to turn off
all accessories, such as the radio.
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
A computer system called OBD II
(On-Board Diagnostics-Second
Generation) monitors operation of
the fuel, ignition, and emission
control systems. It ensures that
emissions are at acceptable levels
for the life of the vehicle, helping to
produce a cleaner environment.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-20
Black plate (20,1)
Instruments and Controls
the vehicle fuel economy might
not be as good, and the engine
might not run as smoothly. This
could lead to costly repairs that
might not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
If the malfunction indicator lamp
comes on and stays on, while the
vehicle is in ON/RUN, this indicates
that there is an OBD II problem and
service is required.
Malfunctions often are indicated by
the system before any problem is
apparent. Being aware of the light
can prevent more serious damage
to the vehicle. This system assists
the service technician in correctly
diagnosing any malfunction.
Notice: If the vehicle is
continually driven with this light
on, after a while, the emission
controls might not work as well,
Notice: Modifications made to
the engine, electric drive unit,
exhaust, intake, or fuel system
of the vehicle or the replacement
of the original tires with other
than those of the same Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC) can
affect the vehicle emission
controls and can cause this light
to come on. Modifications to
these systems could lead to
costly repairs not covered by
the vehicle warranty. This
could also result in a failure
to pass a required Emission
Inspection/Maintenance test. See
Accessories and Modifications on
page 10‑3.
This light comes on during a
malfunction in one of two ways:
Light Flashing: A misfire condition
has been detected. A misfire
increases vehicle emissions and
could damage the emission control
system on the vehicle. Diagnosis
and service might be required.
The following can prevent more
serious damage to the vehicle:
.
Reduce vehicle speed.
.
Avoid hard accelerations.
.
Avoid steep uphill grades.
If the light continues to flash, when
it is safe to do so, stop the vehicle.
Find a safe place to park the
vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait
at least 10 seconds, and restart the
vehicle. If the light is still flashing,
follow the previous steps and see
your dealer for service as soon as
possible.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (21,1)
Instruments and Controls
Light On Steady: An emission
control system malfunction has
been detected on the vehicle.
Diagnosis and service might be
required.
efficiently as designed and may
cause stalling after start-up or
misfiring. These conditions might
go away once the engine is
warmed up.
The following may correct an
emission system malfunction:
If one or more of these
conditions occurs, change the
fuel brand used. It will require at
least one full tank of the proper
fuel to turn the light off.
.
.
.
Check that the fuel cap is fully
installed. The diagnostic system
can determine if the fuel cap
has been left off or improperly
installed. A loose or missing fuel
cap allows fuel to evaporate into
the atmosphere. A few driving
trips with the cap properly
installed should turn the light off.
Check that the electrical system
is not wet. The system could
be wet if the vehicle was driven
through a deep puddle of
water. The condition is usually
corrected when the electrical
system dries out. A few driving
trips should turn the light off.
Check that good quality fuel
is used. Poor fuel quality
causes the engine not to run as
If none of the above have made
the light turn off, your dealer can
check the vehicle. The dealer has
the proper test equipment and
diagnostic tools to fix any
mechanical or electrical problems
that might have developed.
Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs
Some state and local governments
have or might begin programs
to inspect the emission control
equipment on the vehicle. Failure to
pass this inspection could prevent
getting a vehicle registration.
5-21
Here are some things to know to
help the vehicle pass an inspection:
.
The vehicle will not pass this
inspection if the malfunction
indicator lamp is on while the
vehicle is in ON/RUN. See
your dealer for assistance in
verifying operation of the
malfunction indicator lamp.
.
The vehicle will not pass
this inspection if the OBD II
(On-Board Diagnostic) system
determines that critical emission
control systems have not been
completely diagnosed by the
system. The vehicle would
be considered not ready for
inspection. This can happen if
the 12‐volt battery has recently
been replaced or if the 12‐volt
battery has run down. The
diagnostic system is designed to
evaluate critical emission control
systems during normal driving.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-22
Black plate (22,1)
Instruments and Controls
This can take several days of
routine driving. If this has been
done and the vehicle still does
not pass the inspection for lack
of OBD II system readiness, your
dealer can prepare the vehicle
for inspection.
Brake System Warning
Light
The vehicle brake system consists
of two hydraulic circuits. If one
circuit is not working, the remaining
circuit can still work to stop the
vehicle. For normal braking
performance, both circuits need to
be working.
If the warning light comes on, there
is a brake problem. Have the brake
system inspected right away.
Electric Parking Brake
Light
This light comes on briefly when the
vehicle is turned on. If it does not
come on then, have it fixed so it
will be ready to warn if there is a
problem.
If the light comes on and stays on,
there is a base brake problem.
{ WARNING
The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake
system warning light is on.
Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a
crash. If the light is still on after
the vehicle has been pulled off
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.
This status light comes on when the
parking brake is applied. If the light
flashes and stays on after the
parking brake is released, or while
driving, there is a problem with the
Electric Parking Brake system.
If the light does not come on,
or remains flashing, see your dealer.
See Electric Parking Brake on
page 9‑32 for more information.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (23,1)
Instruments and Controls
Service Electric Parking
Brake Light
Center (DIC), see Brake System
Messages on page 5‑41 for more
information.
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
The Service Electric Parking Brake
light should come on briefly when
the vehicle is in ON/RUN. If it does
not come on, have it fixed so it
will be ready to warn if there is a
problem.
If this light stays on, there is a
problem with a system on the
vehicle that is causing the parking
brake system to work at a reduced
level. The vehicle can still be driven,
but should be taken to a dealer as
soon as possible. See Electric
Parking Brake on page 9‑32 for
more information. If a message
displays in the Driver Information
This light should come on briefly
when the vehicle is in ON/RUN. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer.
If the ABS warning light stays on
longer than a few seconds after the
vehicle is in ON/RUN, or comes
on and stays on while driving, try
resetting the system. To reset the
system:
1. While driving, pull over when it is
safe to do so.
2. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
5-23
3. Turn the vehicle off.
4. Restart the vehicle.
If the ABS warning light remains on
after resetting the system or comes
on again while driving, the vehicle
needs service. If the ABS warning
light is on, but the regular brake
system warning light is not on, the
antilock brakes are not working
properly, but the regular brakes are
still functioning. Have the vehicle
serviced right away. If both brake
lights are on, the vehicle does not
have antilock brakes, and there is a
problem with the regular brakes as
well. Have the vehicle towed for
service. See Towing the Vehicle on
page 10‑77.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-24
Black plate (24,1)
Instruments and Controls
Sport Mode Light
This light comes on when Sport
Mode is selected. See “Sport Mode”
in Driver Selected Operating Modes
on page 9‑24 for more information.
Mountain Mode Light
This light comes on when Mountain
Mode is selected. See “Mountain
Mode” in Driver Selected Operating
Modes on page 9‑24 for more
information.
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light
This light comes on briefly while
starting the vehicle.
If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally the
indicator light then goes off.
If the light comes on and stays on
while driving, there could be a
problem with the TCS/StabiliTrak
system and the vehicle might need
service. When this warning light is
on, the TCS/StabiliTrak system is off
and does not limit wheel spin.
The light flashes if the system is
active and is working to assist the
driver with directional control of the
vehicle in difficult driving conditions.
Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning
Light
The engine coolant temperature
warning light comes on briefly when
the vehicle is started.
If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally the
indicator light then goes off.
If the light comes on and stays on
while driving, the vehicle may have
a problem with the cooling system.
Stop and turn off the vehicle to
avoid damage to the engine.
A warning chime sounds when this
light is on.
See Engine Overheating on
page 10‑20 for more information.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (25,1)
Instruments and Controls
Tire Pressure Light
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the vehicle is
in ON/RUN. It provides information
about tire pressures and the TPMS.
When the Light is On Steady
This indicates that one or more of
the tires are significantly
underinflated.
A message in the Driver Information
Center (DIC) may also display. See
Tire Messages on page 5‑47 for
more information. Stop as soon as
possible, and inflate the tires to the
pressure value shown on the Tire
and Loading Information Label. See
Tires on page 10‑42 for more
information.
When the Light Flashes First and
Then is On Steady
This indicates that there may be a
problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System. The light flashes
for about one minute and stays on
steady until the vehicle is in OFF.
This sequence repeats each time
the vehicle is in ON/RUN. See Tire
Pressure Monitor System on
page 10‑49 for more information.
Engine Oil Pressure Light
{ WARNING
Do not keep driving if the oil
pressure is low. The engine can
become so hot that it catches fire.
Someone could be burned. Check
the oil as soon as possible and
have the vehicle serviced.
5-25
Notice: Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always follow the maintenance
schedule for changing engine oil.
The oil pressure light should come
on briefly as the vehicle is started.
If it does not come on have the
vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the light comes on and stays on, it
means that oil is not flowing through
the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
some other system problem. See
your dealer.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-26
Black plate (26,1)
Instruments and Controls
Low Fuel Warning Light
Security Light
High-Beam On Light
The low fuel warning light comes on
briefly when the vehicle is started.
This light comes on briefly when the
vehicle is started.
This light also comes on when the
fuel level is low. When fuel is added,
the light should go off. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced.
If the light remains on while driving,
there is a problem with the security
system. See your dealer for service.
The high-beam on light comes on
when the high-beam headlamps are
in use.
For more information, see Vehicle
Security on page 2‑12.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer on page 6‑2 for more
information.
Lamps On Reminder
This light comes on when the
parking lamps, headlamps,
or taillamps are on.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (27,1)
Instruments and Controls
5-27
Cruise Control Light
The cruise control light comes on
when the cruise control is turned on
and turns green when cruise control
is engaged.
See Cruise Control on page 9‑36 for
more information.
Door(s) Open
Hatch Open
The DIC indicates when a door, the
hood, or the hatch is open. The light
displays the open area as shaded.
Door, Hood, or Hatch
Open Light
The DIC and the light both display
when the vehicle is moving. Only
the light displays if the vehicle is
stopped.
If a door, hood, or hatch is not
completely closed, a light comes on
together with a graphic in the Driver
Information Center (DIC).
Hood Open
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-28
Black plate (28,1)
Instruments and Controls
Information Displays
Center Stack Display
Use the finger pad rather than the
finger tip to minimize response time.
If the controls are not responding,
remove the gloves.
The center stack screen displays
Charging, Power Flow, and Energy
Information. See the information that
follows.
The Climate Control, Infotainment,
and Vehicle Personalization also
display information in this screen.
For more information on these
systems, see:
.
Automatic Climate Control
System on page 8‑1.
.
Infotainment on page 7‑1.
.
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑48.
The center stack controls only need
a light touch to operate and work
best with bare hands. The controls
will work with most gloves although
they may take longer to respond.
Power Flows
To view the Power Flow screens,
press the [ button on the center
stack and then press the Power
Flow button at the top of the touch
screen. The Power Flow screens
indicate the current system
operating condition. The screens
show the energy flow between the
engine, electric drive unit, and high
voltage battery. These components
will be highlighted when they are
active.
To view the Power Flow, Charging,
and Energy Information, press
the [ button on the center stack.
Battery Power ‐ Battery is active
with energy flowing to the wheels.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (29,1)
Instruments and Controls
Battery Power ‐ Vehicle is stationary
in electric mode and no power is
flowing to the wheels.
Engine Power ‐ Engine is active
with energy flowing to the wheels.
5-29
Engine Power ‐ Vehicle is stationary
in extended range mode and no
power is flowing to the wheels.
Engine and Battery Power ‐ Both
the engine and battery are active
with energy flowing to the wheels.
Regen Power Recovery ‐ Power
from the wheels returns to the
battery during regenerative braking
or coasting.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-30
Black plate (30,1)
Instruments and Controls
Charging
Charge Mode Status
Programmable Charging
Power Off ‐ No power is flowing to
the wheels.
This vehicle has three
programmable charge modes. To
view the current charge mode status
in the center stack display, press
the [ button on the center stack
and then press the Charging button
at the top of the touch screen.
The current charge mode status
can also be viewed in a temporary
pop-up in the center stack display
by pressing the charge port door
release button on the driver door.
The Charge Start and Charge
Complete time estimations are also
displayed on the screen. These
estimations are most accurate when
the vehicle is plugged in and in
moderate temperature conditions.
Immediately: The vehicle starts
charging as soon as it is connected
to an electrical outlet. See Plug-In
Charging on page 9‑44.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (31,1)
Instruments and Controls
internal clock for programmable
charging, not the clock in the center
stack.
departure time for the current day of
the week. The vehicle will charge
during the least expensive rate
periods to achieve a full battery
charge by the departure time.
Electrical rate information from the
utility company for the charging
location is required for this mode.
Charge Mode Selection
From the Charge Mode Status
screen, press Change
Charge Mode.
Delayed Departure Time: The
vehicle estimates the charging start
time considering the programmed
departure time for the current day of
the week. Charging begins at the
start time and is complete by the
departure time only if sufficient time
is allowed after the charge cord is
plugged in. The vehicle uses an
Delayed Rate and Departure
Time: The vehicle estimates the
charging start time based on the
utility rate schedule, utility rate
preference, and the programmed
5-31
Select one option:
.
Immediately upon plug in.
.
Delayed based on
departure time.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-32
.
Black plate (32,1)
Instruments and Controls
Delayed based on electric rates
& departure time.
Departure Time Entry
From the Delayed Charge Mode
Status screen, press Edit to change
the departure time for each day of
the week to match your personal
schedule.
Charge Rate Selection
From the Delayed Rate and
Departure Time Charge Mode
Status screen, press Edit.
Press one of the following options to
select the Charge Rate Preference.
.
Charge during Peak, Mid‐Peak,
and Off‐Peak Rates: The vehicle
will charge during any rate
period and will select when to
charge to minimize the total cost
of the charge.
.
Charge during Mid‐Peak and
Off‐Peak Rates: The vehicle will
charge during Off-Peak and/or
Mid-Peak rate periods only and
will select when to charge to
minimize the total cost of the
charge.
.
Charge during Off‐Peak Rates:
The vehicle will only charge
during Off-Peak rate periods.
Select one of the following:
.
Edit Electric Rate Schedule.
.
Edit Departure Time Schedule.
See “Departure Time Entry.”
.
Select Charge Rate Preference.
1. Press the day to change.
2. Press + or − to change the hours
and minutes.
3. Press + or − to change
AM or PM.
4. Press Back to store changes
and return to the previous
screen.
Charge Rate Preference Selection
From the Departure Time & Rate
Information screen, press Select
Charge Rate Preference.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (33,1)
Instruments and Controls
Charging begins at the start time
and is complete by the departure
time only if sufficient time is allowed
after the charge cord is plugged
in. For example, if the vehicle is
plugged in for only one hour prior to
the departure time, and the battery
is completely discharged, the
vehicle will not be fully charged by
the departure time regardless of the
rate selection.
From the Departure Time & Rate
Information screen, press Edit
Electric Rate Schedule.
5-33
To edit the Yearly Schedule:
1. Press Yearly Schedule.
2. Press Edit.
Summer/Winter Schedule Start
Date Entering
From the Select Electric Rate Plan
screen, press Summer/Winter
Schedule then press Edit.
Electric Rate Plan Selection
Electric rates, or cost per unit, may
vary based on time, weekday/
weekend, and season. During the
day when the demand for electricity
is high, the rates are usually higher
and called Peak rates. At night
when the demand for electricity is
low, the rates are usually lower
and called Off-Peak rates. In some
areas, a Mid-Peak rate is offered.
Contact the utility company to obtain
the rate schedule for your area. The
summer and winter start dates must
be established to use a summer/
winter schedule.
1. Press Summer Start.
To edit the Summer/Winter
Schedule:
1. Press Summer/Winter Schedule.
2. Press Edit.
2. Press + or − to set the month
and day for the start of summer.
3. Press Winter Start.
4. Press + or − to set the month
and day for the start of winter.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-34
Black plate (34,1)
Instruments and Controls
Both weekday and weekend
schedules must be set. The rate
schedule only applies for a 24-hour
period, starting at 12:00 AM and
ending at 12:00 AM. There can be
five rate changes for each day; not
all must be used.
5. Press Edit Summer Schedule or
Edit Winter Schedule to edit the
daily electric rate schedule.
Electric Rate Schedule Editing
From the Enter Summer/Winter
Start Dates screen, press Edit
Summer Schedule or Edit Winter
Schedule.
The finish times must be
consecutive. If a finish time does
not follow a start time, the error
message displays “An invalid entry
was found in the data entered.
Please re‐enter data.”
From the Select Electric Rate Plan
screen, press Yearly Schedule and
then press Edit.
Electric Rate Finish Time Editing
1. Press Weekday or Weekend.
2. Press Edit next to the row to be
changed.
.
Weekdays are Monday
through Friday and use the
same rate schedule.
.
Weekends are Saturday
and Sunday and use the
same rate schedule.
From the Edit (Summer, Winter,
or Yearly) Electric Rate Schedule
screen, press Edit next to the row
to change.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (35,1)
Instruments and Controls
5-35
2. Press Peak, Mid-Peak,
or Off-Peak to select the
electric rate.
3. Press the Back button to store
changes.
Only the finish time can be edited.
The start time is automatically
populated in the rate table.
Electric Rate Schedule Viewing
From the Select Electric Rate Plan
screen, press View (Summer,
Winter, or Yearly) Schedule.
Temporary Charge Mode
Override and Cancel
1. Press + or − to adjust the time.
Programmed Delayed Charge
Modes can be temporarily
overridden to an Immediate Charge
Mode for one charge cycle. There
are also other ways to temporarily
override a Delayed Charge Mode.
See Plug-In Charging on page 9‑44.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-36
Black plate (36,1)
Instruments and Controls
Programmable Charging
Disabled
To temporarily override a Delayed
Charge Mode from inside the
vehicle:
1. Press the charge port door
release button on the driver door
to view the Charge Mode Status
pop-up in the center stack
display.
2. Press Charge Immediately Upon
Plug In.
The new Temporary Charge
Mode Status screen will
automatically display the revised
charge complete time.
To cancel the temporary override
from the Temporary Charge Mode
Status screen or pop-up, press
Cancel Temporary Charge Mode on
the bottom of the touch screen.
The vehicle will reinstate the
programmed delayed charge mode
settings.
When the Programmable Charging
system is disabled, the Default
Charge Mode Status screen and the
pop-up display. If the Programmable
Charging system is disabled, see
your dealer for details.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (37,1)
Instruments and Controls
Energy Information
To view the Energy Usage, Energy
Efficiency, and Efficiency Tips, press
the [ button on the center stack
and then press the Energy Info
button at the top of the touch
screen.
Energy Usage
The Energy Usage screen displays
information for the total of all the
drive cycles since the last time the
high voltage battery was fully
charged. This includes distance
traveled in Electric Mode, distance
traveled in Extended Range Mode,
total distance traveled, total fuel
used, and average fuel economy.
There are maximum limits to some
of the values that can be displayed.
When these values are replaced
with dashes, the value limits have
been reached. To reset these
values, the high voltage battery will
need to be fully recharged. The
circle graph also represents
the percentage of distance traveled
using Electric Mode versus
Extended Range Mode. The
Lifetime Fuel Economy is a total
over the life of the vehicle and can
only be reset by the dealer.
The Energy Usage information will
also appear automatically on power
off when Retained Accessory Power
is active. This automatic pop-up can
be disabled through the vehicle
5-37
personalization. See “Energy
Summary Exit Pop-up” under
Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑48.
Energy Efficiency
The Energy Efficiency screen is
accessed by pressing Energy
Efficiency on the Energy Usage
screen. This screen displays the
energy efficiency over the drive
cycle based on driving style and
climate settings. Driving in a more
efficient manner will result in a
higher percentage displayed for
driving style. Minimizing the use of
the climate control system will result
in a higher percentage displayed for
climate setting.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-38
Black plate (38,1)
Instruments and Controls
Efficiency Tips
Clock
The clock is in the center stack
display.
Driver Information
Center (DIC)
To set the time:
The Efficiency Tips screen is
accessed by pressing Efficiency
Tips from the Energy Usage or
Energy Efficiency screen. This
screen provides a guide on how to
improve energy usage to increase
fuel economy and range.
1. Press the CONFIG button to
enter the menu options, then
press it again until the time is
selected or press the Time touch
screen button in the upper right
corner of the touch screen.
2. Press + or − to increase or
decrease the Hours and Minutes
displayed on the clock.
12/24 HR Format: Select the
12 HR touch screen button for
standard time; select the 24 HR
touch screen button for military time.
Day + or Day −: Press the day + or
day − touch screen buttons to
increase or decrease the day.
The Driver Information Center (DIC)
display is in the instrument cluster.
The DIC displays information about
the vehicle. It also displays warning
messages if a system problem is
detected. See Vehicle Messages on
page 5‑40 for more information.
DIC Operation and Displays
View the DIC displays by pressing
the DIC buttons located to the left
of the steering wheel. The DIC
displays trip, fuel, and warning
messages if a system problem is
detected.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (39,1)
Instruments and Controls
DIC Controls
DIC Menu Items
At the main DIC menu:
} BACK: Press to return to the
previous screen, exit a screen,
or return to the main menu. Press
} BACK to minimize the DIC menu
display.
SELECT: Press the center of the
knob to select the highlighted item.
Turn the knob to scroll through the
menu items.
Reset the trip data by pressing and
holding the SELECT button when
either Trip A or Trip B is displayed.
1. Turn the SELECT knob to scroll
through the possible DIC menus.
Oil Life
2. Press the center of the SELECT
knob when a menu item is
highlighted to enter that menu.
This displays the percentage of
remaining oil life. The lower
the percentage, the closer the
vehicle is to needing an oil change.
3. Continue to turn and press the
SELECT knob to scroll through
and select the available menu
items:
CONFIG: Press to select either the
Simple or Enhanced instrument
cluster configuration display.
5-39
.
Trip A
.
Trip B
.
Oil Life
.
Tire Pressure
.
Vehicle Messages
.
Units
.
Tutorial Mode
Trip A and Trip B
The trip displays show fuel used,
average fuel economy, and distance
traveled since the last trip reset.
When the oil life is depleted, the
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message displays. Change the oil
as soon as possible. Additional
maintenance is also recommended
in the Maintenance Schedule.
See Scheduled Maintenance on
page 11‑3 and Engine Oil on
page 10‑9.
The oil life must be reset after
each oil change. Avoid accidental
resetting of the Engine Oil Life
System. It cannot be reset
accurately until the next oil change.
To reset the Engine Oil Life System,
see Engine Oil Life System on
page 10‑12. The system is reset
when 100% displays.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-40
Black plate (40,1)
Instruments and Controls
Tire Pressure
Vehicle Messages
The display will show a vehicle with
the approximate pressures of all
four tires. Tire pressure is displayed
in either kilopascals (kPa) or in
pounds per square inch (psi).
Turn the SELECT knob to scroll
through any active warning
messages. Press SELECT to
review the messages.
If a low or high tire pressure is
detected, a message is displayed
advising to check the tire pressure
in the specified tire. See Tire
Pressure on page 10‑48 and Tire
Messages on page 5‑47 for more
information.
If the tire pressure display shows
dashes instead of a value, there
may be a problem with the vehicle.
See your dealer for service.
Units
Turn the SELECT knob to change
the unit display to METRIC or US
when the display is active. Press
SELECT to confirm the setting. This
will change the displays on the
cluster and DIC to either metric or
English (US) measurements.
Tutorial Mode
Select this menu item to view a
screen that explains some of the
unique features of the cluster.
Tutorial mode is only available when
the vehicle is in P (Park).
Vehicle Messages
Messages displayed in the DIC
indicate the status of the vehicle
or some action that may be needed
to correct a condition. Multiple
messages may display one after
the other.
Messages that do not require
immediate action can be
acknowledged and cleared by
pressing the SELECT knob. The
messages requiring immediate
action cannot be cleared until that
action is performed. All messages
should be taken seriously. Clearing
the messages does not correct the
problem.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (41,1)
Instruments and Controls
Battery and Charging
Messages
BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE
This message displays when the
vehicle has detected that the 12-volt
battery voltage has dropped and
vehicle features are being disabled.
The 12-volt battery saver system
starts reducing certain features
trying to save the charge of the
12-volt battery. Turn off unnecessary
features to allow the battery to
recharge.
BATTERY TOO COLD, PLUG IN
TO WARM
This message displays during
extremely cold temperatures, when
the vehicle will not start until the
high voltage battery is warm
enough.
Plug the vehicle in to allow the
charging system to warm the high
voltage battery, then the vehicle can
be started.
CHARGE CORD CONNECTED
This message displays when the
charge cord is connected to the
vehicle. The vehicle cannot be
shifted out of P (Park) with the
charge cord connected.
CHARGE DOOR OPEN
This message displays when the
charge door is open and the vehicle
is shifted out of P (Park).
LOW BATTERY
This message displays when the
12-volt battery voltage is low. See
Battery on page 10‑24 for more
information.
SERVICE BATTERY
CHARGING SYSTEM
This message displays when there
is a fault in the 12-volt battery
charging system. Take the vehicle
to your dealer for service.
5-41
SERVICE HIGH VOLTAGE
CHARGING SYSTEM
This message displays when there
is a problem with the high voltage
charging system. See your dealer
for service.
Brake System Messages
BRAKE FLUID LOW
This message displays when the
brake fluid level is low. See Brake
Fluid on page 10‑22.
RELEASE PARKING BRAKE
This message displays if the electric
parking brake is on while the vehicle
is in motion. Release it before
attempting to drive. See Electric
Parking Brake on page 9‑32 for
more information.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-42
Black plate (42,1)
Instruments and Controls
SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST
Cruise Control Messages
Drive Mode Messages
This message displays when there
is a problem with the brake boost
assist system. When this message
displays, the brake boost assist
motor might be heard operating and
a pulsation may be felt in the brake
pedal. Take the vehicle to your
dealer for service.
CRUISE SET TO XXX
MOUNTAIN MODE NOT
AVAILABLE
SERVICE PARKING BRAKE
This message displays when there
is a problem with the parking brake.
Take the vehicle to your dealer for
service.
STEP ON BRAKE TO
RELEASE PARK BRAKE
This message displays when
attempting to release the electric
parking brake without the brake
pedal applied. See Electric Parking
Brake on page 9‑32 for more
information.
This message displays when the
cruise control is set and shows the
speed it was set to. See Cruise
Control on page 9‑36 for more
information.
Door Ajar Messages
This message displays when in
Mountain Mode and the mode
becomes unavailable. See
“Mountain Mode” under Driver
Selected Operating Modes on
page 9‑24.
DOOR(S) OPEN, HOOD OPEN,
HATCH OPEN
SPORT MODE NOT
AVAILABLE
A symbol will appear on the display
showing the area that is open. See
Door, Hood, or Hatch Open Light on
page 5‑27.
This message displays when in
Sport Mode and the mode becomes
unavailable. See “Sport Mode”
under Driver Selected Operating
Modes on page 9‑24.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (43,1)
Instruments and Controls
Electric Drive Unit
Messages
SHIFT TO PARK
This message displays when
the vehicle should be shifted to
P (Park). This may appear when
attempting to turn off the vehicle
when it is not in P (Park).
Engine Cooling System
Messages
ENGINE
OVERHEATED — REDUCE
SPEED
This message displays when the
engine coolant temperature or
engine oil is too hot. Reduce speed
and allow the vehicle to cool down.
ENGINE
OVERHEATED — TURN
VEHICLE OFF
This message displays and a
continuous chime sounds if the
engine cooling system reaches
unsafe temperatures for operation.
Stop and turn off the vehicle as
soon as it is safe to do so to avoid
severe damage. This message
clears when the engine has cooled
to a safe operating temperature.
5-43
page 10‑9 and Scheduled
Maintenance on page 11‑3 for more
information.
OIL PRESSURE LOW — TURN
VEHICLE OFF
This message displays when the
high voltage battery is charged but
the engine has to come on because
of the outside temperature or high
voltage battery temperature.
This message displays if low oil
pressure levels occur. Stop the
vehicle as soon as safely possible
and do not operate it until the cause
of the low oil pressure has been
corrected. Check the oil as soon as
possible and have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer.
Engine Oil Messages
Fuel System Messages
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
CLOSE FUEL DOOR
This message displays when the
engine oil needs to be changed.
After changing the engine oil, the
Engine Oil Life System must be
reset. See Engine Oil Life System
on page 10‑12 and Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5‑38 for information on how to
reset the system. See Engine Oil on
This message displays when the
fuel door is open and the vehicle is
moving.
ENGINE RUNNING DUE TO
TEMPERATURE
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-44
Black plate (44,1)
Instruments and Controls
ENGINE NOT AVAILABLE
ADD FUEL
This message displays when the
engine is not available due to
running out of fuel. The vehicle can
continue to be driven in Electric
Mode until the battery is depleted,
but will have reduced acceleration.
When this message is displayed,
refuel the vehicle. See Out of Fuel/
Engine Unavailable on page 9‑26.
FUEL LEVEL LOW
This message displays when the
vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as
soon as possible.
READY TO REFUEL
This message displays when the
fuel system is depressurized and
the vehicle can be refueled.
SERVICE REFUELING
SYSTEM
This message displays when
there is a problem with the vehicle
refueling system. See your dealer
for service.
TIGHTEN GAS CAP
This message displays when the
fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the
fuel cap.
WAIT TO REFUEL
This message displays when the
fuel system is pressurized and you
must to wait to refuel the vehicle.
Key and Lock Messages
When programming new Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitters,
DIC messages display. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2‑3 for more
information.
NO REMOTE DETECTED
This message displays when the
RKE transmitter is not detected
while attempting to start the vehicle.
The transmitter battery may be
weak. See “Starting the Vehicle with
a Low Transmitter Battery” under
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation on page 2‑3 for
more information.
NO REMOTE DETECTED,
PRESS BRAKE TO RESTART
This message displays if the RKE
transmitter is no longer detected in
the vehicle. Press the brake pedal
and the POWER O button to restart
the vehicle, or press the POWER O
button without pressing the brake
pedal to turn the vehicle off. If the
vehicle is turned off and a valid
transmitter is not available, the
vehicle will not restart.
REMINDER: KEY LEFT IN
VEHICLE
This message displays when
leaving the vehicle with the RKE
transmitter still inside.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (45,1)
Instruments and Controls
REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY
This message displays when the
battery in the RKE transmitter needs
to be replaced.
SERVICE KEYLESS START
SYSTEM
This message displays when the
keyless start system needs service.
Take the vehicle to your dealer.
Lamp Messages
AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL
ON OR OFF
A message will display when the
automatic light control has been
turned on or off.
CHECK LAMP or LAMP
FAILURE
Depending on the lamp, one of
these messages may display. See
Bulb Replacement on page 10‑29.
TURN SIGNAL ON
This message displays if the turn
signal has been left on. Turn off the
turn signal.
Object Detection System
Messages
PARK ASSIST OFF
This message displays when the
park assist system has been turned
off. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist
on page 9‑39.
SERVICE PARKING ASSIST
This message displays if there is a
problem with the park assist system.
Take the vehicle to your dealer for
service.
5-45
Propulsion Power
Messages
PROPULSION POWER IS
REDUCED
This message displays when the
propulsion power is reduced and
can affect the ability to accelerate.
If this message is on, but there
is
no reduction in performance,
proceed to your destination. The
performance may be reduced the
next time the vehicle is driven. The
vehicle may be driven at a reduced
speed while this message is on, but
maximum acceleration and speed
may be reduced. If this message
stays on when the malfunction
indicator lamp is on, the vehicle
should be taken to your dealer for
service as soon as possible.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-46
Black plate (46,1)
Instruments and Controls
Ride Control System
Messages
LOW TRACTION
This message displays when the
Antilock Brake System (ABS) is
active and is working to assist the
driver with control of the vehicle in
difficult driving conditions.
SERVICE STABILITRAK
Control System (TCS) on page 9‑34
for information on resetting the
system.
Airbag System Messages
SERVICE AIRBAG
This message displays if there is a
problem with the airbag system.
Take the vehicle to your dealer for
service.
This message displays when there
is a problem detected with the
StabiliTrak system. The vehicle is
safe to drive, but the StabiliTrak
system is not operational.
See Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) on page 9‑35 for information
on resetting the system.
Anti-Theft Alarm System
Messages
SERVICE TRACTION
CONTROL
SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT
SYSTEM
This message displays when there
is a problem detected with the
Traction Control System (TCS). The
vehicle is safe to drive, but the TCS
is not operational. See Traction
This message displays if there is a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See your dealer for service.
SERVICE THEFT ALARM
This message displays if there is a
problem with the alarm. See your
dealer for service.
Service Vehicle Messages
ENGINE MAINTENANCE XXX%
COMPLETE
This message displays when the
Engine Maintenance Mode is
running. See “Engine Maintenance
Mode” under Maintenance Modes
on page 9‑26.
ENGINE NOT AVAILABLE
SERVICE SOON
This message displays when the
engine is not available due to a
malfunction that will not allow the
engine to start. The vehicle can
continue to be driven in Electric
Mode until the battery is depleted,
but will have reduced acceleration.
When this message is displayed,
the vehicle should be taken to your
dealer for service as soon as
possible. See Out of Fuel/Engine
Unavailable on page 9‑26.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (47,1)
Instruments and Controls
SERVICE AC SYSTEM
This message displays if there is a
problem with the air conditioning
system. Take the vehicle to your
dealer for service.
SERVICE HEATER SOON
This message displays if there is a
problem with the heater system.
Take the vehicle to your dealer for
service.
SERVICE POWER STEERING
This message displays if there is a
problem with the power steering
system. Take the vehicle to your
dealer for service.
SERVICE VEHICLE SOON
This message displays if there is a
problem with the vehicle. Take the
vehicle to your dealer for service.
Depending on the severity of a
crash, this message may come on
along with the airbag readiness
light.
Starting the Vehicle
Messages
PRESS BRAKE TO START
VEHICLE
This message displays when
attempting to start the vehicle
without first pressing the brake
pedal.
PRESS BUTTON AGAIN TO
TURN OFF
This message displays as a
reminder to press the POWER O
button to turn the vehicle off when
an attempt is made to turn off the
vehicle while it is in motion.
Tire Messages
SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
SYSTEM
This message displays if there is a
problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire
Pressure Monitor Operation on
page 10‑50 for more information.
5-47
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE
This message displays when the
system is learning new tires. See
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on
page 10‑50 for more information.
TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE
This message displays when the
pressure in one or more of the
vehicle tires is low.
This message also displays LEFT
FRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFT
REAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicate
the location of the low tire.
The low tire pressure warning light
will also come on. See Tire
Pressure Light on page 5‑25.
If a tire pressure message appears
on the DIC, stop as soon as you
can. Inflate the tires by adding air
until the tire pressure is equal to
the values shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See Tires
on page 10‑42, Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9‑13, and Tire Pressure on
page 10‑48.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-48
Black plate (48,1)
Instruments and Controls
You can receive more than one tire
pressure message at a time. The
DIC also shows the tire pressure
values. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5‑38.
Vehicle Speed Messages
SPEED LIMITED TO XXX
This message displays when the
vehicle speed is limited.
Washer Fluid Messages
WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
FLUID
This message displays when the
washer fluid level is low. For
information on filling the washer
fluid, see Washer Fluid on
page 10‑20.
Vehicle
Personalization
The Vehicle Personalization
features can be accessed by using
either the infotainment controls or
the touch screen in the center stack
display. See Overview on page 7‑2
under “Infotainment System” for
more information.
TUNE/MENU Knob
.
Press to enter, select, or activate
a highlighted menu option.
.
Turn to highlight a menu option.
.
Press to turn a system setting on
or off.
} BACK
.
Press to exit a menu.
Using the Infotainment
Controls
.
Press to return to a previous
screen.
Use the CONFIG, TUNE/MENU
knob, and } BACK buttons on
the center stack to select
personalization features.
Submenus
CONFIG (Configuration): Press to
scroll through the available menus
across the top of the touch screen
display.
Selecting a Menu Option
An arrow on the right‐hand edge of
the menu indicates that it has a
submenu with other options.
1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to
highlight the function.
2. Press the TUNE/MENU knob to
select the highlighted option.
A checkmark next to the option
indicates the selected option.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (49,1)
Instruments and Controls
Turning a Function On or Off
Selecting a Menu Option
1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to
highlight the function.
Touch any one of the available
menu options on the touch screen
to select the option. A checkmark
next to the option indicates the
selected option.
2. Press the TUNE/MENU knob to
turn the function on or off.
A checkmark next to the function
indicates that the function is on.
Using the Touch Screen
Use the touch screen icons and
menus on the center stack display
to select personalization features.
w:
x:
Touch to scroll up.
Touch to scroll down.
5-49
The Vehicle menu features may
include:
.
Climate and Air Quality
.
Comfort and Convenience
.
Languages
Turning a Function On or Off
.
Lighting
Touch the screen where the
available function is listed to turn it
on or off. A checkmark next to the
function indicates that the function
is on.
.
Power Door Locks
.
Remote Locking, Unlocking,
Starting
.
Return to Factory Settings
Entering the
Personalization Menu
Back: Touch Back in the upper
right corner of the display to return
to the previous menu.
Submenus
An arrow on the right‐hand edge of
the menu indicates that it has a
submenu with other options.
Press Vehicle menu on the touch
screen.
Climate and Air Quality
Select the Climate and Air Quality
menu to display:
.
Auto Fan Speed
.
Auto Heated Seats
.
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
.
Auto Defog
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-50
Black plate (50,1)
Instruments and Controls
Auto Fan Speed
This feature sets the automatic fan
speed to maintain the desired
interior tempurature. This selection
is available on vehicles with the
Automatic Climate Control system.
Choose a blower setting:
temperature. The auto heated seats
can be turned off by using the
heated seat buttons on the center
stack.
To turn the auto heated seats on
or off:
3. Turn the remote start auto heat
seats feature on or off.
4. Press Back to return to the
previous menu.
Auto Defog
1. Press the Vehicle menu.
4. Press Back to return to the
previous menu.
When on and high humidity is
detected, the Climate Control
system will adjust the outside air,
air conditioner, or heat to decrease
fogging. The fan speed may
increase. When high humidity is no
longer detected, the system will
return to previous operation.
2. Select Climate and Air Quality.
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
To turn the auto defog on or off:
3. Select Auto Fan Speed.
1. Press the Vehicle menu.
4. Select the fan speed.
When on, this feature will turn the
heated seats on when using remote
start.
5. Press Back to return to the
previous menu.
To turn the remote start auto heat
seats on or off:
3. Turn the auto defog feature on
or off.
Auto Heated Seats
1. Press the Vehicle menu.
When enabled, the auto heated seat
buttons on the touch screen will
be highlighted. This feature will
automatically activate heated seats
at the level required by the interior
2. Select Climate and Air Quality.
4. Press Back to return to the
previous menu.
1. Press the Vehicle menu.
High: Increased speed.
2. Select Climate and Air Quality.
Medium: Moderate speed.
3. Turn the auto heated seats
feature on or off.
Low: Reduced speed.
To select the auto fan speed:
2. Select Climate and Air Quality.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (51,1)
Instruments and Controls
5-51
Comfort and Convenience
Button Chime
Charge Port Door Release Pop-up
Select the Comfort and
Convenience menu and the
following will be displayed:
This allows a tone to be heard
when a selection is made using the
infotainment system.
This allows the charge port door
release pop-up to be turned on
or off:
.
Chime Volume
To turn the button chime on or off:
1. Press the Vehicle menu.
.
Button Chime
1. Press the Vehicle menu.
.
Energy Summary Exit Pop‐up
.
Charge Port Door Release
Pop-up
2. Select Comfort and
Convenience.
2. Select Comfort and
Convenience.
Chime Volume
This allows the selection of the
chime volume level to be either
normal or high.
To select the chime volume level:
1. Press the Vehicle menu.
2. Select Comfort and
Convenience.
3. Select Chime Volume.
4. Select the volume level.
5. Press Back to return to the
previous menu.
3. Turn the button chime feature on
or off.
4. Press Back to return to the
previous menu.
Energy Summary Exit Pop‐up
This allows the energy summary
exit pop‐up to be turned on or off:
3. Turn the charge port door
release pop-up feature on or off.
4. Press Back to return to the
previous menu.
Languages
This allows the selection of a
language:
1. Press the Vehicle menu.
1. Press the Vehicle menu.
2. Select Languages.
2. Select Comfort and
Convenience.
3. Select English, French,
or Spanish.
3. Turn the energy summary exit
pop‐up feature on or off.
4. Press Back to return to the
previous menu.
4. Press Back to return to the
previous menu.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-52
Black plate (52,1)
Instruments and Controls
Lighting
Select the Lighting menu and the
following will be displayed:
.
Exit Lighting
.
Vehicle Locator Lights
Exit Lighting
This allows the selection of how
long the exterior headlamps stay on
when leaving the vehicle and it is
dark outside.
The available options are:
5. Press Back to return to the
previous menu.
Vehicle Locator Lights
This allows the vehicle locator lights
to be turned on or off. When on, the
headlamps, parklamps, taillamps,
license plate lamps, and back-up
lamps will illuminate when K is
pressed on the RKE transmitter.
Auto Door Unlock
This allows selection of which doors
will automatically unlock when the
vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
The available options are:
.
All Doors
.
Driver Door
.
OFF
To turn the vehicle locator lights on
or off:
To select how the doors will
automatically unlock:
1. Press the Vehicle menu.
1. Press the Vehicle menu.
.
OFF
2. Select Lighting.
2. Select Power Door Locks.
.
30 seconds
1 minute
3. Turn the vehicle locator lights on
or off.
3. Select Auto Door Unlock.
.
.
2 minutes
To select the length of time the
exterior lamps will remain on:
1. Press the Vehicle menu.
2. Select Lighting.
4. Press Back to return to the
previous menu.
Power Door Locks
Select Power Door Locks and the
following will be displayed:
3. Select Exit Lighting.
.
Auto Door Unlock
4. Select the length of time the
exterior lamps will remain on.
.
Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
.
Delayed Door Lock
4. Select how the doors will
automatically unlock.
5. Press Back to return to the
previous menu.
Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out
When on, this feature will keep the
driver door from locking until the
door is closed. If this feature is
turned on, the Delayed Door Lock
menu will be available.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (53,1)
Instruments and Controls
5-53
To turn the unlocked door anti lock
out feature on or off:
Remote Locking, Unlocking,
Starting
To select the remote lock feedback:
1. Press the Vehicle menu.
Select Remote Locking, Unlocking,
Starting and the following will be
displayed:
2. Select Remote Locking,
Unlocking, Starting.
2. Select Unlocked Door Anti
Lock Out.
3. Turn the unlocked door anti lock
out feature on or off.
.
Remote Lock Feedback
.
Remote Unlock Light Feedback
4. Press Back to return to the
previous menu.
.
Door Unlock or Remote Door
Unlock
Delayed Door Lock
.
Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder
When on, this feature will delay the
locking of the doors. To override the
delay, press the power door lock
switch on the center stack.
Remote Lock Feedback
To turn the delayed door lock
feature on or off:
1. Press the Vehicle menu.
2. Select Power Door Locks.
3. Turn the delayed door lock
feature on or off.
4. Press Back to return to the
previous menu.
This allows selection of what
feedback is provided when
unlocking the vehicle with the RKE
transmitter.
The available options are:
.
Lights and Horn
.
Lights Only
.
Horn Only
.
OFF
1. Press the Vehicle menu.
3. Select Remote Lock Feedback.
4. Select the remote feedback.
5. Press Back to return to the
previous menu.
Remote Unlock Light Feedback
When on, the exterior lamps will
flash when unlocking the vehicle
with the RKE transmitter.
To turn the remote unlock light
feedback feature on or off:
1. Press the Vehicle menu.
2. Select Remote Locking,
Unlocking, Starting.
3. Turn the remote unlock light
feedback feature on or off.
4. Press Back to return to the
previous menu.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-54
Black plate (54,1)
Instruments and Controls
Door Unlock or Remote Door
Unlock
To select how the doors will unlock
with the RKE transmitter:
3. Turn the remote left in vehicle
reminder feature on or off.
This allows selection of which doors
will unlock when pressing K on the
RKE transmitter.
1. Press the Vehicle menu.
4. Press Back to return to the
previous menu.
The available options are:
2. Select Remote Locking,
Unlocking, Starting.
.
All Doors
3. Select Door Unlock or Remote
Door Unlock.
.
Driver Door
4. Select how the doors will unlock.
If All Doors is selected, all doors will
be unlocked.
5. Press Back to return to the
previous menu.
If Driver Door is selected, only the
driver door will be unlocked on the
first press of K. All doors will be
unlocked on the second press
of K within five seconds of the
prior press.
Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder
When on, the horn will chirp rapidly
three times if an RKE transmitter is
left in the vehicle.
To turn the remote left in vehicle
reminder feature on or off:
1. Press the Vehicle menu.
2. Select Remote Locking,
Unlocking, Starting.
Return to Factory Settings
This returns all of the vehicle
personalization settings to the
factory settings.
1. Press the Vehicle menu.
2. Select Return to Factory
Settings.
3. Select Yes or No.
4. Press Back to return to the
previous menu.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (55,1)
Instruments and Controls
Universal Remote
System
devices such as garage door
openers, security systems, and
home automation devices.
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13‑26 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and Industry Canada
Standards RSS-210/220/310.
Do not use the Universal Remote
system with any garage door opener
that does not have the stop and
reverse feature. This includes
any garage door opener model
manufactured before April 1,1982.
Universal Remote System
Programming
If the vehicle has this feature, you
will see these buttons with one
LED indicator next to them in the
overhead console.
This system provides a way to
replace up to three remote control
transmitters used to activate
Read the instructions completely
before attempting to program the
Universal Remote system. Because
of the steps involved, it may be
helpful to have another person
available to assist with programming
the Universal Remote system.
Keep the original hand-held
transmitter for use in other vehicles
as well as for future Universal
Remote system programming. It is
also recommended that upon the
sale of the vehicle, the programmed
Universal Remote system buttons
be erased for security purposes.
See “Erasing Universal Remote
System Buttons” later in this
section.
5-55
When programming a garage door,
park outside of the garage. Park
directly in line with and facing the
garage door opener motor-head or
gate motor-head. Be sure that
people and objects are clear of
the garage door or gate being
programmed.
It is recommended that a new
battery be installed in the hand-held
transmitter for quicker and more
accurate transmission of the
radio-frequency signal.
Programming the Universal
Remote System
For questions or help programming
the Universal Remote system,
call 1‐800‐355‐3515 or go to
www.homelink.com.
Programming a garage door opener
involves time-sensitive actions, so
read the entire procedure before
starting. Otherwise, the device will
time out and the procedure will have
to be repeated.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-56
Black plate (56,1)
Instruments and Controls
To program up to three devices:
1. Hold the end of the hand-held
transmitter about 3 to 8 cm
(1 to 3 in) away from the
Universal Remote system
buttons while keeping the
indicator light in view. The
hand-held transmitter was
supplied by the manufacturer of
the garage door opener receiver
(motor-head unit).
2. At the same time, press and
hold both the hand-held
transmitter button and one of the
three Universal Remote system
buttons to be used to operate
the garage door. Do not release
the Universal Remote system
button or the hand-held
transmitter button until the
indicator light changes from a
slowly to a rapidly flashing light.
You now may release both
buttons.
Some entry gates and garage
door openers may require
substitution of Step 2 with the
procedure noted in “Gate
Operator and Canadian
Programming” later in this
section.
3. Press and hold for five seconds
the newly trained Universal
Remote system button (the
button selected in Step 2) while
observing the indicator light and
garage door activation.
.
.
If the indicator light stays on
continuously or the garage
door starts to move when
the Universal Remote
system button is pressed
and released, then the
programming is complete.
There is no need to
continue programming
Steps 4 through 6.
If the Universal Remote
system indicator light blinks
rapidly for two seconds,
then turns to a constant
light and the garage door
does not move, continue
with programming Steps 4
through 6.
It may be helpful to have
another person assist with
the remaining Steps 4
through 6.
“Learn” or “Smart” Buttons
4. After Steps 1 through 3 have
been completed, locate the
“Learn” or “Smart” button inside
the garage on the garage door
opener receiver (motor-head
unit). The name and color
of the button may vary by
manufacturer.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (57,1)
Instruments and Controls
5. Firmly press and release the
“Learn” or “Smart” button. After
you press this button, you will
have 30 seconds to complete
Step 6.
6. Immediately return to the
vehicle. Firmly press and hold
for two seconds the Universal
Remote system button, selected
in Step 2 to control the garage
door, and then release it. If the
garage door does not move or
the lamp on the garage door
opener receiver (motor-head
unit) does not flash, press and
hold the same button a second
time for two seconds, and then
release it. Again, if the door
does not move or the garage
door lamp does not flash, press
and hold the same button a third
time for two seconds, and then
release.
The Universal Remote system
should now activate the
garage door.
To program the remaining two
Universal Remote system buttons,
begin with Step 1 of “Programming
the Universal Remote System.”
Gate Operator and Canadian
Programming
If you have questions or need help
programming the Universal Remote
system, call 1‐800‐355‐3515 or go
to www.homelink.com.
Canadian radio-frequency laws
require transmitter signals to time
out or quit after several seconds of
transmission. This may not be long
enough for the Universal Remote
system to pick up the signal during
programming. Similarly, some U.S.
gate operators are manufactured to
time out in the same manner.
5-57
If you live in Canada, or you are
having difficulty programming a
gate operator or garage door opener
by using the “Programming the
Universal Remote System”
procedures, regardless of where
you live, replace Step 2 under
“Programming the Universal Remote
System” with the following:
Continue to press and hold the
Universal Remote system button
while you press and release every
two seconds (cycle) the hand-held
transmitter button until the
frequency signal has been
successfully accepted by the
Universal Remote system. The
Universal Remote system indicator
light will flash slowly at first and then
rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
“Programming the Universal Remote
System” to complete.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
5-58
Black plate (58,1)
Instruments and Controls
Universal Remote System
Operation
Erasing Universal Remote
System Buttons
Using the Universal Remote
System
All programmed buttons should be
erased when the vehicle is sold or
the lease ends.
Press and hold the appropriate
Universal Remote system button
for at least half of a second. The
indicator light will come on while the
signal is being transmitted.
To erase all programmed buttons
on the Universal Remote system
device:
1. Press and hold down the
two outside buttons until the
indicator light begins to flash.
This should take about
10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
Reprogramming a Single
Universal Remote System
Button
To reprogram any of the three
Universal Remote system buttons:
1. Press and hold the desired
Universal Remote system
button. Do not release the
button.
2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
releasing the button, proceed
with Step 1 of the section
“Programming the Universal
Remote System.”
If you have questions or need help
programming the Universal Remote
system, call 1‐800‐355‐3515 or go
to www.homelink.com. You may
also call the customer assistance
phone number under Customer
Assistance Offices on page 13‑3.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Lighting
Lighting
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . .
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pedestrian Friendly Alert . . . . . .
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . .
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTO (Automatic Headlamps):
Turns the exterior lamps on and off
automatically depending on the
exterior light.
6-1
; (Parking Lamps):
6-2
6-2
6-2
.
Sidemarker Lamps
.
Taillamps
.
License Plate Lamps
.
Instrument Panel Lights
6-3
6-4
6-4
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 6-6
6-1
Turns on
the parking lamps together with the
following:
The exterior lamp control is on the
turn signal/lane change lever.
O (Exterior Lamp Control):
Operates the exterior lamps. Turn
to one of the following positions:
O (Off): Turns the exterior
lamps off.
5 (Headlamps):
Turns on the
headlamps, together with the
previously listed lamps and lights.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
6-2
Black plate (2,1)
Lighting
Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer
2 3 Headlamp High/Low‐Beam
Changer: Push the turn signal/lane
change lever away from you and
release, to turn the high beams on.
To return to low beams, push the
lever again or pull it toward you and
release.
Flash-to-Pass
To use the pedestrian friendly alert:
The flash‐to‐pass feature works with
the low beams or Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) on or off.
Pull the turn signal/lane change
lever all the way toward you
momentarily. See Exterior Lamp
Controls on page 6‑1 and Headlamp
High/Low-Beam Changer on
page 6‑2. The high‐beam
headlamps and indicator light will
turn on, and a soft‐note alert will
momentarily sound.
To flash the high beams, pull the
turn signal/lane change lever toward
you momentarily and then release it.
The Pedestrian Friendly Alert will
also sound if the vehicle is moving
less than 64 km/h (40 mph).
Pedestrian Friendly Alert
This indicator light turns on in
the instrument cluster when the
high‐beam headlamps are on.
While driving at low speeds, such as
in parking lots, use this feature to
alert people who may not hear your
vehicle approaching.
The pedestrian alert is only
available when the vehicle is
moving at less than 64 km/h
(40 mph) or is stopped and is
not in P (Park).
When the turn signal/lane change
lever is released, the high‐beam
headlamps and indicator light will
turn off.
Repeat for additional activations of
the pedestrian friendly alert.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Lighting
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL)
When the DRL are on, the taillamps,
sidemarker lamps, instrument panel
lights, and other lamps will not be
on. The instrument cluster will be lit.
The Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
system comes on in daylight when
the following conditions are met:
.
The vehicle is on.
.
The exterior lamp control is in
the automatic position.
.
The electric drive unit is not in
P (Park).
.
The light sensor determines it is
daytime.
6-3
When the exterior lamp control band
is turned to the headlamp position,
the low-beam headlamps come on.
The other lamps that come on with
the headlamps will also come on.
A light sensor on top of the
instrument panel makes the DRL
work, so be sure it is not covered.
When the vehicle is on and you are
stopped, the DRL can be turned off
by moving the shift lever to P (Park).
The DRL will stay off until the shift
lever is moved out of the P (Park)
position.
Fully functional DRL are required on
all vehicles first sold in Canada.
The regular headlamp system
should be turned on when needed.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
6-4
Black plate (4,1)
Lighting
Hazard Warning Flashers
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
Raise or lower the lever until the
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
change. Hold it there until the lane
change is complete. If the lever is
moved momentarily to the lane
change position, the arrow will flash
three times.
The lever returns to its starting
position when it is released.
An arrow on the instrument cluster
will flash in the direction of the turn
or lane change.
| (Hazard Warning Flasher):
Press this button, on the center
stack, to make the front and rear
turn signal lamps flash on and off.
This warns others that you are
having trouble.
Press | again to turn the
flashers off.
Move the lever all the way up or
down to signal a turn.
If a turn signal arrow flashes rapidly
or does not come on, a signal bulb
may need to be replaced. See Bulb
Replacement on page 10‑29.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
Lighting
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel
Illumination Control
The thumbwheel is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering column.
Move the thumbwheel up or down to
brighten or dim the lights.
Dome Lamps
The dome lamp controls are in the
overhead console.
To operate, press the following
buttons:
+ (On):
Press to turn on the
dome lamps.
1 (Door):
Press to turn the lamps
on automatically when a door is
opened.
The brightness of the instrument
panel cluster display, infotainment
display and controls, steering wheel
controls, and all other illuminated
controls, as well as feature status
indicators can be adjusted.
* (Off): Press to turn the lamps
off, even when a door is open.
Reading Lamps
The front reading lamps are in the
overhead console.
#$:
or off.
Press to turn each lamp on
6-5
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting
The headlamps, parking lamps,
taillamps, back‐up lamps, and the
interior lights turn on briefly, when
the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter K is pressed. The lights
turn off immediately when the
POWER O button is pressed or
automatically after a brief period.
Exit Lighting
The headlamps, parking lamps,
taillamps, back‐up lamps, and
license plate lamps come on when
the vehicle is turned off. Some
interior lights also come on when
the vehicle is turned off. The
exterior lamps and interior lights
remain on after the door is closed
for a brief period and then turn off.
The exit lighting feature can
be changed. See Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑48.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
6-6
Lighting
Battery Power Protection
The battery saver feature is
designed to protect the vehicle's
12‐volt battery.
If the exterior lamps or any interior
lamp is left on and the vehicle is
turned off, the battery rundown
protection system automatically
turns the lamps off after about
10 minutes.
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Infotainment System
Infotainment
System
Navigation
Introduction
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 7-2
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Radio
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Audio Players
CD/DVD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hard Drive Device (HDD) . . . .
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-16
7-21
7-24
7-36
Using the Navigation
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . .
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OnStar® Destination
Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configure Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Global Positioning
System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . .
Problems with Route
Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If the System Needs
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ordering Map DVDs . . . . . . . . .
Database Coverage
Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-1
Introduction
7-36
7-42
7-44
7-48
7-59
7-61
7-68
7-69
7-70
7-70
7-70
Infotainment
The vehicle has a navigation system
with an AM-FM radio. Read the
following pages to become familiar
with its features.
{ WARNING
Taking your eyes off the road
for extended periods could cause
a crash resulting in injury or
death to you or others. Do not
give extended attention to
entertainment tasks while driving.
7-71
Voice Recognition
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
Phone
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
This system provides access to
many audio and non‐audio listings.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-2
Black plate (2,1)
Infotainment System
To minimize taking your eyes off the
road while driving, do the following
while the vehicle is parked:
.
Become familiar with the
operation and controls of the
audio system.
.
Set up the tone, speaker
adjustments, and preset radio
stations.
For more information, see Defensive
Driving on page 9‑4.
Notice: Contact your dealer
before adding any equipment.
Adding audio or communication
equipment could interfere with
the operation of the engine, radio,
or other systems, and could
damage them. Follow federal
rules covering mobile radio and
telephone equipment.
The vehicle has Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP,
the audio system can be played
even after the vehicle is turned off.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) on page 9‑21 for more
information.
Theft-Deterrent Feature
The theft-deterrent feature works by
learning a portion of the Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) to
the infotainment system. The
infotainment system does not
operate if it is stolen or moved
to a different vehicle.
Overview
When the navigation system is
turned on, a screen may appear that
must be read and acknowledged.
If the Caution screen appears, press
OK. If either the NAV or DEST
buttons are pressed, this Caution
screen appears and OK must be
pressed to access the NAV and
DEST functions. See instructions
later in this section.
To get started, set your preferences
or delete information in the
navigation system using various
options.
Navigation System Overview
See “Navigation Buttons” under
Using the Navigation System on
page 7‑36 for more information.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Infotainment System
7-3
A. RADIO BAND (AM, FM, XM)
B. HDD/DVD/AUX (Source)
C. FAV (Favorite)
D. TUNE/MENU
E.
} BACK
F. TONE
G. CONFIG (Configuration)
I.
r SEEK/SEEK [
V / 0 (Phone/Mute)
J.
TP (Time Program)
H.
K. DEL (Delete)
L.
M.
N.
O REC (Record)
k (Play/Pause)
VOL/ O (Volume/Power)
O. INFO (Information)
P.
DEST (Destination)
Q. NAV (Navigation)
R. RPT (Repeat)
S. AS1-2 (Autostore)
T.
X (Eject)
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-4
Black plate (4,1)
Infotainment System
NAV (Navigation) Menu
the audio, navigation display, phone,
vehicle configuration, and time
features.
Use the Navigation Menu screen
to access the navigation system
settings. See Using the Navigation
System on page 7‑36 for more
information.
.
Press the NAV button to change
between a map/audio split view
or a full map view.
Config Setup Menu
.
Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to scroll
through the available setup features.
Once the desired feature displays,
press the TUNE/MENU knob or
press the desired feature on the
screen, to display more options
within that feature.
Languages
To change the display language,
see Vehicle Personalization on
page 5‑48 for more information.
The vehicle supports English,
French Canadian, and Spanish.
The default language is English.
Press the NAV button to view
the navigation map screen. The
map and the current vehicle
location display.
English and Metric Unit
Conversion
Press the CONFIG button to display
the Config Menu. The Config Menu
is used for changing the screens for
To change the display readings
between English and metric units,
see Driver Information Center (DIC)
on page 5‑38 for more information.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
Infotainment System
Deleting Personal Information
The navigation system can record
and store destinations and personal
information such as names and
addresses.
It is recommended that this
information be deleted when
selling or disposing of the vehicle:
.
Previous Destinations
.
Address Book, Fav Route,
Preset Destinations, and HDD
Music Files
Storing Radio Station Presets
Up to 36 preset stations can be
stored. AM, FM, and XM,
if equipped, can be mixed.
To store presets:
1. Press VOL/
system on.
O to turn the
If viewing a map screen, press
the RADIO BAND button.
2. Select the band.
3. Seek or tune to the desired
station to select it.
7-5
4. Press and hold one of the preset
screen buttons for more than
two seconds.
To set a destination by entering a
street name:
5. Repeat the steps for each
preset.
2. Press the Address Entry button
on the touch screen.
To change the number of preset
pages, see “Mixed-Band Presets”
under AM-FM Radio on page 7‑8 for
more information.
3. Select the street name field.
Enter the street name. Do not
enter directional information
or street type. Use the space
screen button between street
and city names. Use the
backspace q screen button to
delete an incorrect character.
Entering an Address and Point
of Interest, and Storing Preset
Destinations
The vehicle must be in P (Park) to
perform these operations.
Entering an Address
To more easily find a city or a
street name:
.
.
Enter the street name first
instead of the city name, or vice
versa.
Enter more characters or reduce
the number of characters to
reduce or expand the available
options.
1. Press the DEST button.
A list displays if four or fewer
names are available. If there
are more than four, there is a
match counter with a number of
available streets. Press the List
screen button to view the list and
select the street.
4. Press the state/province name
field on the touch screen to
change it. The last state/
province name is automatically
recalled.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-6
Black plate (6,1)
Infotainment System
5. Select the city from the list or
enter the city name.
6. Enter the house number. This
field is automatically selected.
7. Press the OK screen button. The
address information screen
displays the address entered.
8. Press the Go screen button if
correct. The route will calculate.
9. Select the route preference for
Fastest, Shortest, or Easiest.
See “Navigation Settings” under
Using the Navigation System on
page 7‑36 for more information.
10. Press the Start Guidance
screen button and the route is
calculated.
See “Address Entry” under
Destination on page 7‑48 for more
information.
Entering a Point of Interest (POI)
To set a destination by entering a
Point of Interest (POI):
1. Press VOL/
system on.
O to turn the
2. A caution could appear. Press
OK to proceed.
3. Press the DEST button.
4. Press the Point of Interest
screen button.
5. Enter the specific title of the POI
in the POI name space (e.g.,
Washington Monument).
If four or fewer names are
available, a list displays. If more
than four are available, there is a
match counter with a number in
it, representing the number of
available POI names. Press the
List screen button to view the
list. Select the POI.
6. Press the Go screen button. The
system calculates the route.
7. Select the route preference for
Fastest, Shortest, or Easiest.
The system highlights the route.
8. Press the Start Guidance screen
button. The route is now ready
to be started.
See Destination on page 7‑48 for
more information on how to enter
a POI.
Storing Preset Destinations
1. Press VOL/
system on.
O to turn the
2. If a caution appears, press the
OK screen button to proceed.
3. Press the DEST button.
4. Enter a destination. See
Destination on page 7‑48 for
information on how to enter a
destination.
5. Press Save from the map
screen to add the current final
destination to the address book.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (7,1)
Infotainment System
6. Press the Edit screen button
and then press the Change
Name field on the screen. An
alpha-keyboard displays. Enter
the name.
Using the Stored Preset
Destinations
7. Press and hold one of the
screen buttons at the bottom of
the screen until the text in the
button changes.
1. Press VOL/
system on.
The address book entry
name appears in that preset
destination screen button and
is now available to select from
the Select Destination screen.
See “Using the Stored Preset
Destinations” following to select
it as a destination.
See Destination on page 7‑48
for more information on how to
add preset destinations.
These destinations are available for
selection while driving.
O to turn the
2. A caution could appear. Press
the OK screen button to
proceed.
3. Press the DEST button.
7-7
Canceling Guidance
Guidance is canceled at the final
destination. To cancel guidance
prior to reaching the final
destination:
1. Press the DEST button.
2. Press the Cancel Guidance
screen button.
3. Press the Yes screen button to
confirm cancellation.
4. Press one of the available preset
destination screen buttons. The
system calculates the route.
Voice Guidance
5. Select the route preference for
Fastest, Shortest, or Easiest.
The system highlights the route.
1. Press the CONFIG button to
enter the menu features. Turn
the TUNE/MENU knob until Nav
displays. Press the TUNE/MENU
knob to select Nav or press the
Nav screen button to display
more options within that feature.
6. Press the Start Guidance screen
button. The route is now ready
to be started.
See “Preset Destinations” under
Destination on page 7‑48 for more
information.
To adjust the volume of voice
guidance prompts:
2. Press Voice Prompt.
3. Press Voice Volume.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-8
Black plate (8,1)
Infotainment System
4. Press the + or – screen buttons
to increase or to decrease the
volume of the voice prompts.
See Using the Navigation System
on page 7‑36 for more information.
Radio
RADIO BAND: Press to select the
AM, FM, and XM (if equipped) band.
AM-FM Radio
The audio sources can also be
changed by using the steering
wheel controls. See Steering Wheel
Controls on page 5‑6 for more
information.
Playing the Radio
Cleaning the Display
Audio Source Menu
If the center stack or the display is
stained, wipe it with a dry, soft cloth.
VOL/
Notice: Using abrasive cleaners
when cleaning glass surfaces,
could scratch the glass. When
cleaning the glass, use only a
soft cloth and do not spray
cleaner directly on the system.
Do not wipe the center stack with a
hard cloth or use a volatile liquid
such as paint thinner; it could
scratch the surface or erase the
characters on the buttons.
O (Volume/Power):
1. Press to turn the radio on or off.
2. Turn to increase or decrease the
volume. The volume is adjusted
for the current audio source,
active navigation voice
guidance, voice prompts,
or audio cues.
HDD/DVD/AUX: Change to the
Hard Drive, CD, DVD, USB, or AUX
by pressing the HDD/DVD/AUX
button until the desired source is
selected.
The steering wheel controls can
also be used to adjust the volume.
See Steering Wheel Controls on
page 5‑6 for more information.
TUNE/MENU: Turn to change
the radio station. See “Finding a
Station” in this section for more
information.
If the audio source is on while
viewing a map screen, a source
indicator button displays at the
top of the map screen.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (9,1)
Infotainment System
Press the source indicator button to
display the current audio source
screen. The display shows a split
screen with the audio source screen
on the left side and the map or
guidance screen on the right side.
Press the Full Map button to exit the
split screen.
Navigation Audio System
Sound Menu
To access the Sound menu, press
the TONE button.
Use the Sound menu to adjust the
following features:
.
Setting the Tone
.
Adjusting the Speakers
Setting the Tone
To adjust the speaker fade:
To adjust the tone using the
Sound menu:
.
.
Treble: Press + or − to change
the level.
.
Mid (Midrange): Press + or − to
change the level.
.
Bass: Press + or − to change
the level.
7-9
Press and hold the front arrow
for more sound from the front
speakers and the rear arrow
for more sound from the rear
speakers. The middle position
balances the sound between the
front and rear speakers.
EQ Settings
Adjusting the Speakers
To adjust the speaker balance using
the Sound menu:
.
Press and hold the left arrow
for more sound from the left
speakers or the right arrow for
more sound from the right
speakers. The middle position
balances the sound between the
left and right speakers.
EQ (Equalization): The EQ
settings are selected through the
Sound menu. If the vehicle is
equipped with the Bose® Energy
Efficient Series sound system, EQ
provides a choice of Manual or Talk
settings.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-10
Black plate (10,1)
Infotainment System
Radio Menu
Audio Cue Options
There are two ways to access the
Radio menu:
This menu allows changes to the
Audio Cue features.
.
Press the CONFIG button, then
press the Radio screen button.
.
Turn the TUNE/MENU knob until
Radio displays. Press the TUNE/
MENU knob to select Radio or
press the Radio screen button to
display more options within that
feature.
Audio Cue Options are used to
welcome the driver to the car as
well as indicate when the vehicle is
ready to drive or when the vehicle is
no longer driving.
Audio Cue Volume: Press
the + or − screen buttons to adjust
the audio cue volume. The audio
cue volume has a minimum volume.
A “Limit Reached” pop-up will
display when the volume has been
changed to less than the minimum
volume.
Press the Audio Cue Volume screen
button to hear the selected sound
level.
The audio cues can also be
changed by adjusting the TUNE/
MENU knob.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (11,1)
Infotainment System
Audio Cues: Press to turn the
audio cues on or off. A checkmark
indicates the audio cues are on.
HDD FAV Pages (Number of
Favorite Categories for
HDD Mode)
Auto Volume
Select the categories such as
Playlist, Artist, Album, and Genre
to be used as a favorite category
during HDD mode.
Select OFF, Low, Medium, or High
sensitivity to automatically adjust
the volume to minimize the effects
of unwanted background noise
that can result from changing road
surfaces, driving speeds, or open
windows. This feature works best
at lower volume settings where
background noise is typically louder
than the sound system volume.
Number of Favorite Pages
Change the number of mixed-band
preset pages when using the FAV
button. Press 1-6 to select the
number of preset lists.
7-11
Seeking a Station
Press r SEEK/SEEK
for a station.
[ to search
Local Station List Search
Show/Hide XM Categories
Configure favorite categories to be
used during XM mode.
DivX Registration Code
Display the DivX registration code
used for DivX media playback.
Finding a Station
To select the band, see “Audio
Source Menu” earlier in this section.
Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to find
a radio station. To select a preset
station, press the corresponding
preset button.
See “Mixed-Band Presets” later for
more information.
To find a list of local stations in the
current band, press the TUNE/
MENU knob. The radio performs a
search for available stations.
Mixed-Band Presets
Up to 36 preset stations can be
stored. Each page can store
six preset stations. The presets
within a page can be from different
radio bands.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-12
Black plate (12,1)
Infotainment System
To scroll through the pages, press
the FAV button. The current page
number displays above the preset
buttons. The stored stations for
each list display on the preset
buttons at the bottom of the screen.
The number of preset FAV lists can
be changed.
To store a radio station to a
mixed-band preset list:
1. Press the RADIO BAND button,
then press AM, FM, or XM,
if equipped, to select the
desired band.
2. Tune to the station.
3. Press the FAV button to scroll to
the list.
4. Press and hold one of the
preset buttons for more than
two seconds. The station
frequency appears on the preset
button at the bottom of the
display.
5. Repeat the steps for each preset
in each page.
To recall a preset station from a
FAV page:
To resume listening to the broadcast
at the point left off, press k again.
1. Press the FAV button to scroll to
the page.
Timeshift stops recording and
erases the buffer when the vehicle
is turned off or the station or source
is changed.
2. Press the preset button. The
stored preset station is recalled.
Timeshift
The timeshift feature automatically
begins recording the audio when
listening to the radio.
The recording allows playback of
content that was missed.
Timeshift stores up to 20 minutes
of content. After 20 minutes, it
removes the oldest content and
continues recording new content.
While listening to the radio,
press k (Play/Pause) to stop
hearing the information through the
speaker. During this paused time,
timeshift keeps recording. A status
bar displays the length of the
recording.
Before turning the vehicle off,
press k so that timeshift keeps
recording for 20 minutes. If the
vehicle is still off after 20 minutes,
the system stops recording and all
information is lost. If a low 12-volt
battery condition occurs, timeshift
stops recording and all information
is erased.
Radio Data System (RDS)
The audio system has a Radio Data
System (RDS). RDS features are
available for use only on FM
stations that broadcast RDS
information. With RDS, the
radio can:
.
Seek to stations broadcasting
the selected type of
programming.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (13,1)
Infotainment System
.
.
Receive announcements
concerning local and national
emergencies.
Satellite Radio
XM Categories
XM™ Satellite Radio Service
Display messages from radio
stations.
Vehicles with an XM satellite radio
tuner and an XM satellite radio
subscription can receive XM
programming.
XM stations are organized in
categories.
This system relies on receiving
specific information from these
stations and only works when the
information is available. In rare
cases, a radio station could
broadcast incorrect information
that causes the radio features to
work improperly. If this happens,
contact the radio station.
The RDS system is always on.
When information is broadcast from
the current FM station, the station
name or call letters display on the
audio screen. RDS can provide a
program type (PTY) for current
programming and the name of the
program being broadcasted.
XM is a satellite radio service based
in the 48 contiguous United States
and 10 Canadian provinces. XM
satellite radio has a wide variety of
programming and commercial-free
music, coast to coast, and in
digital-quality sound. A service
fee is required to receive the XM
service. For more information,
see www.xmradio.com or call
1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. In
Canada, see www.xmradio.ca or
call 1-877-438-9677.
When XM is active, the channel
name and number, category name,
song title, and artist display on the
screen.
7-13
Removing or Adding Categories
1. Press the CONFIG button. Turn
the TUNE/MENU knob until
Radio displays. Press the TUNE/
MENU knob or press Radio to
display the radio settings menu.
2. Select the Show/Hide XM
Categories screen button.
3. Press the category buttons on
the screen to show or hide the
category.
XM Messages
XL (Explicit Language
Channels): These channels, or any
others, can be blocked by request,
by calling 1-800-929-2100 in the
U.S., and 1-877-438-9677 in
Canada.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-14
Black plate (14,1)
Infotainment System
XM Updating: The encryption code
in the receiver is being updated. No
action is required. This process
should take no longer than
30 seconds.
Loading XM: The audio system is
acquiring and processing audio and
text data. No action is needed. This
message should disappear shortly.
Channel Off Air: This channel is
not currently in service. Tune in to
another channel.
Channel Unauth: This channel is
blocked or cannot be received with
your XM subscription package.
Channel Unavailable: This
previously assigned channel is no
longer assigned. Tune to another
station.
No Artist Info: The system is
working properly. No artist
information is available at this
time on this channel.
CAT Not Found: The system is
working properly. There are no
channels available for the selected
category.
No Title Info: The system is
working properly. No song title
information is available at this
time on this channel.
XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0,
this message alternates with the XM
radio eight‐digit radio ID label. This
label is needed to activate the
service.
No CAT Info: The system is
working properly. No category
information is available at this
time on this channel.
No Information: The system is
working properly. No text or
informational messages are
available at this time on this
channel.
No XM Signal: The system is
working properly. The vehicle may
be in a location where the XM signal
is being blocked. When the vehicle
is moved into an open area, the
signal should return.
Unknown: If this message is
received when tuned to channel 0,
there could be a receiver fault.
Consult with your dealer.
Check Antenna: If this message
does not clear within a short period
of time, the receiver could have a
fault. Consult with your dealer.
XM Not Available: If this message
does not clear within a short period
of time, the receiver could have a
fault. Consult with your dealer.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (15,1)
Infotainment System
7-15
Radio Reception
AM
Cellular Phone Usage
Frequency interference and static
can occur during normal radio
reception if items such as cell phone
chargers, vehicle convenience
accessories, and external electronic
devices are plugged into the
accessory power outlet. If there is
interference or static, unplug the
item from the accessory power
outlet.
The range for most AM stations is
greater than for FM, especially at
night. The longer range can cause
station frequencies to interfere with
each other. Static can occur when
things like storms and power lines
interfere with radio reception. When
this happens, try reducing the treble
on the radio.
Cellular phone usage can cause
interference with the vehicle's radio.
FM
XM Satellite Radio Service gives
digital radio reception from coast to
coast in the 48 contiguous United
States, and in Canada. Just as
with FM, tall buildings or hills can
interfere with satellite radio signals,
causing the sound to fade in and
out. In addition, traveling or standing
under heavy foliage, bridges,
garages, or tunnels may cause loss
of the XM signal for a period of time.
FM signals only reach about 16 to
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
radio has a built-in electronic circuit
that automatically works to reduce
interference, some static can occur,
especially around tall buildings or
hills, causing the sound to fade in
and out.
XM™ Satellite Radio Service
Multi-Band Antenna
The multi-band antenna is on the
roof of the vehicle. The antenna is
used for the AM‐FM radio, OnStar,
the XM Satellite Radio Service
System, and GPS (Global
Positioning System), if the vehicle
has these features. Keep the
antenna clear of obstructions for
clear reception.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-16
Black plate (16,1)
Infotainment System
Audio Players
CD/DVD Player
The player can be used for CD,
MP3, and DVD audio, and as a
DVD video player.
With the vehicle on, insert a CD/
DVD into the slot, label side up. The
player pulls it in and begins playing.
While playing, the navigation
system is available.
The vehicle must be in P (Park) for
video to display.
The DVD player is only compatible
with DVDs of the appropriate region
code printed on the jacket of
most DVDs.
The system is capable of playing:
There can be increased skipping,
difficulty in recording tracks,
difficulty in finding tracks/chapters,
and/or difficulty in loading and
ejecting. If these problems occur,
check the disc for damage or try a
known good disc.
.
Most audio CDs
.
CD-R
.
CD-RW
.
MP3 or unprotected WMA
formats
.
DVD-Video
To avoid damage to the CD/DVD
player:
.
DVD-Audio
.
.
DVD-R/RW
Do not use scratched or
damaged discs.
.
DVD+R/RW
.
Do not apply labels to discs. The
labels could get caught in the
player.
.
Insert only one disc at a time.
.
Keep the loading slot free of
foreign materials, liquids, and
debris.
.
Use a marking pen to label the
top of the disc.
When playing any compatible
recordable disc, the sound quality
can be reduced due to disc quality,
the method of recording, the quality
of the music or video that has been
recorded, or the way the disc has
been handled.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (17,1)
Infotainment System
Loading and Ejecting Discs
Playing a CD/DVD
To load a disc:
A disc must be loaded to select the
source.
1. Turn the vehicle on.
2. Insert a disc into the slot, label
side up. The player pulls it in the
rest of the way. If the disc is
damaged or improperly loaded,
there is an error and the disc
ejects.
The disc automatically plays once
loaded.
Press X to eject a disc from the
CD/DVD player. If the disc is not
removed within a short period of
time, it is automatically pulled back
into the player.
7-17
Playing an Audio CD
When a disc is loaded, the disc icon
displays.
There are two ways to play a
CD/DVD:
.
Insert the disc and play starts
automatically.
.
Press the HDD/DVD/AUX
button, then press the disc
screen button.
A track number displays at the
beginning of each track. Song,
Artist, and Album information
displays when available.
Use the following controls to play
the disc:
k (Play/Pause): Use to start,
pause, or resume play.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-18
SEEK
Black plate (18,1)
Infotainment System
[:
.
Press to seek to the next track.
.
Press and hold to fast forward
through a track. Release the
button to return to playing
speed. Elapsed time displays.
CD Menu
Playing an Audio and
Video DVD
To view the DVD video, the vehicle
must be in P (Park) or the parking
brake must be engaged.
r SEEK:
.
.
Press to seek to the beginning
of the current or previous track.
If the track has been playing for
less than five seconds, it seeks
the previous track. If longer than
five seconds, the current track
starts from the beginning.
Press and hold to fast reverse
through a track. Release the
button to return to playing
speed. Elapsed time displays.
TUNE/MENU: Turn to the right or
left to display the track list. Turn it
again to cycle through the list. Press
this knob to select the track. The
system plays the selected track and
returns to the CD screen.
Press the CD Menu screen button
to display the CD Menu.
Shuffle: Press to play the tracks
randomly rather than in sequence.
Press again to stop shuffle.
A checkmark indicates shuffle is on.
Track List: Press to display the list
of tracks on the disc. Select a track
from the list. The selected track
plays and the CD screen displays.
After the DVD is loaded, the menu
options display on the DVD screen.
The menu options time out and a
full screen appears after about
10 seconds. Press anywhere on
the navigation system screen or
press the FAV, HDD/DVD/AUX, or
} BACK button to view the menu
screen again.
Use the preset keys or press screen
buttons to operate the DVD options.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (19,1)
Infotainment System
There are two pages of DVD
options. Press the arrow screen
button, in the bottom right corner
of the screen, to access the other
page. Only the highlighted functions
are available for use. Some menu
options are only available when the
disc is not playing.
DVD Options
Full Screen:
1. Press to hide the DVD options
and display the full video image.
2. Press anywhere on the
navigation system screen or
press the FAV, HDD/DVD/AUX,
or } BACK button to display the
source screen buttons over the
video image.
Cursor: Press this button to
access the Cursor menu. The
arrows and other cursor options
allow navigation of the DVD menu
options. The Cursor menu options
are only available if a DVD has
a menu.
q, Q, r, R (Arrow Buttons): Use
these arrow screen buttons to
navigate through the DVD menu.
k (Play/Pause): Use to start,
pause, or resume play.
SEEK
[:
1. Press to seek to the next
chapter.
2. Press more than once to
continue moving forward through
the disc.
3. Press and hold to fast forward
through a disc. When fast
forward is active, press again to
change the speed. Elapsed time
displays.
4. Press
k to resume playing.
7-19
r SEEK:
1. Press to seek to the beginning of
the current or previous chapter.
If the chapter has played for
less than five seconds, it goes
to the previous chapter. If the
chapter has played longer than
five seconds, the current chapter
is restarted. More than one
press continues moving back
through the disc.
2. Press and hold to fast reverse
through a disc. When fast
reverse is active, press again to
change the speed. Elapsed time
displays.
k to resume playing.
TUNE/MENU: Press r SEEK/
SEEK [ to go to the next or
3. Press
previous chapter. You can also
change chapters by turning the
TUNE/MENU knob after touching
the screen.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-20
Black plate (20,1)
Infotainment System
Stop:
1. Press on the display screen to
show the available buttons.
Press the stop button to stop
the DVD.
2. To resume playing the DVD from
where it stopped, press k.
3. Press k twice to start the DVD
from the beginning.
Z (Shuffle):
1. Press to play the tracks
randomly rather than in
sequence.
2. Press again to play sequentially.
This button is available for DVD
audio discs.
Top Menu: Press to display the
first menu of the DVD. Availability
of this feature is dependent on
the DVD.
Menu: Press to display the menu
for the part of the DVD currently
playing. Availability of this feature is
dependent on the DVD and is not
available for audio DVDs.
Keypad: Press to display and
search through the chapter, track,
or menu number screen. On the
keypad, enter the title/chapter
number or the group/track number.
Search: Press to perform a title
search.
Angle: Press to adjust the viewing
angle of the DVD, depending on
the DVD, while the DVD is playing.
Continue pressing to cycle through
the viewing angles.
Audio: Press to change the audio
stream and the audio language
heard, while the DVD is playing.
Continue pressing to cycle through
the available audio streams or
languages, depending on the DVD.
Subtitle: Press while a DVD is
playing to view with subtitles on or
off or to change the language of
the subtitles. Continue pressing to
cycle through the available subtitle
languages and to turn subtitles off,
depending on the DVD playing.
Pan Scan: Pan Scan is a method
of adjusting widescreen film images
so that they can be proportioned to
fit the DVD screen display. Press
this screen button to turn on
Pan Scan.
Error Messages
If Disc Read Error displays and/or
the disc comes out, it could be for
one of the following reasons:
.
The disc has an invalid or
unknown format.
.
The disc is not from a correct
region.
.
The disc is very hot. Try the disc
again when the temperature
returns to normal.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (21,1)
Infotainment System
.
The road is very rough. Try the
disc again when the road is
smoother.
MP3
.
The disc is dirty, scratched, wet,
or upside down.
.
The air is very humid. Try the
disc again later.
The following guidelines must be
met when creating an MP3 disc,
otherwise the CD might not play:
.
There was a problem while
burning the disc.
.
The label is caught in the
CD/DVD player.
If the CD or DVD is not playing
correctly, for any other reason, try a
known good CD or DVD.
If any error continues, contact your
dealer.
Playing an MP3 CD and DVD
.
Sampling rate: 8 kHz, 16 kHz,
22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz,
44.1 kHz, and 48 kHz.
.
Bit rates supported: 8, 16, 24,
32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112,
128, 144, 160, 192, 224, 256,
and 320 kbps.
.
Maximum number of folders: 255
with a maximum hierarchy of
eight folders.
.
Maximum of 1,024 files on
a disc.
.
Recorded on a CD-R or CD-RW
with a maximum capacity of
700 MB.
.
DVD-Dual Layer discs should
not be used.
.
7-21
The Artist/Album/Song Titles/
Genre information requires a CD
to be fully scanned before the
music navigator works with
these menus. Disc scanning
does not occur when the disc is
being played.
When an MP3 is loaded in the
player, MP3 displays.
If a disc is already loaded, but you
are currently on a map screen or
listening to a different audio source,
press the HDD/DVD/AUX button to
switch to the disc source. A track
number appears on the display
when each track starts to play.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-22
Infotainment System
To play a disc:
k (Play/Pause): Use to start,
pause, or resume play of a
loaded disc.
SEEK
Black plate (22,1)
[:
1. Press to seek to the next track.
2. Press again to continue moving
forward through the disc.
2. Press again to continue moving
back through the disc.
3. Press and hold this button to
reverse quickly through
playback.
4. Release the button to return to
playing speed. Elapsed time
displays.
TUNE/MENU:
3. Press and hold to advance
quickly through playback.
1. Turn to the right or left to display
the track list.
4. Release the button to return to
playing speed. Elapsed time
displays.
2. Turn it again to cycle through
the list.
r SEEK:
1. Press to seek to the beginning of
the current or previous track.
If the track has played for less
than five seconds, it goes to the
previous track. If longer than
five seconds, the current track
restarts.
3. Press TUNE/MENU to select the
track. The system plays the
selected track and returns to
the CD screen.
MP3 Music Menu
Press the Disc Menu screen button
or press the TUNE/MENU knob on
the faceplate while on the disc
audio screen to display the MP3
Music Menu.
Press any of the following category
buttons on the MP3 Music Menu to
display the corresponding category
screen:
.
Folders/Playlists
Press to view the folders stored
on the disc. Select a folder to
view the list of all songs in that
folder. There might be a delay
before the list displays. Select
the song from the list and it
begins to play.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (23,1)
Infotainment System
.
Track List (All Songs)
Press to view a list of all songs
on the disc. There might be a
delay before the list displays.
Select a song from the list and
it begins to play. Songs are
displayed based on the CD
burning application folder and
file structure used.
.
.
.
Press to view the list of artists
stored on the disc. Select an
artist name to view a list of all
songs by the artist. There might
be a delay before the list
displays. Select the desired
song from the list and it begins
to play.
Albums
Root Directory
Press to view the albums on the
disc. Select the album to view a
list of all songs on the album.
There might be a delay before
the list displays. Select a song
from the list and it begins to play.
The root directory is treated as a
folder. All files contained directly
under the root directory are
accessed prior to any root
directory folders.
Genres
Press to view the genres on the
disc. Select a genre to view a list
of all songs of that genre. There
might be a delay before the list
displays. Select a song from the
list and it begins to play.
Artists
.
7-23
Song Titles
Press to display a list of all
songs on the disc. There
might be a delay before the list
displays. Select a song from the
list and it begins to play. Songs
are displayed in alphabetical
order based on the Song Title
ID3 tag, if available.
Empty Directory or Folder
If a root directory or folder is empty
or contains only folders, the player
advances to the next folder in
the file structure that contains a
compressed audio file. The empty
folder(s) are not displayed or
numbered.
No Folder
When the CD only contains
compressed audio files without
any folders or playlists, all files are
under the root folder.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-24
Black plate (24,1)
Infotainment System
File System and Naming
Hard Drive Device (HDD)
The displayed song title is taken
from the file's ID3 tag. If a song title
is not present in the ID3 tag, the
radio displays the file name as the
track name.
With a Hard Drive Device (HDD),
songs can be recorded.
Preprogrammed Playlists
The radio recognizes
preprogrammed playlists; however,
there is no editing capability. These
playlists are treated as special
folders containing compressed
audio song files.
For optimal recording performance,
make sure the disc is clean with no
damage; otherwise the system
might partially record the track.
The types of formats supported by
the HDD are:
.
MP3
.
MP3-Pro
.
WMA
.
Audible.com
.
M4A
Songs can be recorded from a CD
player or a mass media storage
device connected by a USB
connector. The hard drive has
30 GB memory capacity for storage
of media files.
To select the hard drive audio
source:
Press the HDD/DVD/AUX button;
cycle through the available audio
sources until the HDD source
displays or press the HDD/DVD/
AUX button once, and then press
the HDD source button.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (25,1)
Infotainment System
Recording from a CD to the
Hard Drive
To record selected tracks from
the disc:
The speed of the recording
increases if you are listening to
another source while recording.
1. Load a CD or press the HDD/
DVD/AUX button until the Disc
screen displays.
To record all tracks from the disc:
2. Press r SEEK/SEEK [ or the
CD/MP3 Music Menu to select a
song for recording.
1. Load a CD or press the HDD/
DVD/AUX button until the Disc
screen displays.
2. Press the
O REC button.
3. A confirmation displays.
3. Press the
O REC button.
4. A confirmation displays.
5. Select the song name to record.
A progress bar displays.
Recording from a USB Device
to the Hard Drive
To copy all tracks from the USB
device:
4. Select All Songs to record all
tracks. A progress bar displays.
1. Connect a USB device or press
the HDD/DVD/AUX button until
the disc screen displays the
USB screen.
2. Press the
O REC button.
7-25
3. A confirmation displays.
4. Select All Songs to copy all
tracks. A progress bar displays.
To record selected tracks:
1. Connect a USB device or press
the HDD/DVD/AUX button until
the disc screen displays the
USB screen.
2. Use the r SEEK/SEEK [ or
the Music Menu to select a song
for recording.
3. Press the
O REC button.
4. A confirmation displays.
5. Select the song name to record.
A progress bar displays.
Duplicate Content
When the record function starts,
there is a check to verify that the
content does not already exist on
the hard drive. If the entire content
of the CD exists on the hard drive, it
will not record the content.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-26
Black plate (26,1)
Infotainment System
If it is determined that some or none
of the content exists, then only that
missing content will be copied to the
hard drive.
Playing Hard Disc Drive
Content
If the system is turned off during a
CD or USB recording process, it
stops. When the radio is turned
back on, the recording process does
not resume automatically.
1. Press to seek to the next track.
3. Release the button to return to
playing speed. Elapsed time
displays.
CD Eject
Power Mode
[:
2. Press and hold to advance
quickly through playback.
If the same file is recorded from the
USB and CD, it is possible to have
duplicate tracks.
If the CD ejects before the recording
process completes, only tracks that
have been completely recorded are
stored to the hard drive. Incomplete
tracks are discarded.
SEEK
r SEEK:
To operate hard drive functions
while the HDD source is active,
use the following buttons or
touch-sensitive buttons:
k (Play/Pause): Press to start,
pause, or resume play of the current
media source.
1. Press to seek to the beginning of
the current or previous track.
If the track has been playing for
less than five seconds, the
previous track plays. If longer
than five seconds, the current
track restarts.
2. Press and hold this button to
reverse quickly through
playback.
3. Release the button to return to
playing speed. Elapsed time
displays.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (27,1)
Infotainment System
TUNE/MENU:
HDD Music Menu
1. Turn to the right or left to display
All Songs.
From the HDD screen, press the
HDD Menu screen button on the
HDD screen to display the HDD
Music Menu.
2. Turn it again to cycle through
the list.
3. Press the TUNE/MENU knob to
select the song. The system
plays the selected song and
returns to the CD screen.
7-27
This feature is only available with
songs recorded to the HDD from
audio CDs, not MP3s and other
compressed audio.
When recording CDs to the HDD,
there might be delays to build the
list until all files are compressed.
Playlists:
DEL (Delete):
1. Press to view the playlists on the
hard drive.
1. Select the song from the HDD
Music Menu screen to delete.
2. Select a playlist to view a list of
all songs in the playlist.
2. Press the DEL button.
To delete an entire list of Artists,
Albums, or Genres, select the
category from the HDD Music Menu
screen. Press the DEL button.
Press any of the following buttons
on the HDD Music Menu:
3. Select a song from the list. Once
selected, Playlist Mode displays.
Artists:
Shuffle: Press to play the tracks
randomly rather than in sequence.
1. Press to view the artists on the
hard drive.
More Like This: Press to use
Gracenote® music recognition
technology and related data to
generate a list of songs similar to
the current song. Select a song from
the list.
2. Select an artist to view a list of
all songs by that artist.
3. Select a song from the list. Once
selected, Artist Mode displays.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-28
Black plate (28,1)
Infotainment System
Albums:
1. Press to view the albums on the
hard drive.
2. Select an album to view a list of
all songs on the album.
3. Select a song from the list. Once
selected, Album Mode displays.
All Songs:
1. Press to view a list of all songs
on the hard drive.
2. Select a song from the list. Once
selected, All Songs Mode
displays.
Genres:
1. Press to view the genres on the
hard drive.
2. Select a genre to view a list of
all songs of that genre.
3. Select a song from the list. Once
selected, Genre Mode displays.
Recently Saved: Press to view a
list of the 50 most recently saved
songs to the HDD. Once selected,
Recently Saved Mode displays.
Playing HDD Favorites
Favorites can be played two
different ways:
.
Press the FAV button until the
appropriate FAV HDD category
displays. Press a preset button
at the bottom of the FAV HDD
screen.
.
Select FAV from the HDD
Music Menu. Favorite Artist,
Album, and Genre are in the
corresponding list.
Saving HDD Favorites
During HDD playback, to save the
current song playing to a category
preset:
1. Press the FAV button until the
FAV playlist category displays.
2. Press and hold a preset button
on the bottom of the screen until
the Saved to Favorites message
displays.
To save an entire Artist, Album,
or Genre to a FAV category preset:
1. Press the FAV button until the
correct FAV category appears.
2. Press and hold a preset button
on the bottom of the screen.
USB-Supported Devices
The USB connector uses the
following:
.
USB 2.0.
.
USB flash sticks or pen drives.
.
Portable USB Hard Drives.
Special care needs to be taken
related to the power source
of these devices (USB bus
powered vs. external power).
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (29,1)
Infotainment System
.
Portable media adapters that
support SD Flash, Compact
Flash, or SD Micro.
SEEK
2. Press and hold to advance
quickly through playback.
Release the button to return to
playing speed. Elapsed time
displays.
The USB icon displays when the
USB device is connected.
Playing from a USB
To play a USB device:
A USB mass storage device can be
connected to the USB port to copy
compressed audio files onto the
hard drive. Content can also be
played directly from the USB device.
1. Connect the USB and it begins
to play.
The USB port is in the center
console.
[:
1. Press to seek to the next track.
Depending on the USB mass
storage device, some devices might
not be recognized.
Music can be played directly from
the USB device and controlled
through the MP3 control functions
and menu.
7-29
2. Press the HDD/DVD/AUX
button, then press the USB
screen button.
While the USB source is active,
use the following to operate USB
function:
k (Play/Pause): Press to start,
pause, or resume play of the current
media source.
r SEEK:
1. Press to seek to the beginning
of the current or previous track.
If the track has been playing for
less than five seconds, the
previous track plays. If playing
longer than five seconds, the
current track restarts.
2. Press and hold to reverse
quickly through playback.
3. Release the button to return to
playing speed. Elapsed time
displays.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-30
Black plate (30,1)
Infotainment System
TUNE/MENU:
1. Turn to the right or left to display
the track list.
2. Turn it again to cycle through
the list.
3. Press the TUNE/MENU knob to
select the track. The system
plays the selected track and
returns to the USB screen.
USB Music Menu
Select any of the following buttons
on the USB Music Menu:
Shuffle: Press to play the tracks
randomly rather than in sequence.
Select again to stop this function.
Folders/Playlists: Select to view
the playlists stored on the USB.
Select a folder/playlist to view a list
of all songs in the folder/playlist.
Select a song from the list. Once
selected, Folder/Playlist Mode
displays.
Track List: Press to view a list of
songs and what track the songs are
stored on.
Press the USB Menu screen button
or press the TUNE/MENU knob
while on the USB Audio screen to
display the USB Music Menu.
Artists: Press to view the artists
stored on the USB. Select an artist
to view a list of all songs by the
artist. Select a song from the list.
Once selected, Artist Mode
displays.
Albums: Press to view the albums
stored on the USB. Select an album
to view a list of all songs on the
album. Select a song from the list.
Once selected, Album Mode
displays.
All Songs: Press to view a list of
all songs stored on the USB. Select
a song from the list. Once selected,
All Songs Mode displays.
Genres: Press to view the genres
stored on the USB. Select a genre
to view a list of all songs of that
genre. Select a song from the list.
Once selected, Genre Mode
displays.
Eject USB: Press when the USB
is to be removed. If the USB is
disconnected without selecting Eject
USB, the files could become
corrupted.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (31,1)
Infotainment System
Playing from an iPod®
Recording from the iPod to the HDD
is not supported. Media must be
recorded using a USB mass storage
device.
7-31
iPod Music Menu
To connect and control an iPod,
connect one end of the standard
iPod USB cable to the iPod's dock
connector. Connect the other end to
the USB port in the center console.
This feature supports the following
iPod models:
.
iPod (fifth generation or later)
.
iPod nano (first, second, third,
fourth, and fifth generation)
.
iPod classic
.
iPod touch (first and second
generation)
For proper operation, make sure the
iPod has the latest firmware from
Apple®. iPod firmware can be
updated using the latest iTunes®
application. For more information,
visit www.apple.com/itunes.
iPod music information displays on
the radio’s display and begins
playing through the vehicle’s audio
system.
Press any of the following buttons
on the iPod Music Menu to display
the corresponding screen:
The iPod battery recharges
automatically while the vehicle is
on. When the vehicle is off while an
iPod is connected using the iPod
USB cable, the iPod battery stops
charging and the iPod automatically
turns off.
Shuffle:
If the iPod is an unsupported model,
it can still be listened to in the
vehicle by connecting to the
auxiliary input jack using a standard
3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable. See
Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑36 for
more information.
Playlists:
1. Press to play the tracks
randomly rather than in
sequence.
2. Press the button again to stop
this function.
1. Press to view the playlists stored
on the iPod.
2. Select a playlist name to view a
list of all songs in the playlist.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-32
Black plate (32,1)
Infotainment System
3. Select the desired song from
the list. Once a song has been
selected, Playlist Mode appears
on the iPod main screen.
Artists:
1. Press to view the artists stored
on the iPod.
2. Select an artist name to view a
list of all songs by the artist.
All Songs:
1. Press to view a list of all songs
stored on the iPod.
2. Select the desired song from
the list. Once a song has been
selected, All Songs Mode
appears on the iPod main
screen.
Genres:
3. Select the desired song from
the list. Once a song has been
selected, Artist Mode appears on
the iPod main screen.
1. Press to view the genres stored
on the iPod.
Albums:
3. Select the desired song from
the list. Once a song has been
selected, Genre Mode appears
on the iPod main screen.
1. Press to view the albums stored
on the iPod.
2. Select an album name to view a
list of all songs on the album.
3. Select the desired song from
the list. Once a song has been
selected, Album Mode appears
on the iPod main screen.
2. Select a genre name to view a
list of all songs of that genre.
Composers:
1. Press to view the composers
stored on the iPod.
2. Select a composer name to
view a list of all songs by that
composer.
3. Select the desired song from
the list. Once a song has been
selected, Composer Mode
appears on the iPod main
screen.
Audio Books:
1. Press to view the audio books
stored on the iPod.
2. Select the audio book from the
list. Once an audio book has
been selected, Audio Book
Mode appears on the iPod main
screen.
Podcasts appear with the general
music. They do not have their own
category. Like the other music files,
they are searchable by title, artist,
and album.
Eject iPod: Press to remove the
iPod. If the iPod is disconnected
without selecting this button, the
files on the iPod could be corrupted.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (33,1)
Infotainment System
Audio Book
The system can play back audio
book content downloaded from
Audible.com by either burning it to a
CD or recording it to a USB storage
device.
Audible.com is a provider of
spoken word audio entertainment,
information, and educational
programming. The use of the
Audible.com playback feature
requires that the Audible.com
account be activated with the radio.
For more information on creating an
account or how to activate the radio
with an existing account, visit
www.audible.com/caraudio. The
activation process requires the
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
of the vehicle.
Once activated, files can be
transferred by burning them to a CD
or by using a USB storage device.
After inserting the USB or CD
storage media, the following screen
displays:
Press the All recording screen
button to record all available audio
books. A specific audio book to
record can be selected by pressing
the Select Book screen button.
After the files have been recorded,
eject the CD/USB external media.
7-33
Playing Audio Book Content
After activating and transferring
www.audible.com files to the
system, play the files:
1. Press the HDD/DVD/AUX button
until the HDD source is selected.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-34
Black plate (34,1)
Infotainment System
4. Select a chapter to start
playback.
Selecting Another Audio Book
To play a different audio book from
the one selected, return to the Audio
Book menu options.
To change the audio book currently
playing:
2. Press the HDD Menu. The HDD
Music Menu displays. Scroll
down to the Audio Book option
and select.
5. The audio book begins
playback.
1. Press the TUNE/MENU knob or
press the HDD Menu screen
button. The HDD Music Menu
displays. Scroll down to the
Audio Book option.
3. The Audio Book screen displays
a list of the available audio
books for playback. Select
a book.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (35,1)
Infotainment System
7-35
Changing Chapters within an
Audio Book
To change chapters within an
audio book:
2. The Audio Book screen displays
a list of the available audio
books for playback. Select
a book.
4. The audio book begins
playback.
While the audio book is playing, turn
the TUNE/MENU knob. The chapter
list of the current book displays.
Select a chapter from the list. To
return to the current chapter being
played, select the chapter with the
checkmark at the right.
3. Select a chapter to start
playback.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-36
Black plate (36,1)
Infotainment System
Auxiliary Devices
This vehicle may have an auxiliary
input jack in the center console.
Possible auxiliary audio sources
include:
.
Laptop computer
.
MP3 player
.
Tape player
This jack is not an audio output.
Do not plug headphones into the
auxiliary input jack. Drivers are
encouraged to set up any auxiliary
device while the vehicle is in
P (Park).
Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable
from the auxiliary device to the
auxiliary input jack. When a
device is connected, the system
automatically begins playing audio
from the device over the vehicle
speakers.
If an auxiliary device has already
been connected, but a different
source is currently active, do either
of the following to switch back to the
auxiliary source:
.
.
Press the HDD/DVD/AUX button
repeatedly to cycle through all
of the available audio source
screens, until the AUX source
screen is selected.
Press the HDD/DVD/AUX button
once, then press the AUX
source screen button.
Navigation
Using the Navigation
System
Read this section thoroughly to
become familiar with how the
navigation system operates.
Keeping your eyes on the road and
your mind on driving is important for
safe driving. The navigation system
has built-in features intended to
help do this. Some features may be
disabled while driving. A grayed-out
function indicates it is not available
when the vehicle is moving.
All functions are available when the
vehicle is parked. Do the following
before driving:
.
Become familiar with the
navigation system operation,
buttons on the faceplate, and
touch-sensitive screen buttons of
the navigation system.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (37,1)
Infotainment System
.
Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
tone, and adjusting the
speakers.
.
Set up the navigation features
before beginning to drive, such
as entering an address or a
preset destination.
.
For vehicles equipped with
phone capability, set up phone
numbers in advance so they can
be called with the press of a
single button or a single voice
command.
{ WARNING
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often while using the
navigation system could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death
to you or others. Focus your
attention on driving.
7-37
.
Plan a route by selecting a
destination using the various
methods and choices.
Always be alert and obey traffic
and roadway laws and instructions,
regardless of the guidance from the
navigation system. Because the
navigation system uses street map
information that does not include all
traffic restrictions or the latest road
changes, it may suggest using a
road that is now closed for
construction or a turn that is
prohibited by signs at the
intersection. Because the system
uses limited information, always
evaluate whether following the
system's directions is safe and legal
for the current conditions.
.
Follow turn-by-turn instructions
and map guidance with voice
prompts, when permitted by
traffic laws, controls, and
conditions.
Use the buttons on the navigation
system and the available screen
buttons on the navigation screen to
operate the system. See Overview
on page 7‑2.
.
Receive RDS broadcast
announcements.
Various functions are disabled when
the vehicle is moving.
{ WARNING
Avoid looking too long or too
often at the moving map on the
navigation screen. This could
cause a crash and you or others
can be injured or killed. Use the
turn-by-turn voice guidance
directions whenever possible.
Use the navigation system to:
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-38
Black plate (38,1)
Infotainment System
Navigation Buttons
The buttons are on the navigation
system:
RADIO BAND: Press to select AM,
FM, or XM, if equipped.
HDD/DVD/AUX (Source): Change
to the Hard Drive, CD, DVD, USB,
or AUX by pressing the HDD/DVD/
AUX button until the desired source
is selected.
The audio sources can also be
changed by using the steering
wheel controls. See Steering Wheel
Controls on page 5‑6 for more
information.
FAV (Favorites): Press to display
the current page number above the
preset buttons. The stored stations
for each list display on the preset
buttons at the bottom of the touch
screen. The number of preset FAV
lists can be changed.
TUNE/MENU: Turn to highlight a
feature. Press to activate the
highlighted feature.
} BACK:
Press to return to the
previous screen in a menu. The
} BACK button does not work in
primary screens, such as the map,
audio, leaf, or climate screens.
TONE: Press to open the tone
menu for sound adjustment.
CONFIG (Configure): Press to
adjust features for radio, navigation,
display, phone, vehicle, and time.
See Configure Menu on page 7‑61
for more information.
SEEK
[:
1. Press to seek to the next track
or chapter.
2. Press and hold to advance
quickly through playback.
3. Release the button to return to
playing speed. Elapsed time
displays.
r SEEK:
1. Press to seek to the beginning of
the current or previous track or
chapter. If the track or chapter
has been playing for less than
five seconds, the previous track
or chapter plays. If playing
longer than five seconds, the
current track or chapter restarts.
2. Press and hold to reverse
quickly through playback.
Release the button to return to
playing speed. Elapsed time
displays.
V / 0 (Phone): See Bluetooth on
page 7‑78 for more information.
k (Play/Pause): Press to start,
pause, or resume play of the current
media source.
TP (Time Program): Press to
display the Time settings. This
button can be pressed to quickly go
to the Time menu instead of pathing
through the Config menu and the
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (39,1)
Infotainment System
TUNE/MENU knob. Adjust the time
as needed. See Configure Menu on
page 7‑61 later in this section.
screen in full view; Split Screen
displays both map and audio
information.
O REC (Record): Press to record
from a CD player or a mass media
storage device connected by a USB
connector.
INFO (Information): Press for
weather information, if equipped,
and climate control displays,
if equipped.
DEL (Delete): Press to delete XM
categories and information from the
hard drive.
RPT (Navigation Repeat): Press
to repeat the last voice guidance
prompt.
VOL/ O (Volume/Power): Press to
turn the system on and off. Turn this
knob to adjust the volume for the
audio, OnStar, voice guidance, and
voice recognition voice prompts.
AS1–2 (Autostore): The stations
that can be received best in an AM
or FM band can be searched for
and stored automatically through the
autostore function. Each band has
two autostore lists (AS 1, AS 2), in
each of which six stations can be
stored.
DEST (Destination): Press to
plan a route through the Select
Destination menu. If route guidance
is active, press to access the
Route menu. See Destination on
page 7‑48 for more information.
NAV (Navigation): Press to view
the vehicle's current position on the
map screen. Continue pressing to
cycle through the full map and split
screen. Full Map displays the
X (CD/DVD Eject): Press to eject
a CD or a DVD.
Touch Screen Buttons
Touch screen buttons are on the
screen and are highlighted when a
feature is available. Some screen
buttons highlight when active and
grey out when inactive.
7-39
Alpha-Numeric Keyboard
Letters of the alphabet, symbols,
punctuation, and numbers, when
available, display on the navigation
screen as an alpha or numeric
keyboard. The alpha keyboard
displays when data needs to be
entered.
All characters are touch screen
buttons. Touch to select.
À-Ý (Accent Alphabet): To select
letters with accent symbols.
A-Z (Alphabet): To select letters
from the alphabet.
Symbols: To select symbols.
U (Space):
To enter a space
between characters or the words of
a name.
q (Backspace):
To delete an
incorrect character that has been
selected.
To make name selection easier, the
system highlights only characters
that are available after the
previously entered one.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-40
Black plate (40,1)
Infotainment System
If a name does not display after
entry, try entering it differently. The
map database may not contain all
information.
3. Select the navigation setting to
change.
Voice Prompt
Navigation Settings
Voice Guidance: Press to enable
or disable voice guidance.
A checkmark indicates on.
This menu allows changes to the
voice features.
The Config Menu screen accesses
the navigation system settings.
The touch screen buttons
available are:
To access:
Voice Volume: Adjust the voice
volume for guidance and voice
recognition prompts by pressing
the − or + screen buttons or by
turning the VOL/ O knob on the
infotainment system. Press
Guidance Volume to preview the
selected sound level.
1. Press the CONFIG button to
display the Setup menu.
2. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to
scroll through the available
setup features. Press the TUNE/
MENU knob or press the Nav
screen button to display other
options within that feature.
Speech Confirmation Feedback:
Press to turn the speech
confirmation feedback on or off.
A checkmark indicates on.
Traffic Voice Prompt: Press to
enable or disable traffic voice
prompts. If the voice prompts are on
and an Alert for Approaching Traffic
displays, the related voice prompt is
provided. A checkmark indicates on.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (41,1)
Infotainment System
7-41
Route Preference
Back Track
Map Database Information
Press the Route Preference screen
button to change route options
when a route is calculated.
Press the Back Track screen button
to turn on, off, or delete the
recording and displaying of the
traveled path.
Displays map database version
information.
Avoid Freeway: Major roads are
avoided.
Avoid Toll Road: Toll roads are
avoided.
Avoid Ferry: Ferries are avoided.
Avoid Time and Seasonal
Restricted Roads: Time restricted
and seasonal roads are avoided.
Display Back Tracks: When
active, the traveled path displays.
Record Back Track Points: When
active, the traveled path is recorded.
Delete Back Track Points: The
recorded path is deleted.
Press the Coverage button to
view the major metropolitan
coverage area.
Low Fuel Warning
When selected, a pop-up screen
displays gas station icons on the
map or lists the five nearest gas
stations.
Back Track Mode
When selected, the back track
feature is on. See “Back Track”
earlier in this section.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-42
Black plate (42,1)
Infotainment System
Off-Road Mode
Installing the DVD Map Disc
When selected, the off-road feature
is on. When the off-road mode is
turned on, the navigation system will
show the path being traveled by the
vehicle when not on a marked road.
Your dealer installs the map
database information on the HDD.
Weather Warning (If Equipped)
When selected, a pop-up screen
displays weather warnings.
Show 3-D Landmark
When selected, 3-D landmarks
display on the map screen.
Maps
This section includes basic
information about the map
database.
An updated map disc can be used
to update the map database
information. See Ordering Map
DVDs on page 7‑70.
Before updating the map database
on the HDD, read the following
steps:
1. Turn the vehicle on.
2. Press VOL/
system on.
7. Press X after the map
database update is completed.
If the application update file is
included in the disc, the application
update is also done.
Handling the DVD Map Disc
.
Handle the disc very carefully to
avoid contamination or flaws.
Signals might not read out
properly.
.
Use a soft cloth if the disc gets
soiled and gently wipe it from the
center of the disc to the outside.
Do not use cleaners or solvents.
.
Do not use the disc to rest on
while writing or drawing with any
writing utensil or attach a seal to
any of the sides of the disc.
.
Do not keep the disc in direct
sunlight, high temperatures,
or humidity.
.
Place the disc back into the
original case after use.
O to turn the
3. Insert the map update disc into
the slot, label side up.
Map Coverage
4. Press the Update screen button
when the Update Confirmation
screen displays.
The navigation maps are stored on
the hard drive.
5. Enter the Authentication Code,
then press Enter.
For more information on map
coverage, see “Navigation Settings”
earlier in this section.
6. If the correct code is entered,
the system starts updating and
the status bar displays.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (43,1)
Infotainment System
Map Adjustments
The scale of view on the map can
be adjusted.
Map Scales
The map scale bar times out if
the zoom level is not changed
within a few seconds.
The scale ranges from 100 m
(150 ft) to 400 km (250 mi). To
change from metric to English, see
Driver Information Center (DIC) on
page 5‑38 for more information.
Scroll Features
7-43
.
Scroll speed increases when
touching closer to the edge of
the screen.
.
Press NAV on the faceplate to
exit map scrolling and return to
the current vehicle location on
the map.
.
While scrolling the map, this
symbol can display the distance
to the crosshair area.
There are two methods to change
the map scale:
.
Turn the TUNE/MENU knob
clockwise or counterclockwise to
zoom out or in.
.
Press the Map Scale button on
the left bottom corner of the map
screen to change the zoom
level.
.
To scroll within the map, touch
anywhere on the map screen
and the scroll symbol displays.
.
Tap the map to center that
location on the screen.
.
Press the screen in any direction
outside the scroll symbol to
scroll the map in that direction.
For example, this shows that the
map has been scrolled 160 m
(0.1 mi) away from the current
vehicle position.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-44
Black plate (44,1)
Infotainment System
Navigation Symbols
Following are the most common
symbols that appear on a map
screen.
The waypoint symbol marks a
set waypoint and is numbered
depending on how many have
been set.
The vehicle symbol indicates the
current position and heading
direction of the vehicle on the map.
The destination symbol marks the
final destination after a route has
been planned.
A waypoint is a stopover destination
point added to the planned route.
This symbol indicates that the map
view is North-up: North-up displays
North at the top of the map screen
regardless of the direction the
vehicle is traveling. Select this
screen symbol to change the view
to Heading-up or 3-D.
This symbol indicates that the map
view is Heading-up.
If waypoints have been added to
the current route, each waypoint
destination displays estimated time
and distance to the destination.
Heading-up view displays the
direction the vehicle is traveling at
the top of the map screen. The
shaded triangle indicates North.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (45,1)
Infotainment System
Press this screen symbol to change
to 3‐D mode.
The 3-D symbol is the same as the
Heading-up symbol, but the map is
in 3-D.
The No GPS symbol appears when
there is no Global Positioning
System (GPS) satellite signal.
symbol indicates the information can
be hidden to show a full screen
map view.
While driving on a route, the next
maneuver the map screen displays
is either an urgent maneuver or a
non-urgent maneuver.
The upper symbol indicates the
information can be displayed on the
right side of the map. The lower
Urgent Maneuver
An urgent maneuver is displayed
when the next maneuver is less
than or equal to 0.8 km (0.5 mi)
away on a residential road or less
than or equal to 1.5 km (2 mi) away
on a highway.
This symbol indicates that a menu is
available and displays on the left
side of the screen. Press this
symbol or the TUNE/MENU knob to
access the screen menu.
Driving on a Route
7-45
Driving on a Highway
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-46
Black plate (46,1)
Infotainment System
Map Screen Options
While on route, several options are
available while viewing the map
screen. To access this menu:
When this symbol is selected, the
distance and time remaining from
the current vehicle position to the
first waypoint displays.
Driving on a Residential Road
Non-Urgent Maneuver
A non-urgent maneuver is when the
distance to the next maneuver is
greater than 0.8 km (0.5 mi) when
driving on a residential road or
greater than 1.5 km (2 mi) when
driving on a highway. This is
indicated by a small arrow in the top
right corner of the screen.
Press the TUNE/MENU knob to
display the menu on the left side.
See Navigation Symbols on
page 7‑44 to learn how to change
the map view to North-up,
Heading-up, or 3-D view.
This menu displays if the symbol
and waypoints are entered. Select
the main map view to display the
distance and time remaining from
the current vehicle position to any
of the set waypoints or final
destination.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (47,1)
Infotainment System
7-47
Save: Press to save a specific
location to the address book.
Show POI: Press to view POI
information nearby and on route.
Edit: Press to display a list of POI
icons.
There are several Preset options on
the bottom of the screen.
1. Select the POI icon to edit. The
POI icon is replaced by another
icon that is selected from the
next menu.
2. Select the new POI icon.
3. The new icon is on the Show
POI Icons menu.
List: Displays all available POIs.
Clear: Clears all selected POIs.
Nearby: Displays up to 200 of the
selected POIs within 32 km (20 mi)
of the current vehicle position. The
POIs can be sorted by distance,
icon, or type.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-48
Black plate (48,1)
Infotainment System
Hide: Press to hide the POIs from
view on the map. To display, go to
the Map menu, press the Show POI
Icons menu and press the Show
option. See “Map Screen Options”
earlier for more information on
showing the POIs.
Destination
While destination is not set, press
the DEST button to access the
Select Destination screen. Several
options can be selected to plan a
route by entering destinations.
Press this button to change the full
map screen to the half map screen
and half exit information.
Address Entry
Traffic: Press to provide nearby
traffic information and traffic events
on the planned route.
Set a route by entering the state/
province name, city name, street
name, and house number.
Whole Route: Press to choose
options for the entire route.
State/Province: Enter a state/
province name.
Cancel Guidance: Press to cancel
guidance of the current route.
City: Enter a city name.
Cross Street Name: Enter a street
name that intersects with the
selected street.
A checkmark displays on the right
side when the field has been
selected and the destination can
be entered. After an entry step is
completed, the checkmark moves to
the next item.
Entering the city name first:
1. Press the DEST button.
Street Name: Enter a street name.
2. If necessary, enter the state/
province name. The last state/
province is automatically
recalled.
House #: Enter a valid address
number.
3. Enter the city name. The city
field is automatically selected.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (49,1)
Infotainment System
4. Enter the street name. This field
is automatically selected. Do not
enter directional information or
street type. Use the space
screen button between street
and city names. Use the
backspace q screen button to
delete an incorrectly entered
character.
A list displays if four or fewer
names are available. If there
are more than four, there is a
match counter with a number of
available streets. Press the List
screen button to view the list and
select the street.
5. Enter the house number. This
field is automatically selected.
6. Press the OK screen button.
The address information screen
displays the address entered.
7. Press Go located on the
confirmation screen if the
information is correct. The route
is calculated.
8. Select the route preference for
Fastest, Shortest, or Easiest.
The chosen route preference
highlights. See “Entering an
Address and Point of Interest,
and Storing Preset Destinations”
under Overview on page 7‑2 for
more information.
9. Press the Start Guidance
screen button and the route is
calculated.
7-49
A list displays if four or fewer
names are available. If there
are more than four, there is a
match counter with a number of
available streets. Press the List
screen button to view the list and
select the street.
4. Select the city from the list or
enter the city name.
5. Enter the house number. This
field is automatically selected.
Entering the street name first:
6. Press the OK screen button.
1. Press the DEST button.
7. Press Go located on the
confirmation screen if the
information is correct. The route
is calculated.
2. If necessary, enter the state/
province name. The last state/
province name is automatically
recalled.
3. Select the street name field.
Enter the street name. Do not
enter directional information or
street type. Use the space
screen button between street
and city names. Use the
backspace q screen button to
delete an incorrect character.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-50
Black plate (50,1)
Infotainment System
Entering by POI name/phone
number:
4. Select the POI name from
the list.
1. Press the DEST button.
5. Press Go located on the
confirmation screen if the
information is correct.
2. Select Point of Interest.
6. Select the route preference for
Fastest, Shortest, or Easiest.
8. Select the route preference for
Fastest, Shortest, or Easiest.
The chosen route preference
highlights. See “Entering an
Address and Point of Interest,
and Storing Preset Destinations”
under Overview on page 7‑2 for
more information.
9. Press the Start Guidance
screen button and the route is
calculated.
Point of Interest
The POI destination entry allows
selection of a destination by
providing the POI name or city
name, or selecting from the POI list.
7. Press the Start Guidance screen
button and start the route.
Entering a POI by city name:
1. Press the DEST button.
2. Select Point of Interest.
3. Enter the name or select by
phone number.
A list displays if four or fewer
names are available. If there
are more than four, there is a
match counter with a number of
available POI names. Press
the List screen button to view
the list.
3. Press the Browse screen button.
4. Select the Change Location
screen button.
5. Enter the new state and city.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (51,1)
Infotainment System
Previous Destination
6. Select a category, then a
sub-category.
Select a destination from a list
of previous destinations. Up to
15 points that have been previously
entered can be recalled. If the list is
full, the oldest destinations are
automatically deleted once the
newest destinations are added.
The available POI names will
display.
7. Select the POI name.
8. If the POI is correct, press the
Go screen button. The route is
calculated.
9. Select the route preference for
Fastest, Shortest, or Easiest.
10. Press the Start Guidance
screen button and start the
route.
Selecting from a POI Category:
1. Press the DEST button.
2. Select Point of Interest.
3. Press the Browse screen button.
7-51
4. Select a category, then a
sub-category.
The available POI names
display.
1. Press the DEST button.
2. Press Previous Destination.
A list displays the previous
destinations.
5. Select the POI name.
3. Select the destination.
6. If the POI is correct, press the
Go screen button. The route is
calculated.
4. Press Go located on the
confirmation screen if the
information is correct. The route
is calculated.
7. Select the route preference for
Fastest, Shortest, or Easiest.
8. Press the Start Guidance screen
button and start the route.
5. Select the route preference for
Fastest, Shortest, or Easiest.
See “Entering an Address and
Point of Interest, and Storing
Preset Destinations” under
Overview on page 7‑2 for more
information.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-52
Black plate (52,1)
Infotainment System
6. Press the Start Guidance screen
button and start the route.
Address Book
Choose a destination by selecting
an address that has been stored in
the address book.
1. Press the DEST button.
5. Select the route preference for
Fastest, Shortest, or Easiest.
See “Entering an Address and
Point of Interest, and Storing
Preset Destinations” under
Overview on page 7‑2 for more
information.
5. Select the route preference for
Fastest, Shortest, or Easiest.
See “Entering an Address and
Point of Interest, and Storing
Preset Destinations” under
Overview on page 7‑2 for more
information.
6. Press the Start Guidance screen
button and start the route.
6. Press the Start Guidance screen
button and start the route.
Pick From Map
Lat/Long Coordinates
Select a destination by scrolling on
the map.
Choose a destination based on
latitudinal and longitudinal
coordinates.
1. Press the DEST button.
2. Press the Pick From Map screen
button. A map screen with a
scroll symbol displays.
2. Press Address Book. A list
displays the address book
entries.
3. Select the destination from
the list.
4. Press Go on the confirmation
screen if the information is
correct. The route calculates.
3. Press the Zoom in/out arrow key
on the screen and press the
map to locate the destination to
select. Press and hold a finger
on the map to activate fast
scrolling.
4. Press Go on the confirmation
screen if the information is
correct. The route calculates.
Enter the location as coordinates,
latitude and longitude.
1. Press the DEST button.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (53,1)
Infotainment System
2. Press the Lat/Long screen
button.
3. Enter the coordinates for the
destination in degrees, minutes,
and seconds.
4. Press Go on the confirmation
screen if the information is
correct. The route calculates.
5. Select the route preference for
Fastest, Shortest, or Easiest.
See “Entering an Address and
Point of Interest, and Storing
Preset Destinations” under
Overview on page 7‑2 for more
information.
Preset Destinations” under
Overview on page 7‑2 for more
information.
1. Press the DEST button.
2. Select one of the available
preset destination screen
buttons. The screen buttons
were stored with the name
selected. The route is
calculated.
6. Press the Start Guidance screen
button and start the route.
3. Select the route preference for
Fastest, Shortest, or Easiest.
See “Entering an Address and
Point of Interest, and Storing
Preset Destinations” under
Overview on page 7‑2 for more
information.
Preset Destinations
4. Press the Start Guidance screen
button and start the route.
Set a destination by selecting
from one of six previously stored
destinations. If a destination is not
set for one of the screen buttons,
the button dims and is not available
to use. See “Entering an Address
and Point of Interest, and Storing
7-53
Getting Started on the Route
Several functions can be performed
after a destination has been
entered. Press the DEST button to
access the Route Menu screen.
Cancel Guidance
From the Route Menu screen, press
Cancel Guidance to cancel the
current route. Press Yes on the
confirmation screen to cancel or No
to continue the guidance.
Voice Prompt
Select Voice Volume to change the
volume of voice prompts and voice
recognition.
Select the Voice Guidance, Speech
Confirmation Feedback, or Traffic
Voice Prompt screen buttons to turn
voice prompts on or off for each
category. See “Navigation Settings”
under Using the Navigation System
on page 7‑36 for more information.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-54
Black plate (54,1)
Infotainment System
Detour
While on the surface streets, select
a detour around the current route,
select the Route screen, then
select to detour 2, 5, or 10 km
(1, 3, or 5 mi). While on the
highway, select to detour 2, 5,
or 10 km (5, 15, or 25 mi). Select
Whole Route to detour the entire
route. This is only available while
driving on a route.
Turn List
Waypoints
Up to three waypoints can be added
to the current route, between the
start point and final destination. The
waypoints can be edited or deleted.
To add a waypoint:
1. Press the DEST button.
2. Press the Add Waypoint screen
button. This button is only
available if the route has been
calculated.
To view the list of maneuvers for the
entire route, select Turn List from
the Route Menu screen.
3. Enter the waypoint by any of the
add destination methods. See
Destination on page 7‑48 for
more information. The system
calculates and highlights the
route and the route can be
started.
4. To add more waypoints, press
the DEST button. Press the Add
Waypoint screen button to add
the waypoint in the order desired
on the route. The system
calculates and highlights the
route and the route can be
started.
To delete a waypoint:
1. Press the DEST button.
2. Press the Delete Waypoint
screen button.
3. Select the waypoint to be
deleted by touching the screen.
4. A confirmation message
displays. Press the Yes screen
button to delete the waypoint;
press No to cancel this
operation. The system calculates
and highlights the route and the
route can be started.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (55,1)
Infotainment System
Route Preview
.
Preview the entire route in either
direction.
Press the fast forward scroll
arrow to go to the final
destination. These buttons
display once the reverse/forward
scroll button has been selected.
S T (Reverse or Forward Scroll):
s t (Reverse or Forward Skip):
.
.
Press the reverse skip arrow to
go to the start point.
Press the forward skip arrow to
go to the final destination.
u v (Fast Reverse or Forward
Scroll):
.
Press the fast reverse scroll
arrow to go to the start point.
7-55
Previous
Destinations — Deleting
To delete all previous destinations
from the system:
1. Press the DEST button.
.
Press the reverse scroll arrow to
go to the start point.
2. Press the Previous Destination
screen button.
.
Press the forward scroll arrow to
go to the final destination.
3. Press the Clear All screen
button.
j (Pause):
Pauses the route
preview, while in reverse, fast
reverse, forward, or fast forward
scroll.
4. Press OK to Clear All Previous
Destinations, or press the
Cancel screen button to cancel
this operation.
Suspend/Resume Guidance
Address Book
Press the Suspend/Resume
Guidance screen button to suspend
or resume guidance on the current
route.
Options for saving to the
address book:
.
Scrolling on map or Pick from
Map in the Dest Menu: Scroll to
the location. Press the TUNE/
MENU knob on the faceplate.
A menu displays on the left side
of the screen. Press the Save
screen button and the location is
saved.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-56
.
Black plate (56,1)
Infotainment System
Address Entry: Enter a
destination through the Address
Entry menu. Press the Go
screen button. The Save screen
button displays at the bottom of
the screen. Press the Save
screen button to save this
location to the address book.
.
POI Menu: Select a POI. Press
Save located at the bottom of
the information page display.
.
Previous Destination: From the
Previous Destination Menu,
select the destination to save.
Press Save located at the
bottom of the information page.
4. Press Edit, located on the
bottom of the screen.
4. Press Edit, located on the
bottom of the screen.
5. Press the Change Name option.
6. Use the alpha keyboard to enter
the name.
7. Press the OK screen button to
save the changes.
To add or change the phone number
of an address book entry:
1. Press the DEST button.
5. Press Change Icon.
6. Select an icon from the list.
7. Press the OK screen button to
save the changes.
To change the map icon of an
address book entry:
To edit the name of an
address book:
1. Press the DEST button.
1. Press the DEST button.
2. Press the Address Book screen
button. A list displays the
address book entries.
2. Press the Address Book screen
button. A list displays the
address book entries.
3. Select the address book entry to
be changed.
3. Select the address book entry to
be changed.
2. Press the Address Book screen
button. A list of address book
entries displays.
3. Select the address book entry to
be changed.
4. Press Edit, located on the
bottom of the screen.
5. Press the Change Phone
Number option.
6. Use the numeric keyboard to
enter or change the phone
number.
7. Press the OK screen button to
save the changes.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (57,1)
Infotainment System
To add a voice tag to an address
book entry:
1. Press the DEST button.
4. Press the Delete Entry screen
button. A confirmation message
displays.
2. Press the Address Book screen
button. A list displays the
address book entries.
To add a preset destination from the
address book:
3. Select the address book entry to
be changed.
2. Press the Address Book screen
button.
4. Press Edit, located on the
bottom of the screen.
3. Select the address book entry to
add as a preset. The Address
Book Information screen
displays.
5. Press the Add Voice Tag screen
button.
6. Speak the name after the beep
and within four seconds. The
name is repeated back.
To delete an address book entry:
1. Press the DEST button.
2. Press the Address Book screen
button. A list displays the
address book entries.
3. Select the address book entry to
be deleted.
1. Press the DEST button.
4. Press Edit, located on the
bottom of the screen.
5. Press and hold one of the six
screen buttons at the bottom of
the screen until the text within
the button changes.
6. The name appears in that preset
destination screen button and
can be selected from the Select
Destination screen.
7-57
Favorite Route
1. After the route has been
planned, press the NAV button
until the full map screen is
shown.
2. Press the TUNE/MENU knob.
A menu displays.
3. Scroll down and select Whole
Route. The whole route map
screen displays.
4. Press the Add Route screen
button. The route is stored as a
favorite.
To change the route name, add a
voice tag, or delete a favorite route:
1. Press the DEST button.
2. Press the Fav Route screen
button.
3. Select the route.
4. Press Edit, located on the
bottom of the screen.
5. Select from: Change Route
Name, Add Voice Tag, or Delete
Favorite Route.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-58
Black plate (58,1)
Infotainment System
To change the route name:
Menu Screen Button
Map Heading
1. Select Change Route Name.
2. Using the keypad, enter
the name.
3. Select the Favorite Route entry
to be edited.
4. Press the OK screen button. The
new name will be in the Favorite
Route Menu.
To add a voice tag:
1. Press the Add Voice Tag screen
button.
2. Speak the name after the beep
within four seconds. The name is
repeated back.
To delete a favorite route:
1. Press Delete Favorite Route.
The confirmation screen
displays.
2. Press the Yes screen button to
delete the route or press No to
cancel from deleting the route.
Various navigation system settings
are available through the Menu
screen button. Some options are
only available after a route is
planned.
1. Press the NAV button to view
the Map screen.
2. Press the Menu screen button or
the TUNE/MENU knob on the
faceplate.
Press to change the view to
North-up, Heading-up, or 3-D mode.
See Navigation Symbols on
page 7‑44 for more information.
Traffic: Press to view the Traffic
Information screen. See Configure
Menu on page 7‑61 for more
information.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (59,1)
Infotainment System
Save: Press to save a location to
the address book.
Show POI: Press to display
POI icons to be shown on
the map. Select from a list of
six pre-programmed POI
sub-categories. Scroll through
a list of categories, or select
nearby and on route options.
OnStar® Destination
Download
7-59
Using Destination Download
The OnStar Destination Download
lets an OnStar subscriber ask an
OnStar Advisor to download a
destination to the navigation
system. OnStar will send address
information and location coordinates
of the destination into the navigation
system.
The navigation system displays a
“Please wait” as the address is
searched within the map database.
If the address is not found within the
map database, the system may use
latitude and longitude coordinates to
locate the destination.
Press this screen button to minimize
the guidance window and expand
the map window.
Whole Route: Press to view the
entire route from starting point to
destination on the map.
Cancel Guidance: Press to stop
the current route.
OnStar Destination Download
Screen
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-60
Black plate (60,1)
Infotainment System
.
.
In this case, “Using Coordinates”
displays on the downloaded screen.
.
If the system is unable to locate the
address, the Destination Not Found
screen displays.
Route Guidance Not Active
If an OnStar destination is
downloaded while route guidance is
not active, the navigation system
displays a pop-up screen and the
following available screen functions:
.
Press the Go screen button; the
navigation system starts route
calculation to the destination(s)
received.
.
Press the Map screen button;
the navigation system displays
the Destination Map screen.
Press the Call screen button;
the navigation system initiates
a call with Bluetooth Phone (if
available) or OnStar Hands-Free
Calling.
Press the Save screen button;
the navigation system copies the
downloaded destination to the
address book and displays the
new address book entry. The
destination saves this download
even if it is only partial
information such as a phone
number.
Press the Back screen button;
the navigation system cancels
OnStar Destination Download
and returns to the previous
screen. The downloaded
address is not added to the
previous destinations.
Route Guidance Active
If an OnStar destination is
downloaded while route guidance is
already active, the system displays
a pop-up screen and the following
available screen functions:
.
Press the Go screen button; the
navigation system adds the
downloaded destination before
the next waypoint of the existing
route (closest to the current
vehicle position).
.
All other buttons on the pop-up
screen operate as described
under “Route Guidance Not
Active.”
Previous Destinations
Previously downloaded OnStar
destinations are saved under
Previous Destinations in the
navigation system where they
can be accessed or saved to the
address book.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (61,1)
Infotainment System
Map Destination Screen Functions
Destination Map Screen
If the map screen is used to show
destination, it has map screen
capabilities such as Go, Save,
Zoom, Scroll, etc. The address is
shown at the top of the screen.
Configure Menu
Adjust features and preferences
through the Configure Menu. The
last selected menu screen displays.
Adjust features for Sound, Radio,
Nav (navigation), Display, or Time.
Radio
Press the CONFIG button to enter
the Menu options. Turn the TUNE/
MENU knob to scroll through the
available menu options. Press the
TUNE/MENU knob or press Radio
to display the radio settings. Press
this feature to make changes for
radio information displayed, preset
pages, Auto Volume, Audio Cue
Options, and XM Categories
Restore. See Satellite Radio on
page 7‑13 for more information.
A service fee is required to receive
the XM NavTraffic service.
Real-time traffic information is
provided to fully integrate the
navigation system to display current
traffic conditions for the chosen
route.
A screen displays to indicate if the
XM NavTraffic subscription is not
activated.
If activated, traffic information
displays:
.
Unscheduled traffic incident
data, such as accidents and
disabled vehicles.
.
Scheduled traffic incident data,
such as road construction and
road closures.
.
Traffic flow information (rate of
speed data). Flow data might not
be available in all markets.
Nav (Navigation)
Press the CONFIG button to enter
the Menu options. Turn the TUNE/
MENU knob to scroll through the
available menu options. Press the
TUNE/MENU knob or press the Nav
screen button.
XM NavTraffic® (if equipped)
The navigation system might have
an XM NavTraffic receiver. It is a
subscription service provided
through XM Satellite Radio.
7-61
Traffic information is delivered to the
vehicle by the XM Radio satellites.
XM NavTraffic provides continuously
updated traffic information.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-62
Black plate (62,1)
Infotainment System
XM NavTraffic currently broadcasts
the traffic information for many
markets nationally. The service may
be available in more cities in the
future. Visit www.xmnavtraffic.com
for more details on local coverage.
Traffic Icon
When traffic conditions are found in
the local area, the Traffic Icon
appears in the lower left side of
the map.
To turn XM NavTraffic on or off:
1. Press the CONFIG button to
enter the menu options. Turn the
TUNE/MENU knob to scroll
through the available menu
options. Press the TUNE/MENU
knob or press the Nav screen
button to display the other
navigation settings.
2. Press the Traffic Information
button.
3. Press the Traffic screen button.
This button highlights and a
checkmark displays when active.
Selecting Alert for Approaching
Traffic Events displays a screen
to notify of possible traffic events
ahead.
It could take some time to sort the
received information. The list of
traffic conditions displays in the
order of distance from the vehicle,
for up to approximately 125 km
(75 mi). With a route planned, traffic
events display on the route. Not all
traffic conditions may display.
The Traffic Icon has three different
condition displays. These are:
.
No icon displays if there is no
XM NavTraffic subscription or
there are no traffic events.
.
A single car icon displays if
there are traffic events in the
area, but none are on route.
.
A multiple car icon displays if
there are traffic events on the
route.
To view the traffic condition location
and information on the map:
1. Press NAV to show the map,
then press the TUNE/MENU
knob for the map menu.
2. Scroll down and press the Traffic
screen button. A list of traffic
conditions with distance from
the vehicle’s current position
displays.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (63,1)
Infotainment System
An arrow may appear before the
distance. The arrow indicates
the distance is a straight line
distance and the direction of the
event from the vehicle’s current
position. If no arrow appears, the
distance indicates how far the
event is ahead on current route.
No more than three pages of
traffic events may be viewed
while the vehicle is moving.
Select Options. A Traffic Options
menu displays. Select the
traffic-related option.
Traffic: Press to enable or disable
the traffic function.
3. Select a traffic condition to get
more detailed information.
7-63
Show Traffic ICONs: Press to
display traffic icons on the map
screen. Also, select what traffic
information displays.
Traffic Flow Status — Enables or
disables the green, yellow, red, and
black arrows that display beside the
roads and shows the traffic flow or
extent of a traffic event.
.
Black indicates a closed road
segment.
.
Red indicates significantly
impaired traffic flow with average
speed of less than 40 km/h
(25 mph).
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-64
.
.
Infotainment System
Yellow indicates slightly impaired
traffic flow with average speed
between 40 km and 73 km/h
(25 and 45 mph).
Alert For Approaching Traffic
Events: When On, if an
approaching traffic event is within
the alert range, one of two traffic
alerts displays:
.
On Route
Green indicates normal traffic
flow with average speed above
73 km/h (45 mph).
Traffic flow data arrows display
on the map when scaled up to
eight miles. For Closed Road, Traffic
Delays, Incidents, and Advisories,
select the traffic event icon that
appears on the map screens.
.
Black plate (64,1)
With no route planned, while on
expressways, the Approaching
Traffic Event without Avoid
screen displays.
With a route planned, the Traffic
Event on Route screen displays.
If the Alert For Approaching
Traffic Events is Off, the alert
does not display.
Press the On Route screen button
to display all events ahead on the
current active route. No traffic
events reported on route displays
if there are none to report.
Name
Press the Name screen button to
display traffic events in alphabetical
order.
Scrolling to Traffic Events on
the Map
While scrolling the map, the traffic
event icons can appear indicating a
traffic event within 125 km (75 mi)
from current position. To receive
information about the traffic event,
place the crosshairs over the
traffic condition icon. Traffic events
beyond 125 km (75 mi) from current
position will not be displayed.
Press the Info. button to display the
type of traffic, the street name, and
a description of the traffic event.
Traffic Event Display Categories
The following are traffic event
categories and symbols that can
appear on the display:
q (Road Closed):
Road and/or
Distance
ramps closed.
Press the Distance screen button
to display traffic events in order of
distance with the closest event
shown first.
o (Stopped Traffic): Traffic
stopped, stop-and-go traffic,
delayed and congested traffic.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (65,1)
Infotainment System
p (Alert): Object on the roadway,
disabled vehicle, or dangerous road
conditions.
7-65
Traffic Event Information
Back, Map, More, and Avoid
Use to display additional details
of a traffic event. This screen can
display when:
These buttons have common
functions across all Detailed Traffic
Event screens.
t (Accident):
Roadway obstructed
due to accident.
s (Road Work): Delayed traffic
due to construction.
j / r (Road Condition): Delayed
or stopped traffic, lane blocked or
closed due to a road condition.
k (Weather):
Heavy rain, snow,
or fog weather condition.
m (Parking): Available
parking area.
.
Scrolling to an event on the map
and then pressing Info.
Back: Return to the previous
screen.
l (Information):
.
Selecting a traffic event listed on
the Traffic Event List screen.
Map: Display related traffic events
on the map if available.
.
Approaching a traffic event.
More: View more information for
the traffic event.
Special event,
general information, or warning.
Avoid: Avoid the location of an
event on the route and calculate a
new route. The full map screen
shows the new route. The Avoid
button is only available if the event
is on the route ahead.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-66
Black plate (66,1)
Infotainment System
Traffic Voice Prompts
The traffic voice prompt can be
turned on and off by selecting Traffic
Voice Prompt in Voice Prompt on
the CONFIG Nav screen.
If the voice prompts are on and
an Alert for Approaching Traffic
displays, the related voice prompt is
provided.
The RPT (Repeat) button does
not repeat traffic prompts, only
navigation traffic maneuvers. The
current prompt playback cancels if
RPT is pressed during a traffic voice
prompt.
XM NavTraffic information might not
be provided for the alternate route,
depending on what type of road the
vehicle is traveling on.
Traffic Condition Symbols
The following traffic condition
symbols may display:
Stopped Traffic
Lane Narrows
Road
Construction
Alert
Road Condition
Road Visibility
Other
Traffic Jam
Traffic prompts are disabled during
OnStar or Voice Recognition activity.
Alternate Route
When Alternate Route Available
displays, a possible quicker route is
available and can be selected to
detour around the traffic condition.
Press the Yes screen button and the
new route is calculated. This option
is only available when the multiple
car icon appears.
Accident
Road Closed
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (67,1)
Infotainment System
XM™ Weather (where
available)
Extended Forecast
7-67
From the XM Weather Menu
Screen, press Along the Route:
Press INFO, then press it again
until the Weather screen button is
selected or press the Weather
screen button.
Current Condition
Press INFO until the Weather
screen button is selected to show
the current weather condition in the
city of the vehicle’s current position.
Enter the weather menu by pressing
the TUNE/MENU knob or press the
Menu button on the screen. From
this screen, press Extended
Forecast.
Weather Along the Route
If a destination is set, there is the
option to view weather conditions
for up to three locations along the
route:
Allow up to 15 minutes for the
current weather in the area to
display.
.
Current vehicle position.
.
Midway point from current
position to final destination.
.
Current weather condition of the
destination city.
Weather Alerts
From the XM Weather Menu, press
Weather Alerts to display any
current weather advisory warnings
in effect near the current position.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-68
Black plate (68,1)
Infotainment System
Display
Night: The map background
darkens.
To change the overall brightness
setting for the display, use the
vehicle interior lighting dimming
control.
Setting the Clock
To set the time:
Press the CONFIG button to enter
the menu options. Turn the TUNE/
MENU knob to scroll through the
available setup features. Press the
TUNE/MENU knob or press the
Display screen button to display
other options within that feature.
Dimming Mode
Auto (Automatic): The screen
background automatically adjusts
depending on exterior lighting
conditions.
Day: The map background
brightens.
1. Press the CONFIG button to
enter the menu options. Turn
the TUNE/MENU knob to scroll
through the available setup
features. Press the TUNE/MENU
knob or press the Time screen
button to display other options
within that feature.
Day + or Day −: Press the day + or
day − display buttons to increase or
decrease the day.
Display: Press Display to turn the
display of the time on the screen on
or off.
Global Positioning
System (GPS)
The position of the vehicle is
determined by using satellite
signals, various vehicle signals,
and map data.
2. Press + or − to decrease or
increase the Hours and Minutes
displayed on the clock.
At times, other interferences such
as the satellite condition, road
configuration, the condition of the
vehicle, and/or other circumstances
can interfere with the navigation
system's ability to determine the
accurate position of the vehicle.
12/24 HR Format: Press the 12 HR
screen button for standard time;
press the 24 HR screen button for
military time.
The GPS shows the current position
of the vehicle using signals sent by
the GPS Satellites of the United
States Department of Defense.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (69,1)
Infotainment System
When the vehicle is not receiving
signals from the satellites, a symbol
appears on the map screen. See
Navigation Symbols on page 7‑44.
This system might not be available
or interferences can occur if any of
the following is true:
.
.
Vehicle Positioning
At times, the position of the vehicle
on the map could be inaccurate due
to one or more of the following
reasons:
.
The road system has changed.
Signals are obstructed by tall
buildings, trees, large trucks,
or a tunnel.
.
The vehicle is driving on slippery
road surfaces such as in sand,
gravel, and/or snow.
Satellites are being repaired or
improved.
.
For more information if the GPS
is not functioning properly, see “If
the System Needs Service” and
“Problems with Route Guidance.”
The vehicle is traveling on
winding roads or long straight
roads.
7-69
.
The vehicle changes directions
more than once, or the vehicle is
turning on a turn table in a
parking lot.
.
The vehicle is entering and/or
exiting a parking lot, garage, or a
lot with a roof.
.
The GPS signal is not received.
.
A roof carrier is installed on the
vehicle.
.
Tire chains have been installed.
.
The tires are replaced or worn.
.
Approaching a tall building or a
large vehicle.
.
The tire pressure for the tires is
incorrect.
.
The surface streets run parallel
to a freeway.
.
This is the first navigation use
after the map data is updated.
.
The vehicle has been transferred
by a vehicle carrier or a ferry.
.
The 12-volt battery is
disconnected for several days.
.
The current position calibration
is set incorrectly.
.
.
The vehicle is traveling at high
speed.
The vehicle is driving in heavy
traffic where driving is at low
speeds, and the vehicle is
stopped and started repeatedly.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-70
Infotainment System
Problems with Route
Guidance
Inappropriate route guidance can
occur under one or more of the
following conditions:
.
The turn was not made on the
road indicated.
.
Route guidance might not be
available when using automatic
rerouting for the next right or
left turn.
.
The route might not be changed
when using automatic rerouting.
.
There is no route guidance when
turning at an intersection.
.
Plural names of places might be
announced occasionally.
.
.
Black plate (70,1)
It could take a long time to
operate automatic rerouting
during high-speed driving.
Automatic rerouting might
display a route returning to the
set waypoint if heading for a
destination without passing
through a set waypoint.
.
The route prohibits the entry of a
vehicle due to a regulation by
time or season or any other
regulation which may be given.
.
Some routes might not be
searched.
.
The route to the destination
might not be shown if there are
new roads, if roads have
recently changed, or if certain
roads are not listed in the map
data. See Maps on page 7‑42
for more information.
To recalibrate the vehicle's position
on the map, park with the vehicle
on for two to five minutes, until the
vehicle position updates.
If the System Needs
Service
If the navigation system needs
service and the steps listed here
have been followed but there are
still problems, see your dealer for
assistance.
Ordering Map DVDs
The map data in the vehicle is
the most up-to-date information
available when the vehicle was
produced. The map data is updated
periodically, provided that the map
information has changed.
For questions about the operation
of the navigation system or the
update process, contact the
GM Nav Disc Center toll‐free
phone number, 1‐877‐NAV‐DISC
(1‐877‐628‐3472) or go to
the center's website,
www.gmnavdisc.com. If
updates are needed, call the
GM Nav Disc Center or order
a new disc online. To order a
disc, have the vehicle's Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN)
available. See “Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).”
After receiving the updated disc,
see “Installing the DVD Map Disc”
under Maps on page 7‑42 for more
information.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (71,1)
Infotainment System
Database Coverage
Explanations
Coverage areas vary with respect to
the level of map detail available for
any given area. Some areas feature
greater levels of detail than others.
If this happens, it does not mean
there is a problem with the system.
As the map data is updated, more
detail can become available for
areas which previously had limited
detail. See Ordering Map DVDs on
page 7‑70 for more information.
7-71
Voice Recognition
Using Voice Recognition
The navigation system's voice
recognition allows for hands-free
operation of the navigation system
and the audio system features.
Voice recognition only works if the
map database is installed in the
system.
1. Press and release
the b g steering wheel
button. The audio system
mutes, and a beep is heard.
A voice prompt stating, “Please
start speaking after the beep”
might be heard.
If the radio is off, the only
commands would be Hands Free
and Help.
Navigation voice commands are not
available until the I Agree button
has been selected.
Voice recognition can be used when
the vehicle is on or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) on page 9‑21 for more
information.
If there is no beep, make sure
that the voice volume setting is
not turned down. See Configure
Menu on page 7‑61 for more
information.
While voice recognition is active,
the system displays a g symbol.
2. Clearly speak one of the
commands listed later in this
section.
Canceling Voice Recognition
1. Press and release
the $ i steering wheel
button to cancel a command,
or if the system response does
not match the verbal command.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-72
Black plate (72,1)
Infotainment System
2. The system replies, “Voice
recognition canceled.”
Pressing any other radio or
steering wheel control, other
than the volume knob or the
volume steering wheel button
cancels the session.
.
Words separated by a ( / ) mean
there is a choice of using a word
on either side of the slash. For
example, for the command
(CD/DVD/Disc) [help], you can
say “CD [help]” or “DVD [help]”
or “Disc [help].”
.
Background noise such as a
climate control fan positioned on
high, open windows, and very
loud outside noises, even if the
windows are closed, can cause
voice commands to be
misunderstood.
.
When the system recognizes the
command, the system will either
perform the function or ask to
confirm the choice by clearly
saying “yes” or “no.”
.
.
When the system does not
recognize the command, the
system issues an error message
such as “pardon” or “command
not recognized.” The system
could also say, “voice
recognition canceled.”
This system is able to recognize
commands in different
languages, such as English,
French Canadian, and Spanish.
The system only recognizes
commands based on the
language selected.
.
To increase or decrease the
voice volume during a voice
recognition session, turn the
volume knob of the radio,
or press the volume steering
wheel buttons. If the volume
is adjusted during a voice
recognition session, a Voice
Volume bar appears on the
screen showing the voice
volume level as it is being
adjusted. This also changes the
volume of the guidance prompts.
3. Press and release
the b g steering wheel
button to restart the voice
recognition session.
Helpful Hints for Speaking
Commands
.
When multiple commands are
available, choose the command
that best works for you.
.
Words that are in brackets are
optional. For example, for the
command “Radio [band] FM,”
saying “Radio FM” or “Radio
Band FM” are both valid
commands.
.
If experiencing difficulty with the
system recognizing a command,
confirm that the command is
correct. Try saying the command
clearly or wait for a brief moment
after the beep.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (73,1)
Infotainment System
Voice Recognition Help
To enter the help playback session,
clearly speak one of the help
commands.
Help: The system plays back
more specific help commands
(such as Radio Help, Display Help,
Navigation Help) for the user to
choose from.
Radio [help]: The system plays
back helpful advice about radio
commands, and some common
radio commands which are
available. Use this command to
learn about how to select a band
(AM, FM, or XM), and how to
change radio stations (by speaking
frequency numbers).
(CD/DVD/Disc) [help]: The system
plays back helpful advice about disc
commands, and some common disc
commands which are available. Use
this command to learn about how to
select Disc mode playback, and
how to change track numbers.
Display [help]: The system plays
back helpful advice about display
commands, and some common
display commands which are
available to adjust the display
setting.
Navigation [help]: The system
plays back helpful advice about
navigation commands, and some
common navigation commands
which are available.
Voice Recognition Commands
The following list shows the voice
commands available for the
navigation system with a brief
description of each. The commands
are listed with the optional words
in brackets. To use the voice
commands, see the instructions
listed previously.
Display Commands
Display [set] day [mode], display
[select] day [mode]: This
command instructs the system to
switch the display to day mode.
7-73
Display [set] night [mode],
display [select] night [mode]:
This command instructs the system
to switch the display to night mode.
Display [set] auto [mode], display
[select] auto [mode]: This
command instructs the system to
switch the display to auto mode.
Display [help]: This command
instructs the system to play back
helpful advice about display
commands, and some common
display commands which are
available to adjust the display
setting.
Radio Commands
Radio AM, radio [band] AM,
radio FM, radio [band] FM,
radio XM, radio [band] XM: These
commands instruct the system
to go to either the AM, FM, or XM
radio bands.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-74
Black plate (74,1)
Infotainment System
Radio select [frequency] AM,
radio select [frequency] FM:
These commands instruct the
system to go to a specific frequency
on either the AM or FM band. For
example, radio select ninety seven
point one FM or radio select ten
forty AM.
Radio CD select [track number],
radio DVD select [track number],
radio disc select [track number]:
These commands instruct the
system to play a specific track on
the disc. For example, radio disc
select ten. This command supports
up to 254 tracks.
Navigation voice [guidance] on,
navigation voice [guidance] off:
This command instructs the system
to turn on and off voice guidance
prompts during route guidance.
Radio select [channel] XM: This
command instructs the system to go
to a specific channel on the XM
band (if equipped). For example,
radio select one fifty one XM.
CD [help], DVD [help], disc
[help]: This command instructs the
system to play back helpful advice
about disc commands, and some
common disc commands which are
available.
Point of Interest (POI)
Commands
Radio [help]: This command
instructs the system to play back
some helpful advice about radio
commands, and some common
radio commands which are available
to the user.
CD/DVD/Disc Commands
The following commands are only
available when a CD, MP3, or DVD
is loaded:
Radio CD, radio DVD, radio disc:
These commands instruct the
system to go to Disc mode.
General Navigation Commands
Feedback on, feedback off: This
command instructs the system to
turn on and off the voice recognition
feedback. When feedback is ON,
the system responds to commands
with a talk back phrase. When
feedback is OFF, the system
responds to commands with a
chime.
Cancel: This instructs the system
to cancel the command.
The following is a list of POI
commands. POIs only display on
the map screen if the map scale is
800 m (0.50 mi) or less. If POIs
display on a map with the wrong
scale, the system reminds that this
cannot be done. The available POI
commands are:
Navigation show gas station[s],
navigation show gas, navigation
hide gas station[s], navigation
hide gas: These commands
instruct the system to display and
hide gas station POIs on the map
screen.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (75,1)
Infotainment System
Navigation show restaurant[s],
navigation show dining,
navigation hide restaurant[s],
navigation hide dining: These
commands instruct the system to
display and hide restaurant POIs on
the map screen.
Navigation show shop[s],
navigation show shopping,
navigation hide shop[s],
navigation hide shopping: These
commands instruct the system to
display and hide shopping POIs on
the map screen.
Navigation show ATM[s],
navigation hide ATM[s]: These
commands instruct the system to
display and hide ATM POIs on the
map screen.
Destination and Guidance
Commands
Navigation show hotel[s],
navigation hide hotel[s]: These
commands instruct the system to
display and hide hotel POIs on the
map screen.
Navigation show airport[s],
navigation hide airport[s]: These
commands instruct the system to
display and hide airport POIs on the
map screen.
Navigation [go to] preset
destination [number] (one, two,
three, four, five, or six): These
commands instruct the system to
set one of the preset destinations
one through six as the new
destination.
Navigation delete: This command
instructs the system to delete the
destination, route, or next waypoint.
The system requests a confirmation
of which item should be deleted
(destination, route, or next
waypoint).
7-75
Destination (available for English
language only): This command
instructs the system that the user
wants to enter a destination using
voice recognition. After this
command is stated, the system
displays a state abbreviation
(such as NY for New York). If the
destination to be entered is in
the displayed state, then say the
desired city name. Otherwise, say
“Change State” and say the state
name the search should take place
in. Then, say the desired city name
when prompted, and say the desired
street name and house number
when prompted.
To set a destination using voice
recognition:
1. Press and release
the b g steering wheel
control. The audio system
mutes, and a beep is heard.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-76
Black plate (76,1)
Infotainment System
5. Reply with the street name
including the suffix (Blvd, Ave,
Rd, etc.), when prompted. The
radio might display a candidate
list with the closest matches to
the spoken street name. Say the
correct street name.
2. Say the command “Destination.”
The system replies with “Please
say city name or change state,”
and the system shows a pop-up
banner of an abbreviated state
name, such as NY for New York.
If the state is correct, then go to
Step 4. Otherwise, say “Change
State.”
The state name displays. In
some cases the radio shows a
candidate list with the closest
matches to the spoken state
name. The system asks the
user to select an item from the
candidate list either by pressing
the desired choice, or by saying
the list number of the desired
choice.
For example, if the desired
destination is in Ohio, but the
system shows New York (NY) in
the pop-up banner, say “Change
State.”
3. After saying “Change State,” the
system replies with “Please say
state name.” Say the correct
state.
4. The system asks the user to
say the city name. As shown
earlier, the radio can display a
candidate list with the closest
matches to the spoken city
name. Say the correct
city name.
6. Reply with the house number
when prompted. The radio might
display a candidate list with the
closest matches to the spoken
house number. Say the house
number as a single digit.
7. Confirm the correct address is
displayed, then reply with yes or
no, when prompted.
8. This address is now set as the
destination. Select the Start
screen button to begin
destination guidance.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (77,1)
Infotainment System
Voice Tag Commands
OnStar (if equipped) Command
Voice tags are recorded phrases
that can be stored in the navigation
system. These voice tags are
associated with address book
entries, and once these voice tags
are stored, they can be used as part
of a voice recognition command that
sets the particular address book
entry as a destination. See “Address
Book” earlier in this manual for
information about instructions on
how to store a voice tag in the
system.
Hands Free: This command
instructs the system to enter the
OnStar voice recognition system.
See “Hands-Free Calling” in the
OnStar Owner's Guide for more
information.
Navigation [go to] (voice tag):
This command allows selection of a
destination saved under the stored
voice tag. The system plays back
the voice tag and asks to confirm by
saying yes or no.
If a destination is set to “Home,” say
“Navigation go to Home.” After the
system plays back the voice tag and
it is confirmed, the system sets
“Home” as the destination.
Help Commands
Help
Radio [help]
CD [help], DVD [help],
Disc [help]
Display [help]
Navigation [help]
Display Commands
Display [set/select] day [mode]
Display [set/select] night [mode]
Display [set/select] auto [mode]
Radio Commands
[radio/radio band] AM
[radio/radio band] FM
[radio/radio band] XM
Radio select <frequency> AM
Radio select <frequency> FM
Radio select <frequency> XM
7-77
CD/DVD/Disc Commands
Radio [CD/DVD/Disc]
Radio [CD/DVD/Disc] select
<track number>
General Navigation Commands
Feedback On
Feedback Off
Navigation voice [guidance] on
Navigation voice [guidance] off
[cancel/goodbye/quit]
Point of Interest (POI) Commands
Navigation show [gas/gas
station/gas stations]
Navigation show [dining/
restaurant/restaurants]
Navigation show [ATM/ATMs]
Navigation show [hotel/hotels]
Navigation show [airport/
airports]
Navigation show [shop/shops/
shopping]
Navigation hide [gas/gas station/
gas stations]
Navigation hide [dining/
restaurant/restaurants]
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-78
Black plate (78,1)
Infotainment System
Navigation
Navigation
Navigation
Navigation
shopping]
hide
hide
hide
hide
[ATM/ATMs]
[hotel/hotels]
[airport/airports]
[shop/shops/
Destination and Guidance
Commands
Navigation [go to] preset
destination [number] one
Navigation [go to] preset
destination [number] two
Navigation [go to] preset
destination [number] three
Navigation [go to] preset
destination [number] four
Navigation [go to] preset
destination [number] five
Navigation [go to] preset
destination [number] six
Navigation delete [destination/
route/next waypoint]
Route (used in conjunction with
another command)
Next waypoint (used in
conjunction with another
command)
Add to waypoint (used in
conjunction with another
command)
Replace destination (used in
conjunction with another
command)
Yes (used in conjunction with
another command)
No (used in conjunction with
another command)
Destination (used for
Destination VR entry, available
in English language only)
Voice Tag Commands
Navigation [go to] <Voice Tag>
Phone
Bluetooth
For vehicles equipped with
Bluetooth capability, the system can
interact with many cell phones,
allowing:
.
Placement and receipt of calls in
a hands-free mode.
.
Sharing of the cell phone’s
address book or contact list with
the vehicle.
To minimize driver distraction,
before driving, and with the vehicle
parked:
.
Become familiar with the
features of the cell phone.
Organize the phone book and
contact lists clearly and delete
duplicate or rarely used entries.
If possible, program speed dial
or other shortcuts.
.
Review the controls and
operation of the infotainment and
navigation system.
OnStar Command
Hands Free
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (79,1)
Infotainment System
Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
The system may not work with
all cell phones. See “Pairing a
Phone” in this section for more
information.
Using Voice Recognition
.
If the cell phone has voice
dialing capability, learn to use
that feature to access the
address book or contact list. See
“Voice Pass-Thru” in this section
for more information.
The system responds with a tone.
After the tone say “Hands Free” to
use the Bluetooth voice recognition
system. The system then responds
with “Ready,” followed by a tone.
After the tone, say a command.
.
See “Storing and Deleting Phone
Numbers” in this section for
more information.
For additional information say
“Help” while you are in a voice
recognition menu.
.
{ WARNING
When using a cell phone, it can
be distracting to look too long or
too often at the screen of the
phone or the infotainment
(navigation) system. Taking
your eyes off the road too long
or too often could cause a crash
resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
To use voice recognition, press
the b g button on the steering
wheel.
Pairing a Phone
1. Press b g. Say “Hands Free”
after the tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “Pair.” The system responds
with instructions and a four‐digit
Personal Identification Number
(PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5.
7-79
4. Start the pairing process on the
cell phone that you want to pair.
For help with this process, see
your cell phone manufacturer's
user guide.
5. Locate the device named “Your
Vehicle” in the list on the cell
phone. Follow the instructions
on the cell phone to enter the
PIN that was provided in Step 3.
After the PIN is successfully
entered, the system prompts you
to provide a name for the paired
cell phone. This name will be
used to indicate which phones
are paired and connected to the
vehicle. See “Listing All Paired
and Connected Phones” later in
this section for more information.
6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pair
additional phones.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-80
Black plate (80,1)
Infotainment System
Listing All Paired and Connected
Phones
The system can list all cell phones
paired to it. If a paired cell phone is
also connected to the vehicle, the
system responds with “is connected”
after that phone name.
1. Press b g. Say “Hands Free”
after the tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “List.”
Deleting a Paired Phone
If the phone name you want to
delete is unknown, see “Listing All
Paired and Connected Phones.”
1. Press b g. Say “Hands Free”
after the tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “Delete.” The system asks
for which phone to delete.
4. Say the name of the phone you
want to delete.
Connecting to a Different Phone
To connect to a different cell phone,
the Bluetooth system looks for the
next available cell phone in the
order in which all available cell
phones were paired. Depending
on which cell phone you want to
connect to, you may have to use
this command several times.
1. Press b g. Say “Hands Free”
after the tone.
2. Say “Bluetooth.”
3. Say “Change phone.”
.
.
If another cell phone is
found, the response will be
“<Phone name> is now
connected.”
If another cell phone is not
found, the original phone
remains connected.
Storing and Deleting Phone
Numbers
The system can store up to
30 phone numbers as name tags
in the Hands-Free Directory that is
shared between the Bluetooth and
OnStar systems.
The following commands are used
to delete and store phone numbers.
Store: This command will store
a phone number, or a group of
numbers as a name tag.
Digit Store: This command allows
a phone number to be stored as a
name tag by entering the digits one
at a time.
Delete: This command is used to
delete individual name tags.
Delete All Name Tags: This
command deletes all stored name
tags in the Hands-Free Calling
Directory and the OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (81,1)
Infotainment System
Using the “Store” Command
1. Press b g. Say “Hands Free”
after the tone.
2. Say “Store.”
3. Say the phone number or group
of numbers to store all at once
with no pauses, then follow the
directions given by the system to
save a name tag for this number.
Using the “Digit Store” Command
If an unwanted number is
recognized by the system, say
“Clear” at any time to clear the last
number.
To hear all of the numbers
recognized by the system, say
“Verify” at any time.
1. Press b g. Say “Hands Free”
after the tone.
2. Say “Digit Store.”
7-81
3. One at a time, say each number
to store. After each number is
entered, the system repeats
back the number it heard
followed by a tone. After the last
number has been entered, say
“Store,” and then follow the
directions given by the system to
save a name tag for this number.
To delete all name tags:
Using the “Delete” Command
Using the “List” Command
1. Press b g. Say “Hands Free”
after the tone.
1. Press b g. Say “Hands Free”
after the tone.
2. Say “Delete.”
2. Say “Directory.”
3. Say the name tag you want to
delete.
3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.”
Using the “Delete All Name Tags”
Command
Making a Call
This command deletes all stored
name tags in the Hands-Free
Calling Directory and the OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory.
1. Press b g. Say “Hands Free”
after the tone.
2. Say “Delete all name tags.”
Listing Stored Numbers
The list command will list all the
stored numbers and name tags.
4. Say “List.”
Calls can be made using the
following commands:
Dial or Call: The dial or
call command can be used
interchangeably to dial a phone
number or a stored name tag.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-82
Black plate (82,1)
Infotainment System
Digit Dial: This command allows
a phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time.
Re‐dial: This command is used to
dial the last number used on the cell
phone.
Using the “Dial” or “Call”
Command
1. Press b g. Say “Hands Free”
after the tone.
2. Say “Dial” or “Call.”
3. Say the entire number without
pausing or say the name tag.
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
Using the “Digit Dial” Command
The digit dial command allows a
phone number to be dialed by
entering the number one at a time.
After each number is entered, the
system repeats back the number it
heard followed by a tone.
If an unwanted number is
recognized by the system, say
“Clear” at any time to clear the last
number.
Using the “Re‐dial” Command
To hear all of the numbers
recognized by the system, say
“Verify” at any time.
2. After the tone, say “Re‐dial.”
1. Press b g. Say “Hands Free”
after the tone.
2. Say “Digit Dial.”
3. Say each digit, one at a time,
that you want to dial. After each
digit is entered, the system
repeats back the digit it heard
followed by a tone. After the
last digit has been entered,
say “Dial.”
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
1. Press b g. Say “Hands Free”
after the tone.
Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
speakers.
Receiving a Call
When an incoming call is received,
the audio system mutes and a ring
tone is heard in the vehicle.
.
.
b g to answer the call.
Press $ i to ignore a call.
Press
Call Waiting
Call waiting must be supported on
the cell phone and enabled by the
wireless service carrier.
.
Press b g to answer an
incoming call when another call
is active. The original call is
placed on hold.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (83,1)
Infotainment System
.
Press b g again to return to the
original call.
.
To ignore the incoming call, no
action is required.
.
Press $ i to disconnect the
current call and switch to the call
on hold.
Three‐Way Calling
Three‐way calling must be
supported on the cell phone and
enabled by the wireless service
carrier.
1. While on a call, press
b g.
2. Say “Three‐way call.”
3. Use the dial or call command to
dial the number of the third party
to be called.
4. Once the call is connected,
press b g to link all callers
together.
Ending a Call
Press
$ i to end a call.
Muting a Call
During a call, all sounds from inside
the vehicle can be muted so that the
person on the other end of the call
cannot hear them.
To mute a call, press
say “Mute Call.”
b g, and then
To cancel mute, press b
then say “Un‐mute Call.”
g, and
Transferring a Call
Audio can be transferred between
the Bluetooth system and the cell
phone.
The cell phone must be paired
and connected with the Bluetooth
system before a call can be
transferred. The connection process
can take up to two minutes after the
vehicle is started.
7-83
To Transfer Audio from the
Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
During a call with the audio in the
vehicle:
1. Press
b g.
2. Say “Transfer Call.”
To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth
System from a Cell Phone
During a call with the audio on the
cell phone, press b g. The audio
transfers to the vehicle. If the audio
does not transfer to the vehicle, use
the audio transfer feature on the
cell phone. See your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide for more
information.
Voice Pass-Thru
Voice pass‐thru allows access to the
voice recognition commands on the
cell phone. See your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide to see if
the cell phone supports this feature.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-84
Black plate (84,1)
Infotainment System
To access contacts stored in the cell
phone:
Sending a Number or Name Tag
During a Call
Pairing a Phone Using the
Infotainment System
1. Press b g. Say “Hands Free”
after the tone.
1. Press b g. The system
responds “Ready,” followed by
a tone.
The pairing process can be started
by using the controls on the
infotainment system.
2. Say “Bluetooth.” The system
responds “Bluetooth ready,”
followed by a tone.
3. Say “Voice.” The system
responds “OK, accessing
<phone name>.”
The cell phone's normal prompt
messages will go through their
cycle according to the phone's
operating instructions.
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
(DTMF) Tones
The Bluetooth system can send
numbers and numbers stored as
name tags during a call. Use this
feature when calling a menu-driven
phone system. Account numbers
can also be stored for use.
2. Say “Dial.”
3. Say the number or name tag
to send.
Clearing the System
Unless information is deleted out of
the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system, it
will be retained indefinitely. This
includes all saved name tags in the
phone book and phone pairing
information. For information on how
to delete this information, see the
previous sections on “Deleting a
Paired Phone” and “Storing and
Deleting Phone Numbers.”
1. Press the CONFIG button. Turn
the TUNE/MENU knob until the
Phone menu displays. Press the
TUNE/MENU knob or press the
Phone screen button to display
other options.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (85,1)
Infotainment System
7-85
Listing All Paired and Connected
Phones
2. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob until
Bluetooth displays. Press the
TUNE/MENU knob or press the
Bluetooth screen button to
display other options.
3. Select “Add new Phone.” The
pairing process will begin
searching for Bluetooth devices
on the cell phone. See the cell
phone manufacturer's user guide
for information on this process.
On the cell phone, locate the
device named “Your Vehicle.”
Follow the instructions given on
the cell phone or follow the voice
prompts, to enter the four-digit
Personal Identification Number
(PIN) that has been provided.
4. The system voice prompt
requests a name for the phone
being paired. Use a name that
best describes the phone. The
system voice prompt then
repeats the name you provided
for confirmation; say “Yes.”
5. The system responds with
“phone name has been
successfully paired” after the
pairing process is complete.
1. Press the CONFIG button. Turn
the TUNE/MENU knob until the
Phone menu displays. Press the
TUNE/MENU knob or press the
Phone screen button to display
other options.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-86
Black plate (86,1)
Infotainment System
Deleting a Paired Phone
2. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob until
Bluetooth displays. Press the
TUNE/MENU knob or press the
Bluetooth screen button to
display other options.
3. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob until
Device List displays. Press the
TUNE/MENU knob or press the
Device List screen button to
display other options.
A list of all previously paired phones
will be displayed. If there is a
currently connected phone, a
checkmark will appear on the right
side of the phone name.
1. Press the CONFIG button. Turn
the TUNE/MENU knob until the
Phone menu displays. Press the
MENU knob or press the Phone
screen button to display other
options.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (87,1)
Infotainment System
2. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob until
Bluetooth displays. Press the
TUNE/MENU knob or press the
Bluetooth screen button to
display other options.
3. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob until
Device List displays. Press the
TUNE/MENU knob or press the
Device List screen button to
display other options.
7-87
4. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob,
then press it to select the phone
to be deleted. Follow the
on-screen prompts to delete the
device from the system.
5. Once a phone has been deleted,
the only way to connect back to
that phone is to pair the phone
again.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-88
Black plate (88,1)
Infotainment System
Linking to a Different Phone
To link to a different phone, the new
phone must be in the vehicle and
available to be connected to the
Bluetooth system before the
process is started.
2. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob until
Bluetooth displays. Press the
TUNE/MENU knob or press the
Bluetooth screen button to
display other options.
1. Press the CONFIG button. Turn
the TUNE/MENU knob until the
Phone menu displays. Press the
TUNE/MENU knob or press the
Phone screen button to display
other options.
3. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob until
Device List displays. Press the
TUNE/MENU knob or press the
Device List screen button to
display other options.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (89,1)
Infotainment System
7-89
Making a Call
Press V / 0 on the infotainment
system, to access the Phone Menu.
4. Select the phone to be linked
and then follow the on-screen
prompts.
2. Enter the phone number by
pressing the numbers on the
keypad.
Enter Number
Use this option to enter a phone
number and make a call.
1. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob,
then press it to select Enter
Number selection. A dial pad
displays.
5. The Phone menu will be
displayed with the name of the
phone linked.
3. Press the Call button on the
screen to make the call.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-90
Black plate (90,1)
Infotainment System
Phone Book
Turn the TUNE/MENU knob to
select the person or place to call.
Press the TUNE/MENU knob or
press the desired person or place
to display the number. Press the
TUNE/MENU knob or press the
number to make the call.
The phone book can be accessed
by pressing the Phone Book
selection on the Phone Menu
screen.
The Phone Book feature also has a
search menu that can be accessed
by pressing that option screen
button. Once the Search menu
displays, turn the TUNE/MENU
knob to scroll through the list, then
press the TUNE/MENU button to
select the desired list item. These
lists are saved in alphabetical order.
Press the TUNE/MENU knob or
press the appropriate search line to
obtain the numbers of the listed
persons or places that have been
saved.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (91,1)
Infotainment System
Call Lists
7-91
someone on that list. A menu
displays showing the phone number
for that person.
Accepting or Declining an
Incoming Call
When an incoming call is received,
the audio is muted and a ring tone
sounds.
The Call Lists selection from the
Phone Menu screen can be used to
show a list of incoming calls,
outgoing calls, and missed calls.
Once one of these options has been
selected, a pop-up menu displays.
A list of persons and places will
display for the selected option.
Accepting a Call
Press the appropriate screen button
for the Answer option on the screen
to answer the call.
1. Press the CONFIG button. Turn
the TUNE/MENU knob until
Phone displays. Press the
MENU knob or press the Phone
screen button to display other
options.
2. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob,
then press this knob or press
either Incoming Calls, Outgoing
Calls, or Missed Calls.
Turn the TUNE/MENU knob, then
press this knob or press the
appropriate screen button to select
Declining a Call
Select the Decline option on the
screen.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-92
Black plate (92,1)
Infotainment System
Call Waiting
Conference Calling
Call waiting must be supported on
the Bluetooth phone and enabled by
the wireless service carrier to work.
Conference and three-way calling
must be supported on the Bluetooth
phone and enabled by the wireless
service carrier to work.
Switching Calls (Only Available
with Call Waiting)
This feature allows switching
between calls, making one call
active, and placing the other
on hold.
To start a conference while in a
current call:
1. Press V / 0 on the infotainment
system until the Phone main
screen is shown with the current
active call.
3. Make another call. The first call
will be placed on hold while the
second call is dialing and
connected.
4. To make a conference call,
select Merge Calls and
both calls merge into one
conference call.
Switch Call: Turn or press the
TUNE/MENU knob to Switch Call
and press Enter or press the Switch
Call option.
2. Select Enter Number on the
screen.
5. To add more callers to the
conference call, repeat Steps 2
through 4. The number of callers
that can be added is limited by
your wireless service carrier.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (93,1)
Infotainment System
Ending a Call
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
(DTMF) Tones
The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can
send numbers during a call. This is
used when calling a menu-driven
phone system.
1. Press
V / 0.
To end a call:
1. Press
V / 0.
2. Select Hang Up.
Mute or UnMute a Call
1. Press
V / 0.
2. Select Mute Call.
3. Select Mute Call again to
unmute the call.
2. Turn the TUNE/MENU knob,
then press this knob or press the
Enter Number option and enter
the number sequence.
The DTMF Tones will be generated
on the network as you enter each
number.
7-93
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
7-94
Black plate (94,1)
Infotainment System
2 NOTES
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Climate Controls
Climate Controls
Climate Control Systems
Automatic Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Climate Control
Systems
Automatic Climate
Control System
The climate control buttons and the
touch screen are used to adjust the
heating, cooling, and ventilation.
The vehicle may require the use
of an auxiliary heat source under
certain cold conditions. This
provides additional heating and
defrost capability obtained by
8-1
running the engine, even if the
high voltage battery is adequately
charged. Under these conditions,
the engine will start and use fuel.
Make sure there is fuel in the tank.
Do not allow the vehicle to remain
in extreme temperatures for long
periods without being driven or
being plugged in.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
8-2
Black plate (2,1)
Climate Controls
Climate Control Buttons
A. Temperature Control
D. Climate
B. Driver and Passenger Heated
Seats
E. Auto (Automatic Climate
Control)
C. Defrost
F.
Rear Window Defogger
G. Manual Fan Control
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Climate Controls
8-3
Climate Control Touch Screen
The climate mode, fan, air delivery,
recirculation, and auto heated seats
are controlled by pressing the
CLIMATE button on the center stack
and viewing information in the
center stack display.
Climate Mode Operation
There are three climate mode
settings: Fan Only, ECO, and
Comfort. These settings adjust the
impact the climate control system
has on the vehicle's electric range
or fuel economy.
To select a climate mode:
Climate Touch Screen Controls
A. Driver and Passenger Auto
Heated Seats
F.
B. Air Delivery Mode Controls
G. Climate Power Gauge
C. Auto Recirculation
H. Manual Fan Control
D. Manual Recirculation
I.
Temperature Setting Display
E. Outside Air Temperature
Display
J.
Air Conditioning Indicator
Climate Modes: Fan Only, ECO,
Comfort
K. Heat Status Indicator
1. Press CLIMATE on the center
stack.
2. Press the climate mode button
on the touch screen. The climate
mode will be lit.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
8-4
Black plate (4,1)
Climate Controls
Fan Only Mode: The air
conditioning and electric heat are
turned off. The climate control
settings may not have a noticeable
effect on the vehicle electric range
and fuel economy.
When in Fan Only mode, the air
conditioning system may turn on
automatically if the high voltage
battery is being cooled. The climate
control system could blow cold air.
This is normal.
To prevent cold air from blowing into
the interior, turn off the fan control
and select the vent mode and
manual recirculation mode, and
close the air vents.
When in Fan Only mode, if
Auto Defog is selected, the air
conditioning and electric heat
may turn on when high humidity
conditions exist. See “Climate
and Air Quality” under Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑48 for
more information on the Auto Defog
selection. The air conditioning may
also run if defrost mode is selected.
ECO Mode: The vehicle air
conditioning and electric heat are
controlled to balance comfort with
fuel economy. In this mode, the
vehicle electric range or fuel
economy will decrease less than
in Comfort mode, but will result in
moderate comfort.
Comfort Mode: The vehicle air
conditioning and electric heat are
controlled to reach the best comfort
level based on the temperature
setting selected. In this mode,
vehicle electric range or fuel
economy will decrease depending
on the amount of energy required to
reach the best comfort levels.
Climate Power Gauge
When the climate mode is changed,
the Climate Power gauge displays
the impact that user setting changes
have on energy consumption. The
higher the reading, the more energy
is being used.
Air Conditioning/Heat Status
Indicators
The air conditioning/heat status
displays when the air conditioning or
electric heat is being used.
The air conditioning and heater
could be on at the same time when
dehumidification is required in ECO
or Comfort modes.
In Fan Only mode, occasionally
the air conditioning and/or heating
status will be on if the Auto Defog
function is enabled and high
humidity is detected. See “Climate
and Air Quality” under Vehicle
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
Climate Controls
Personalization on page 5‑48, for
details on enabling or disabling the
Auto Defog function.
Automatic Operation
The system automatically controls
the fan speed, air delivery mode,
and recirculation to heat or cool the
vehicle to the selected temperature.
When the AUTO indicator light is
on, the system is in full automatic
operation. If the air delivery mode,
fan speed, or recirculation setting is
adjusted, the AUTO indicator turns
off and the selected settings display.
For automatic operation:
1. Press AUTO.
2. Set the temperature. An initial
setting of 23°C (74°F) is
recommended. Allow the system
time to stabilize. Adjust the
temperature as needed.
Q / R (Temperature Control):
Press to increase or decrease the
temperature.
8-5
Auto Defog: The system will
monitor high humidity inside the
vehicle. When high humidity is
detected, the climate control system
may adjust to outside air supply and
turn on the air conditioner or the
heater. The fan speed may slightly
increase to help prevent fogging.
When high humidity is no longer
detected, the system will return to
its prior operation. To turn Auto
Defog off or on, see “Climate
and Air Quality” under Vehicle
Personalization on page 5‑48.
Air Delivery Mode Control: Press
CLIMATE to select the Climate
touch screen. Press the air delivery
mode touch screen button to
change the direction of the airflow.
The selected air delivery mode
button is lit. Pressing any of the air
delivery buttons cancels automatic
air delivery control and the direction
of the airflow can be controlled
manually. Press AUTO to return to
automatic operation.
Manual Operation
Y (Vent): Air is directed to the
instrument panel outlets.
A (Fan Control):
Press the fan
control buttons or the touch screen
fan control, to increase or decrease
the fan speed. The fan speed
setting displays. Pressing either
button cancels automatic fan control
and the fan can be controlled
manually. Press AUTO to return to
automatic operation. Press the fan
down button repeatedly to turn off
the fan and the climate control
system.
To change the current mode, select
one of the following:
\ (Bi-Level):
Air is divided
between the instrument panel
outlets and the floor outlets.
[ (Floor):
Air is directed to the
floor outlets.
- (Defog): Air is directed to the
windshield and floor outlets. Clears
the windows of fog or moisture.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
8-6
Black plate (6,1)
Climate Controls
0 (Defrost): Air is directed to
the windshield. The windshield is
cleared of fog or frost more quickly.
Selecting defrost will disable
automatic control.
Pressing this button cancels
automatic recirculation. Press
AUTO or AUTO h to return to
automatic operation; recirculation
runs automatically as needed.
For best results, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield before
defrosting.
Manual recirculation mode is not
available when in Defrost or Defog
modes.
AUTO h (Auto Recirculation):
Press to allow the system to
automatically choose the air supply
mode for best performance in
terms of comfort, efficiency, and
defogging. Air is recirculated or
outside air is pulled into the vehicle.
The touch screen button is lit.
M / L (Manual Heated Seats): If
available, the controls are on the
center stack. To operate, the vehicle
must be on.
h (Manual Recirculation):
Press to alternate between
recirculating air inside the vehicle
or pulling in outside air. When
selected, the touch screen button
lights up to indicate that air is being
recirculated. This helps to quickly
cool the air inside the vehicle or
prevent outside air and odors from
entering.
Press M or L to heat the driver
or passenger seat cushion and
seatback. For more information, see
Heated Front Seats on page 3‑6.
M AUTO/ L AUTO (Auto Heated
Seats): If available, the controls
are on the touch screen on the
center stack.
Press the touch screen L AUTO or
M AUTO button. The button color
will change to green when this
feature is on. When the vehicle is
on, this feature will automatically
activate the heated seats at the
level required by the vehicle's
interior temperature. The active
high, medium, low, or off heated
seat level will be indicated by the
manual heated seat button lights on
the center stack. Use of the manual
heated seat buttons on the center
stack will turn auto heated seats off.
For more information, see Heated
Front Seats on page 3‑6.
Rear Window Defogger
= (Rear Window Defogger):
Press to turn the rear window
defogger on or off.
The rear window defogger turns
off automatically after about
five minutes. If turned on again,
it runs for about five minutes
before turning off. The defogger
can also be turned off by turning the
vehicle off.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (7,1)
Climate Controls
For vehicles with heated outside
rearview mirrors, they turn on when
the rear window defogger button is
on and help to clear fog or frost
from the surface of the mirror. See
Heated Mirrors on page 2‑14.
Notice: Do not try to clear frost
or other material from the inside
of the front windshield and rear
window with a razor blade or
anything else that is sharp. This
may damage the rear window
defogger grid and affect the
radio's ability to pick up stations
clearly. The repairs wouldn't be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Remote Start: For vehicles with
this feature, the climate control
system may be started by using
the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter. The climate control
system will default to an appropriate
heating or cooling mode. See
Remote Start on page 2‑7.
The rear window defogger turns on
if it is cold outside.
Compressor
The vehicle has an electric powered
air conditioning compressor.
This allows for continuous air
conditioning and/or high voltage
battery cooling operation, without
running the engine.
The compressor operating speed is
not tied to the engine speed, so
some noise may be heard from the
compressor, especially when air
conditioning use is high and the
engine has turned off. This is
normal.
Sensors
Solar Sensor
The solar sensor is located on top
of the instrument panel, near the
windshield, where it monitors solar
intensity.
The climate control system uses
the sensor information to adjust
the temperature, fan speed,
recirculation, and air delivery mode
for best comfort.
8-7
Do not cover the sensor; otherwise
the automatic climate control system
may not work properly.
Humidity Sensor
The humidity sensor is near the
base of the inside rearview mirror.
The climate control system uses the
sensor information to adjust the
temperature and recirculation for
best comfort.
Outside Air Temperature Sensor
The outside air temperature sensor
is located behind the front grille of
the vehicle. The vehicle uses the
sensor information to display
outside air temperature. The climate
control system uses the information
to adjust the climate system
operation.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
8-8
Climate Controls
Air Vents
Use the louvers on the air vents to
change the direction of the airflow.
Use the thumbwheels near each
vent to open and close off the
airflow.
Operation Tips
.
Keep all outlets open whenever
possible for best system
performance.
.
Keep the path under all seats
clear of objects to help circulate
the air inside the vehicle more
effectively.
.
Use of non-GM approved hood
deflectors can adversely affect
the performance of the system.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Driving and Operating
Driving and
Operating
Driving Information
Driving for Better Energy
Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 9-10
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . 9-13
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . 9-18
Power Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Starting and Stopping the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shifting Out of Park . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-21
9-21
9-22
9-22
Electric Vehicle Operating
Modes
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
Electric Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
Extended Range Mode . . . . . . 9-23
Driver Selected Operating
Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Out of Fuel/Engine
Unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Maintenance Modes . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Engine Exhaust
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
Electric Drive Unit
Electric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
9-1
Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . 9-32
Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . 9-33
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control
System (TCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-34
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
Object Detection Systems
Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-39
Rear Vision
Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Charging
Plug-In Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delayed Charging
Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charging Status
Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charge Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical Requirements for
Battery Charging . . . . . . . . . . .
9-44
9-47
9-47
9-49
9-51
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-2
Black plate (2,1)
Driving and Operating
Fuel
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gasoline Specifications
(U.S. and Canada Only) . . . .
California Fuel
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuels in Foreign
Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-52
9-53
9-53
9-53
9-54
9-55
9-56
Towing
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57
Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57
Driving Information
Driving for Better Energy
Efficiency
Use the following tips to help
maximize energy efficiency and
range.
Driving Style
Efficiency Gauge
(Instrument Cluster)
Acceleration/Braking/Coasting
Avoid unnecessary rapid
accelerations and decelerations.
Electric range is maximized at
80 km/h (50 mph) and below.
Higher speeds use more energy
and can significantly reduce electric
range.
Use cruise control when
appropriate.
The ball indicator should be kept
green and in the center of the
gauge.
Plan ahead for decelerations
and coast whenever possible.
For example, do not rush to traffic
signals.
Inefficient acceleration is indicated
when the ball turns yellow and
travels above the center of the
gauge.
Do not shift to N (Neutral) to coast.
The vehicle recovers energy while
coasting and braking in D (Drive)
or L (Low).
Aggressive braking is indicated
when the ball turns yellow and
travels below the center of the
gauge.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Driving and Operating
Drive Mode and PRNDL Selection
Climate Setting
Use Normal Mode when possible.
Using the heat and air conditioning
systems decreases the energy
available for electric driving.
Sport Mode provides more
responsive acceleration than
Normal Mode but reduces efficiency.
Use Mountain Mode prior to
climbing long, steep grades in
mountainous areas. Be sure to
engage Mountain Mode before
starting to climb. Mountain Mode
reduces electric range and power
but may be needed to maintain
speeds above 96 km/h (60 mph)
when climbing grades of 5% or
greater.
Use L (Low) in heavy stop‐and‐go
traffic or when traveling downhill.
L (Low) requires less brake
pedal application and provides
a controlled, efficient way to slow
the vehicle down.
Optimal energy efficiency is
achieved with the heat, air
conditioning, and fan turned off.
Less energy is used at low fan
speeds. When using the fan:
.
Fan Only is the most energy
efficient climate setting.
.
ECO is for moderate air
conditioning and heater
operation and is the next most
energy efficient setting.
.
Comfort provides the most
comfort but is the least energy
efficient.
Use the auto heated seat feature
instead of climate settings. Heating
the seat uses less energy than
heating the vehicle interior.
9-3
Use remote start when the vehicle is
plugged in to attain a comfortable
vehicle interior temperature.
In hot weather, avoid parking in
direct sunlight or use sunshades
inside the vehicle.
Turn off the front and rear window
defog/defrost when they are no
longer needed.
Avoid driving with the windows
open at highway speeds.
Vehicle Charging/Maintenance
Charging
Keep the vehicle plugged in, even
when fully charged, to keep the
battery temperature ready for the
next drive. This is important when
outside temperatures are extremely
hot or cold.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-4
Black plate (4,1)
Driving and Operating
Maintenance
Defensive Driving
Always keep the tires properly
inflated and the vehicle properly
aligned.
Defensive driving means “always
expect the unexpected.” The first
step in driving defensively is to wear
the safety belt. See Safety Belts on
page 3‑10.
The weight of excess cargo in the
vehicle affects efficiency and range.
Avoid carrying more than is needed.
If fuel is not regularly used, consider
keeping the fuel tank only one‐third
full. Excess fuel weight impacts
efficiency and range.
Use premium fuel.
Avoid unnecessary use of electrical
accessories. Power used for
functions other than propelling the
vehicle will reduce EV range.
Using a rooftop carrier will reduce
efficiency due to additional weight
and drag.
{ WARNING
Assume that other road users
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and other
drivers) are going to be careless
and make mistakes. Anticipate
what they might do and be ready.
In addition:
.
Allow enough following
distance between you and
the driver in front of you.
.
Focus on the task of driving.
Driver distraction can cause
collisions resulting in injury or
possible death. These simple
defensive driving techniques
could save your life.
Drunk Driving
{ WARNING
Drinking and then driving is
very dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and
judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You
can have a serious — or even
fatal — collision if you drive after
drinking.
Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
with a group, designate a driver
who will not drink.
Death and injury associated with
drinking and driving is a global
tragedy.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
Driving and Operating
Alcohol affects four things that
anyone needs to drive a vehicle:
judgment, muscular coordination,
vision, and attentiveness.
The obvious way to eliminate the
leading highway safety problem is
for people never to drink alcohol
and then drive.
Police records show that
almost 40 percent of all motor
vehicle-related deaths involve
alcohol. In most cases, these
deaths are the result of someone
who was drinking and driving.
In recent years, more than
17,000 annual motor vehicle-related
deaths have been associated with
the use of alcohol, with about
250,000 people injured.
Medical research shows that
alcohol in a person's system can
make crash injuries worse,
especially injuries to the brain,
spinal cord, or heart. This means
that when anyone who has been
drinking — driver or passenger — is
in a crash, that person's chance of
being killed or permanently disabled
is higher than if the person had not
been drinking.
For persons under 21, it is against
the law in every U.S. state to drink
alcohol. There are good medical,
psychological, and developmental
reasons for these laws.
9-5
Control of a Vehicle
The following three systems
help to control the vehicle while
driving — brakes, steering, and
accelerator. At times, as when
driving on snow or ice, it is easy to
ask more of those control systems
than the tires and road can provide.
Meaning, you can lose control of the
vehicle.
Adding non‐dealer accessories
can affect vehicle performance.
See Accessories and Modifications
on page 10‑3.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-6
Black plate (6,1)
Driving and Operating
Braking
See Brake System Warning Light on
page 5‑22.
Braking action involves perception
time and reaction time. Deciding to
push the brake pedal is perception
time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
Average reaction time is about
three‐fourths of a second. But that is
only an average. It might be less
with one driver and as long as two
or three seconds or more with
another. Age, physical condition,
alertness, coordination, and
eyesight all play a part. So do
alcohol, drugs, and frustration. But
even in three‐fourths of a second,
a vehicle moving at 100 km/h
(60 mph) travels 20 m (66 ft).
That could be a lot of distance in an
emergency, so keeping enough
space between the vehicle and
others is important.
And, of course, actual stopping
distances vary greatly with the
surface of the road, whether it is
pavement or gravel; the condition
of the road, whether it is wet, dry,
or icy; tire tread; the condition of the
brakes; the weight of the vehicle;
and the amount of brake force
applied.
Avoid needless heavy
braking. Some people drive
in spurts — heavy acceleration
followed by heavy braking — rather
than keeping pace with traffic. This
is a mistake. The brakes might not
have time to cool between hard
stops. The brakes will wear out
much faster with a lot of heavy
braking. Keeping pace with the
traffic and allowing realistic
following distances eliminates
a lot of unnecessary braking.
That means better braking and
longer brake life.
If propulsion is disabled while the
vehicle is being driven, brake
normally but do not pump the
brakes. If the brakes are pumped,
the pedal could get harder to push
down. If propulsion stops, there will
still be some power brake assist but
it will be used when the brake is
applied. Once the power assist is
used up, it can take longer to stop
and the brake pedal will be harder
to push.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (7,1)
Driving and Operating
9-7
Steering
Steering Tips
Steering in Emergencies
Electric Power Steering
It is important to take curves at a
reasonable speed.
There are times when steering can
be more effective than braking. For
example, you come over a hill and
find a truck stopped in your lane,
or a car suddenly pulls out from
nowhere, or a child darts out from
between parked cars and stops right
in front of you. These problems can
be avoided by braking — if you can
stop in time. But sometimes you
cannot stop in time because there is
no room. That is the time for
evasive action — steering around
the problem.
If propulsion is disabled, the power
steering assist system may continue
to operate until you are able to stop
the vehicle. If power steering assist
is lost because the electric power
steering system is not functioning,
the vehicle can be steered but it will
take more effort.
The electric power steering
system does not require regular
maintenance. If you suspect
steering system problems and/or the
SERVICE POWER STEERING
message comes on, contact your
dealer for service. See Service
Vehicle Messages on page 5‑46.
Traction in a curve depends on the
condition of the tires and the road
surface, the angle at which the
curve is banked, and vehicle speed.
While in a curve, speed is the one
factor that can be controlled.
If there is a need to reduce speed,
do it before entering the curve, while
the front wheels are straight.
Try to adjust the speed so you can
drive through the curve. Maintain a
reasonable, steady speed. Wait to
accelerate until out of the curve, and
then accelerate gently into the
straightaway.
The vehicle can perform very well
in emergencies like these. First
apply the brakes. See Braking on
page 9‑6. It is better to remove as
much speed as possible from a
collision. Then steer around the
problem, to the left or right
depending on the space available.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-8
Black plate (8,1)
Driving and Operating
Off-Road Recovery
The vehicle's right wheels can
drop off the edge of a road onto
the shoulder while driving.
tire contacts the pavement edge.
Then turn the steering wheel to go
straight down the roadway.
Loss of Control
Let us review what driving experts
say about what happens when the
three control systems — brakes,
steering, and acceleration — do not
have enough friction where the tires
meet the road to do what the driver
has asked.
An emergency like this requires
close attention and a quick decision.
If holding the steering wheel at the
recommended 9 and 3 o'clock
positions, it can be turned a full
180 degrees very quickly without
removing either hand. But you have
to act fast, steer quickly, and just as
quickly straighten the wheel once
you have avoided the object.
The fact that such emergency
situations are always possible is a
good reason to practice defensive
driving at all times and wear safety
belts properly.
In any emergency, do not give up.
Keep trying to steer and constantly
seek an escape route or area of
less danger.
If the level of the shoulder is
only slightly below the pavement,
recovery should be fairly easy. Ease
off the accelerator and then, if there
is nothing in the way, steer so that
the vehicle straddles the edge of
the pavement. Turn the steering
wheel 8 to 13 cm (3 to 5 in), about
one-eighth turn, until the right front
Skidding
In a skid, a driver can lose control of
the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid
most skids by taking reasonable
care suited to existing conditions,
and by not overdriving those
conditions. But skids are always
possible.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (9,1)
Driving and Operating
The three types of skids correspond
to the vehicle's three control
systems. In the braking skid, the
wheels are not rolling. In the
steering or cornering skid, too much
speed or steering in a curve causes
tires to slip and lose cornering force.
And in the acceleration skid, too
much throttle causes the driving
wheels to spin.
If the vehicle starts to slide, ease
your foot off the accelerator pedal
and quickly steer the way you
want the vehicle to go. If you start
steering quickly enough, the vehicle
may straighten out. Always be ready
for a second skid if it occurs.
Of course, traction is reduced when
water, snow, ice, gravel, or other
material is on the road. For safety,
slow down and adjust your driving to
these conditions. It is important to
slow down on slippery surfaces
because stopping distance is longer
and vehicle control more limited.
While driving on a surface with
reduced traction, try to avoid
sudden steering, acceleration,
or braking, including reducing
vehicle speed by shifting to a lower
gear. Any sudden changes could
cause the tires to slide. You might
not realize the surface is slippery
until the vehicle is skidding. Learn to
recognize warning clues — such as
enough water, ice, or packed snow
on the road to make a mirrored
surface — and slow down when you
have any doubt.
Remember: Antilock brakes help
avoid only the braking skid.
Driving on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can reduce
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate.
Always drive slower in these types
of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and
deep‐standing or flowing water.
9-9
{ WARNING
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
They might not work as well in a
quick stop and could cause
pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large
puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wash, lightly apply the brake
pedal until the brakes work
normally.
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the
vehicle to be carried away. If this
happens, you and other vehicle
occupants could drown. Do not
ignore police warnings and be
very cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-10
Black plate (10,1)
Driving and Operating
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is
wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is
hydroplaning, it has little or no
contact with the road.
There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to
slow down when the road is wet.
.
Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires on
page 10‑42.
.
Turn off cruise control.
Highway Hypnosis
Always be alert and pay attention to
your surroundings while driving.
If you become tired or sleepy, find a
safe place to park the vehicle
and rest.
.
Keep the vehicle well ventilated.
Besides slowing down, other wet
weather driving tips include:
.
Keep interior temperature cool.
.
Keep your eyes moving — scan
the road ahead and to the sides.
.
Check the rearview mirror and
vehicle instruments often.
Allow extra following distance.
.
Pass with caution.
.
Keep windshield wiping
equipment in good shape.
.
Keep the windshield washer fluid
reservoir filled.
Driving on steep hills or through
mountains is different than driving
on flat or rolling terrain. See
“Mountain Mode” under Driver
Selected Operating Modes on
page 9‑24. Tips for driving in these
conditions include:
.
Keep the vehicle serviced and in
good shape.
.
Check all fluid levels and brakes,
tires, cooling system, and
electric drive unit.
.
Keep the vehicle in gear when
going down steep or long hills.
Other driving tips include:
Other Rainy Weather Tips
.
Hill and Mountain Roads
{ WARNING
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
or with the vehicle turned off is
dangerous. The brakes will have
to do all the work of slowing down
the vehicle and could become too
hot. Hot brakes may not be able
(Continued)
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (11,1)
Driving and Operating
WARNING (Continued)
to slow the vehicle enough to
maintain speed and control. You
could crash. Always have the
vehicle running and in gear
(preferably LOW range) when
going downhill. This will allow the
electric drive unit to assist in
slowing and maintaining speed.
.
.
.
Stay in your own lane. Do not
swing wide or cut across the
center of the road. Drive at
speeds that let you stay in your
own lane.
Top of hills: Be
alert — something could
be in your lane (stalled car,
accident).
Pay attention to special road
signs (falling rocks area, winding
roads, long grades, passing or
no-passing zones) and take
appropriate action.
Winter Driving
Driving on Snow or Ice
Drive carefully when there is snow
or ice between the tires and the
road, creating less traction or grip.
Wet ice can occur at about 0°C
(32°F) when freezing rain begins to
fall, resulting in even less traction.
Avoid driving on wet ice or in
freezing rain until roads can be
treated with salt or sand.
Drive with caution, whatever the
condition. Accelerate gently so
traction is not lost. Accelerating too
quickly causes the wheels to spin
and makes the surface under the
tires slick, so there is even less
traction.
Try not to break the fragile traction.
If you accelerate too fast, the drive
wheels will spin and polish the
surface under the tires even more.
9-11
The Antilock Brake System (ABS)
improves vehicle stability during
hard stops on slippery roads, but
apply the brakes sooner than when
on dry pavement.
Allow greater following distance on
any slippery road and watch for
slippery spots. Icy patches can
occur on otherwise clear roads in
shaded areas. The surface of a
curve or an overpass can remain icy
when the surrounding roads are
clear. Avoid sudden steering
maneuvers and braking while
on ice.
Turn off cruise control on slippery
surfaces.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-12
Black plate (12,1)
Driving and Operating
Blizzard Conditions
Being stuck in snow can be a
serious situation. Stay with the
vehicle unless there is help nearby.
If possible, use the Roadside
Assistance Program. To get help
and keep everyone in the
vehicle safe:
.
Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.
Tie a red cloth to an outside
mirror.
WARNING (Continued)
If the vehicle is stuck in the snow:
.
.
Check again from time to
time to be sure snow does
not collect there.
.
Open a window about 5 cm
(2 in) on the side of the
vehicle that is away from the
wind to bring in fresh air.
.
Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
.
Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
circulates the air inside the
vehicle and set the fan speed
to the highest setting. See
Climate Control Systems in
the Index.
(Continued)
{ WARNING
Snow can trap engine exhaust
under the vehicle. This may
cause exhaust gases to get
inside. Engine exhaust contains
Carbon Monoxide (CO) which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
(Continued)
Clear away snow from around
the base of the vehicle,
especially any that is blocking
the exhaust pipe.
WARNING (Continued)
For more information about
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust on page 9‑28.
To conserve energy, run the
vehicle for only short periods as
needed to warm the vehicle and
then shut the vehicle off and close
the window most of the way to
save heat. Repeat this until help
arrives but only when you feel really
uncomfortable from the cold. Moving
about to keep warm also helps.
If it takes some time for help to
arrive, start the vehicle. The engine
may start to charge the 12‐volt
battery. Turn off unnecessary
accessories to conserve energy.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (13,1)
Driving and Operating
If the Vehicle is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the
wheels to free the vehicle when
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
Shifting the vehicle into L will allow
the driver to achieve more wheel
spin. The wheel spin will still be
limited by the traction control
system to prevent any driveline
damage. The increase in allowable
wheel spin is only active at low
speeds.
{ WARNING
If the vehicle's tires spin at high
speed, they can explode, and you
or others could be injured. The
vehicle can overheat, causing an
engine compartment fire or other
damage. Spin the wheels as little
as possible and avoid going
above 55 km/h (35 mph).
For information about using tire
chains on the vehicle, see Tire
Chains on page 10‑61.
Rocking the Vehicle to Get
it Out
Turn the steering wheel left and
right to clear the area around the
front wheels. Shift back and forth
between R (Reverse) and a forward
gear, spinning the wheels as little as
possible. The Traction Control
System prevents the tires from
spinning at high speeds. To prevent
electric drive unit wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator
pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the electric drive unit is in
9-13
gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in
the forward and reverse directions
causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
might need to be towed out. If the
vehicle does need to be towed out,
see Towing the Vehicle on
page 10‑77.
Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how
much weight the vehicle can
carry. This weight is called the
vehicle capacity weight and
includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory‐installed options.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-14
Black plate (14,1)
Driving and Operating
Two labels on the vehicle
show how much weight it was
designed to carry, the Tire and
Loading Information label and
the Certification label.
Tire and Loading Information
Label
{ WARNING
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
shorten the life of the vehicle.
Label Example
A vehicle-specific Tire and
Loading Information label is
attached to the center pillar
(B-pillar). With the driver door
open, the label is attached
below the door lock post.
The Tire and Loading
Information label shows the
number of occupant seating
positions (A), and the maximum
vehicle capacity weight (B) in
kilograms and pounds.
The Tire and Loading
Information label also shows
the tire size of the original
equipment tires (C) and the
recommended cold tire inflation
pressures (D). For more
information on tires and inflation
see Tires on page 10‑42 and
Tire Pressure on page 10‑48.
There is also important loading
information on the Certification
label. It tells you the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
and the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR) for the front and
rear axle; see “Certification
Label” later in this section.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (15,1)
Driving and Operating
Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit
1. Locate the statement
“The combined weight of
occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs” on your vehicle's
placard.
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers that will be
riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals
the available amount of cargo
and luggage load capacity.
For example, if the “XXX”
amount equals 1400 lbs and
there will be five 150 lb
passengers in your vehicle,
9-15
the amount of available cargo
and luggage load capacity is
650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150)
= 650 lbs).
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing
a trailer, the load from your
trailer will be transferred to
your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo
and luggage load capacity of
your vehicle.
The vehicle is neither designed
nor intended to tow a trailer.
Example 1
A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 1 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
B. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 =
136 kg (300 lbs).
C. Available Occupant and
Cargo Weight = 317 kg
(700 lbs).
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-16
Black plate (16,1)
Driving and Operating
seating positions. The combined
weight of the driver, passengers,
and cargo should never exceed
the vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification Label
Example 2
A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 2 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
Example 3
A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
B. Subtract Occupant Weight
B. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5
= 340 kg (750 lbs).
@ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5
= 453 kg (1,000 lbs).
C. Available Cargo Weight
= 113 kg (250 lbs).
C. Available Cargo Weight
= 0 kg (0 lbs).
Refer to the vehicle's Tire and
Loading Information label for
specific information about the
vehicle's capacity weight and
Label Example
A vehicle-specific Certification
label is found on the center pillar
(B-pillar). The label shows the
gross weight capacity of the
vehicle. This is the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
and includes the weight of the
vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (17,1)
Driving and Operating
cargo. Never exceed the GVWR
for the vehicle, or the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
either the front or rear axle.
Spread out heavy loads equally
on both sides of the vehicle.
See “Steps for Determining
Correct Load Limit” earlier in this
section.
{ WARNING
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
shorten the life of the vehicle.
If you put things inside the
vehicle — like suitcases,
tools, packages, or anything
else — they will go as fast as
the vehicle goes. If you have to
stop or turn quickly, or if there is
a crash, they will keep going.
{ WARNING
Things inside the vehicle can
strike and injure people in a
sudden stop or turn, or in a
crash.
.
Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. In the
cargo area, put them as
far forward as possible.
Try to spread the weight
evenly.
(Continued)
9-17
WARNING (Continued)
.
Never stack heavier
things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above
the tops of the seats.
.
Do not leave an
unsecured child restraint
in the vehicle.
.
Secure loose items in the
vehicle.
.
Do not leave a seat folded
down unless needed.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-18
Black plate (18,1)
Driving and Operating
Starting and
Operating
New Vehicle Break-In
Notice: The vehicle does not
require a break-in period. Vehicle
break‐in is performed during
manufacturing.
Power Button
The vehicle has an electronic
push‐button start. The POWER O
button light flashes when the driver
door is open and the vehicle is not
on. The flashing light will eventually
time out. The POWER O button
light is on steady when in ON/RUN
power mode. When the vehicle is
turned off, the POWER O button
light will turn off.
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter must be in the vehicle
for the system to operate. If the
vehicle will not start, place the RKE
transmitter in the transmitter slot.
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation on page 2‑3.
ON/RUN: This position is for
driving and starting. With the vehicle
off, and the brake pedal applied,
pressing the POWER O button once
will place the vehicle in ON/RUN.
The instrument cluster displays an
active fuel or battery gauge, along
with an audio startup cue, when
the vehicle is ready to be driven.
This could take up to 15 seconds
at extremely cold temperatures.
The engine will only start if needed.
If the vehicle did not start, the
instrument cluster will display a
screen with inactive fuel and battery
gauges. See Starting and Stopping
the Vehicle on page 9‑19.
STOPPING THE VEHICLE/OFF:
To turn the vehicle off, push the
POWER O button with the vehicle
in P (Park). Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) will remain active until
the driver door is opened. See
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
on page 9‑21. When turning off the
vehicle, if the vehicle is not in
P (Park), the vehicle will go to
ACC/ACCESSORY and display the
message SHIFT TO PARK in the
Driver Information Center (DIC).
See Electric Drive Unit Messages
on page 5‑43.
In an emergency, if the vehicle must
be stopped while driving:
1. Brake using a firm and steady
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (19,1)
Driving and Operating
2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the
vehicle is moving. After shifting
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
brakes and steer the vehicle to a
safe location.
3. Come to a complete stop,
shift to P (Park), and turn the
vehicle to OFF by pushing the
POWER O button.
4. Set the parking brake. See
Electric Parking Brake on
page 9‑32.
{
WARNING
Turning off the vehicle while
moving may disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the
propulsion system off in an
emergency.
5. If the vehicle must be stopped
while driving, press and hold the
POWER O button for either
longer than two seconds,
or press twice in five seconds.
Starting and Stopping the
Vehicle
Starting Procedure
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
N (Neutral). The propulsion system
will not start in any other position.
Notice: Do not try to shift to
P (Park) if the vehicle is moving
or the electric drive unit could be
damaged. Shift to P (Park) only
when the vehicle is stopped.
Notice: The vehicle is designed
to work with the electronics in
the vehicle. If you add electrical
parts or accessories, you could
change the way the vehicle
operates. Before adding electrical
equipment, check with your
dealer. If you do not, the vehicle
might not perform properly. Any
resulting damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
9-19
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter must be in the vehicle.
Press the brake pedal and push and
release the POWER O button.
If the RKE transmitter is not in the
vehicle or something is interfering
with the transmitter, a message
displays in the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Key and Lock
Messages on page 5‑44.
If the vehicle will not start due to a
low RKE transmitter battery, the
vehicle can still be driven. See
“Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery” in Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation on page 2‑3.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-20
Black plate (20,1)
Driving and Operating
A Welcome, Ready, and Good‐bye
audio message will be heard in
the vehicle and animated on the
instrument cluster when opening the
driver door upon entry, when the
vehicle is ready to be driven, and
when the vehicle is turned off.
The instrument cluster displays an
active fuel or battery gauge, along
with an audio startup cue, when the
vehicle is ready to be driven. This
could take up to 15 seconds at
extremely cold temperatures. The
engine will only start if needed.
If the vehicle did not start, the
instrument cluster will display a
screen with inactive fuel and battery
gauges. See Starting and Stopping
the Vehicle on page 9‑19.
.
The high voltage battery has a
low charge.
.
The engine is needed to
maintain the high voltage battery
temperature.
Restarting Procedure
.
The engine needs to run for
maintenance.
If the vehicle must be restarted
while it is still moving, move the
shift lever to N (Neutral) and
press the POWER O button twice
without pressing the brake pedal.
The propulsion system will not
restart in any other position.
Computers determine when the
engine needs to run. The engine
may start, if required, when the
propulsion system is on. Some
vehicle conditions that force the
engine to run are:
.
Cold ambient temperatures.
.
The hood is open or not
completely latched.
See Maintenance Modes on
page 9‑26.
A chime will sound if the driver door
is opened while the vehicle is in
ON/RUN. Always press the
POWER O button to turn the
vehicle off before exiting.
Stopping Procedure
For information on how to turn the
vehicle off, see Power Button on
page 9‑18.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (21,1)
Driving and Operating
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP)
The following features will operate
for up to 10 minutes or until the
driver door is opened:
1. Hold the brake pedal down and
set the parking brake.
See Electric Parking Brake on
page 9‑32 for more information.
.
Audio System
2. Move the shift lever into P (Park)
by pushing the lever all the way
toward the front of the vehicle.
.
Power Windows
3. Turn the vehicle off.
.
Accessory Power Outlets
Shifting Into Park
{ WARNING
It can be dangerous to get out of
the vehicle if the shift lever is not
fully in P (Park) with the parking
brake firmly set. The vehicle can
roll. If you have left the propulsion
system on, the vehicle can move
suddenly. You or others could be
injured. To be sure the vehicle will
not move, even when you are on
fairly level ground, use the steps
that follow.
Leaving the Vehicle with the
Propulsion System On
{ WARNING
It can be dangerous to leave the
vehicle with the propulsion
system on. The vehicle could
move suddenly if the shift lever is
not fully in P (Park) with the
parking brake firmly set. And,
if you leave the vehicle with the
propulsion system on, it could
overheat and even catch fire.
You or others could be injured.
Do not leave the vehicle with the
propulsion system on.
9-21
If you have to leave the vehicle with
the propulsion system on, be sure
the vehicle is in P (Park) and the
parking brake is firmly set before
you leave it. After you have moved
the shift lever into P (Park), hold
down the regular brake pedal. See if
you can move the shift lever away
from P (Park) without first pulling it
toward you. If you can, it means that
the shift lever was not fully locked
into P (Park).
Torque Lock
Torque lock is when the weight of
the vehicle puts too much force on
the parking pawl in the electric drive
unit. This happens when parking on
a hill and shifting the electric drive
unit into P (Park) is not done
properly and then it is difficult to
shift out of P (Park). To prevent
torque lock, set the parking brake
and then shift into P (Park).
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-22
Black plate (22,1)
Driving and Operating
If torque lock does occur, your
vehicle may need to be pushed
uphill by another vehicle to relieve
the parking pawl pressure, so you
can shift out of P (Park).
Shifting Out of Park
To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle
must be in ON/RUN, the brake
pedal must be applied, and the
charge cord must be unplugged.
The vehicle has an electronic shift
lock release system. The shift lock
release is designed to:
.
Prevent the vehicle from turning
off unless the shift lever is in
P (Park).
.
Prevent moving the shift lever
out of P (Park), unless the
vehicle is in ON/RUN, the brake
pedal is applied, and the charge
cord is unplugged.
The shift lock is always functional
except in the case of an uncharged
or low charged 12‐volt battery (less
than 9 volts).
If the vehicle has an uncharged
12‐volt battery or a 12‐volt battery
with low voltage, try charging or
jump starting the 12‐volt battery.
See Jump Starting on page 10‑71.
If the console shift lever cannot be
moved out of P (Park):
1. Apply and maintain the regular
brakes.
2. Turn the vehicle on using the
POWER O button. See Power
Button on page 9‑18.
3. Let up on the shift lever and
make sure the shift lever is
pushed all the way into P (Park).
4. Press the shift lever button.
5. Move the shift lever into the
desired gear.
If you still cannot move the shift
lever from P (Park), see your dealer
or a professional towing service.
Parking Over Things
That Burn
{ WARNING
Things that can burn could touch
hot exhaust parts under the
vehicle and ignite. Do not park
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (23,1)
Driving and Operating
Electric Vehicle
Operating Modes
System Operation
This vehicle is an Extended Range
Electric Vehicle (EREV). It uses an
electric propulsion system to drive
the vehicle at all times. Electricity is
the vehicle's primary source of
energy, while gasoline is the
secondary source.
The vehicle has two modes of
operation: Electric and Extended
Range. In both modes, the vehicle
is propelled by its electric drive unit.
It converts electrical energy into
mechanical energy to drive the
wheels. The vehicle's performance
remains the same in either mode.
See Driving for Better Energy
Efficiency on page 9‑2.
9-23
Electric Mode
Extended Range Mode
In Electric Mode, the vehicle does
not use fuel or produce tailpipe
emissions. During this primary
mode, the vehicle is powered by
electrical energy stored in the high
voltage battery. The vehicle can
operate in this mode until the
battery has reached a low charge.
When the vehicle reaches the end
of its electric range, it switches to
Extended Range Mode (ERM).
In this secondary mode, electricity is
produced by the fuel‐powered
engine. This secondary source of
electric power extends the vehicle
range. Operation will continue in
ERM until the vehicle can be
plugged in to recharge the high
voltage battery and restore
Electric Mode.
There are some conditions when the
battery charge is high enough to
provide Electric Mode operation,
but the engine still runs. They are:
.
Cold ambient temperatures.
.
Hot or cold high voltage battery
temperatures.
.
The hood being open or not
completely closed and latched.
.
Certain high voltage battery fault
conditions.
.
Engine Maintenance Mode or
Fuel Maintenance Mode
being run.
The high voltage battery will
continue to provide some power
and work together with the engine to
provide peak performance when it is
required, such as driving up a steep
incline or for high acceleration
maneuvers. The battery will not be
charged nor will electric vehicle
range be restored by the engine.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-24
Black plate (24,1)
Driving and Operating
In either Electric Mode or Extended
Range Mode, when the hood is
open, the engine will run without
turning off if the vehicle is on. The
high voltage battery is neither
charged nor discharged when this
occurs.
Driver Selected Operating
Modes
While driving in Electric or Extended
Range Mode, additional operating
modes can be selected.
In either Electric Mode or Extended
Range Mode, if there is a high
voltage battery fault, the engine may
run without turning off to generate
needed electricity. The Malfunction
Indicator Lamp will turn on. See
Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
page 5‑19.
Highlight either the Mountain or
Sport Mode, then release the
DRIVE MODE button. After
three seconds, the new drive mode
will become active.
Pressing the DRIVE MODE button
again will return to Normal Mode,
and become active after
three seconds.
Press the DRIVE MODE button to
display selectable drive modes in
the Driver Information Center (DIC).
Continue pressing to scroll through
the modes.
At next start, the vehicle will default
to the Normal Mode. Drive modes
can then be selected again as
desired.
During some conditions, certain
drive modes may be unavailable.
The unavailable mode is grayed out
in the DIC menu and cannot be
selected.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (25,1)
Driving and Operating
If in Sport or Mountain Mode, either
may become unavailable and the
vehicle will return to Normal Mode.
The indicator light goes off and a
DIC message displays. See
Propulsion Power Messages on
page 5‑45.
Press the DRIVE MODE button
again to return to Normal Mode and
it becomes active after
three seconds.
Sport Mode
Mountain Mode
The Sport light comes on when
Sport Mode is selected. See Sport
Mode Light on page 5‑24.
9-25
performance. While driving in
Mountain Mode, the vehicle will
have less responsive acceleration.
Mountain Mode will not change
normal vehicle braking performance
for steep downhill grades. See Hill
and Mountain Roads on page 9‑10
and Electric Drive Unit on
page 9‑29.
Press the DRIVE MODE button to
select Mountain Mode. The engine
may run when Mountain Mode is
selected, depending on high voltage
battery charge, to build reserve
electrical charge for uphill climbs.
Sport Mode releases more energy
from the high voltage battery under
heavy acceleration. The vehicle
will be more responsive to the
accelerator pedal.
Press the DRIVE MODE button to
select Sport Mode.
Mountain Mode should be selected
at the beginning of a trip before
climbing steep, uphill grades and
when expecting to drive in very hilly
or mountainous terrain. This mode
maintains a reserve electrical
charge of the high voltage battery
to provide better grade climbing
Operating in Mountain Mode
will adjust the electric range by
subtracting just the electric range
being held in reserve. Electric range
reserve still unused upon exiting
Mountain Mode will be added back
to the electric range display. See
Driving for Better Energy Efficiency
on page 9‑2.
Press the Drive Mode button again
to return to Normal Mode and it
becomes active in three seconds.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-26
Black plate (26,1)
Driving and Operating
The MOUNTAIN light comes on
when Mountain Mode is selected.
See Mountain Mode Light on
page 5‑24.
Out of Fuel/Engine
Unavailable
If the vehicle runs out of fuel, or
the engine will not start due to a
malfunction, the vehicle can
continue to be driven in Electric
Mode. The vehicle will have less
responsive acceleration. DIC
messages indicate reduced
propulsion power, that the engine
is not available, and the need for
fuel or service. Once the vehicle
is refueled, or the malfunction is
corrected, the engine will perform a
self test and attempt to start the
next time the vehicle is turned on.
Once the engine starts, normal
operation will continue. See Fuel
System Messages on page 5‑43
and Service Vehicle Messages on
page 5‑46.
Maintenance Modes
Engine Maintenance Mode (EMM)
EMM, a DIC message displays to
show the EMM percentage
complete.
Engine Maintenance Mode (EMM)
runs the engine to keep it in
good working condition after
approximately six weeks of no or
very limited engine operation. EMM
will force the engine to run, even
if there is a charge to power the
vehicle. When EMM is needed, the
EMM Request screen appears on
the center stack display at vehicle
start.
If No is selected, the EMM Request
screen will appear when the vehicle
is next started. The EMM request
can be delayed for only one day.
If Yes is selected, EMM will begin.
The engine will run for a set amount
of time without turning off. During
If the vehicle shuts off during EMM,
it will restart the next time the
vehicle is driven. A message
displays to indicate that EMM is
active.
If the EMM request was delayed for
one day, EMM will automatically
start the engine at the next vehicle
start. An EMM Notification screen
will appear in the center stack
display.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (27,1)
Driving and Operating
If EMM is required and the fuel level
is low, EMM may eventually empty
the fuel tank if fuel is not added.
This will result in reduced, or no
power. An adequate fuel level must
be maintained in the vehicle to keep
it operational. See Propulsion Power
Messages on page 5‑45.
run until enough fresh fuel is added
to bring the average fuel age into an
acceptable range. Allowing more old
fuel to be used up by FMM and
adding a larger amount of fresh fuel
will maximize the length of time
before another fuel maintenance
mode is needed. During FMM the
engine may turn on and off.
If No is selected, the FMM Request
screen will appear when the vehicle
is next started. The FMM request
can be delayed for only one day.
When FMM is needed, the FMM
Request screen appears on the
center stack display at vehicle start.
If FMM is required and the fuel level
is low, FMM may eventually empty
the fuel tank if fuel is not added.
This will result in reduced, or no
power. An adequate fuel level must
be maintained in the vehicle to keep
it operational. See Propulsion Power
Messages on page 5‑45.
Fuel Maintenance Mode (FMM)
Fuel Maintenance Mode (FMM)
tracks average fuel age. Old fuel
can cause engine problems. If low
engine usage causes average fuel
age to exceed approximately
one year, FMM will run the engine to
use up the old fuel. The engine will
9-27
If Yes is selected, FMM will begin.
FMM will automatically continue at
each vehicle start until fresh fuel is
added.
If the FMM request was delayed for
one day, FMM will start at the next
vehicle start and display the FMM
Notification screen on the center
stack display.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-28
Black plate (28,1)
Driving and Operating
Engine Exhaust
{ WARNING
Engine exhaust contains Carbon
Monoxide (CO) which cannot be
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
can cause unconsciousness and
even death.
WARNING (Continued)
.
The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified, damaged,
or improperly repaired.
.
There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not
completely sealed.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
.
.
.
The engine is running in
Extended Range Mode in
areas with poor ventilation
(parking garages, tunnels,
or deep snow that may block
underbody airflow or tail
pipes).
The exhaust smells or
sounds strange or different.
The exhaust system leaks
due to corrosion or damage.
(Continued)
If unusual fumes are detected or
if it is suspected that exhaust is
coming into the vehicle:
.
Drive it only with the windows
completely down.
.
Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park with the engine
running in Extended Range Mode
in an enclosed area such as a
garage or a building that has no
fresh air ventilation.
Running the Vehicle
While Parked
It is better not to park with the
propulsion system on. But if you
ever have to, here are some things
to know.
{ WARNING
Leaving the engine running in
Extended Range Mode in an
enclosed area with poor
ventilation is dangerous. Engine
exhaust may enter the vehicle.
Engine exhaust contains Carbon
Monoxide (CO) which cannot be
seen or smelled. It can cause
unconsciousness and even death.
Never run the engine in an
enclosed area that has no
fresh air ventilation. For more
information, see Engine Exhaust
on page 9‑28.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (29,1)
Driving and Operating
{ WARNING
It can be dangerous to get out of
the vehicle if the electric drive unit
shift lever is not fully in P (Park)
with the parking brake firmly set.
The vehicle can roll. Do not leave
the vehicle with the propulsion
system on unless you have to.
If you have left the propulsion
system on, the vehicle can move
suddenly. You or others could be
injured. To be sure the vehicle will
not move, even when you are on
level ground, always set the
parking brake and move the shift
lever to P (Park).
Follow the proper steps to be sure
the vehicle will not move. See
Shifting Into Park on page 9‑21.
Electric Drive Unit
The vehicle uses an electric drive
unit. The shift lever is on the
console between the seats.
P (Park): This position locks the
front wheels. It is the best position
to use when starting the propulsion
system because the vehicle cannot
move easily.
9-29
{ WARNING
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
propulsion system is running
unless you have to. If you have
left the propulsion system
running, the vehicle can move
suddenly. You or others could be
injured. To be sure the vehicle will
not move, even when you are on
fairly level ground, always set the
parking brake and move the shift
lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into
Park on page 9‑21.
Make sure the shift lever is fully
in P (Park) before starting the
propulsion system. The vehicle has
an electric drive unit shift lock
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-30
Black plate (30,1)
Driving and Operating
control system. The regular brake
must be fully applied first and then
the shift lever button pressed before
shifting from P (Park) when the
vehicle is in ON/RUN. If you cannot
shift out of P (Park), ease pressure
on the shift lever, then push the shift
lever all the way into P (Park) as
you maintain brake application.
Then press the shift lever button
and move the shift lever into
another gear. See Shifting Out of
Park on page 9‑22.
R (Reverse): Use this gear to
back up.
Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse)
while the vehicle is moving
forward could damage the electric
drive unit. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only
after the vehicle is stopped.
To rock the vehicle back and forth to
get out of snow, ice, or sand without
damaging the electric drive unit, see
If the Vehicle is Stuck on page 9‑13.
N (Neutral): In this position, the
propulsion system does not connect
with the wheels.
D (Drive): This position is for
normal driving. It provides the best
fuel economy. If more power is
needed for passing, and the
vehicle is:
.
Going less than 56 km/h
(35 mph), push the accelerator
pedal about halfway down.
.
Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or
more, push the accelerator all
the way down.
Notice: If the vehicle seems to
accelerate slowly or not respond
when you go faster, and you
continue to drive the vehicle that
way, you could damage the
electric drive unit. Have the
vehicle serviced right away.
L (Low): This position reduces
vehicle speed without using the
brakes. You can use L (Low) on
hills. It can help control vehicle
speed going down steep mountain
roads along with using the brakes
off and on. You can use L (Low) on
very steep hills, in deep snow,
or in mud.
Notice: Spinning the tires or
holding the vehicle in one
place on a hill using only the
accelerator pedal may damage
the electric drive unit. The repair
will not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. If you are stuck, do not
spin the tires. When stopping on
a hill, use the brakes to hold the
vehicle in place.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (31,1)
Driving and Operating
Brakes
Antilock Brake
System (ABS)
This vehicle has the Antilock
Brake System (ABS), an advanced
electronic braking system that helps
prevent a braking skid.
When propulsion is active and the
vehicle begins to drive away, ABS
checks itself. A momentary motor or
clicking noise might be heard while
this test is going on, and it might
even be noticed that the brake
pedal moves a little. This is normal.
If there is a problem with ABS, this
warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
on page 5‑23.
If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
brakes and continue braking to
avoid a sudden obstacle, a
computer senses that the wheels
are slowing down. If one of the
wheels is about to stop rolling, the
computer will separately work the
brakes at each wheel.
ABS can change the brake pressure
to each wheel, as required, faster
than any driver could. This can help
the driver steer around the obstacle
while braking hard.
As the brakes are applied, the
computer keeps receiving updates
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
9-31
suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.
Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
the brake pedal down firmly and let
ABS work. You might hear the ABS
pump or motor operating and feel
the brake pedal pulsate, but this is
normal.
Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows the driver to steer and
brake at the same time. In many
emergencies, steering can help
more than even the very best
braking.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-32
Black plate (32,1)
Driving and Operating
Electric Parking Brake
Before leaving the vehicle, check
the Electric Parking Brake Light to
ensure the parking brake is applied.
EPB Apply
The vehicle has an Electric Parking
Brake (EPB). The Y switch is on
the center stack. The EPB can
always be activated, even if the
vehicle is off. To prevent draining
the 12‐volt battery, avoid repeated
cycles of the EPB system when the
vehicle is off.
In case of insufficient electrical
power, the EPB cannot be applied
or released.
The EPB can be applied anytime
the vehicle is stopped. The EPB is
applied by momentarily lifting up on
the Y switch. Once fully applied,
the Electric Parking Brake Light will
be on. While the brake is being
applied, the Electric Parking Brake
Light will flash until full apply is
reached. If the light does not come
on, or remains flashing, have the
vehicle serviced. Do not drive the
vehicle if the Electric Parking Brake
Light is flashing. See your dealer.
If the EPB is applied while the
vehicle is in motion, a chime will
sound, and the DIC message
RELEASE PARKING BRAKE
will be displayed. The vehicle
will decelerate as long as the
switch is held in the up position.
Releasing the Y switch during
the deceleration will release the
parking brake. If the Y switch is
held in the up position until the
vehicle comes to a stop, the EPB
will remain applied.
If the Electric Parking Brake Light
flashes continuously, the EPB is
only partially applied or released,
or there is a problem with the EPB.
The DIC message SERVICE
PARKING BRAKE will be displayed.
If this light flashes continuously,
release the EPB, and attempt to
apply it again. If this light continues
to flash, do not drive the vehicle.
See your dealer.
If the Service Electric Parking Brake
Light is on, the EPB has detected a
system problem and is operating
with reduced functionality. To apply
the EPB when this light is on, lift up
on the Y switch and hold it in the
up position. Full application of the
parking brake by the EPB system
may take a longer period of time
than normal when this light is on.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (33,1)
Driving and Operating
Continue to hold the Y switch until
the Electric Parking Brake Light
remains on. If the Service Electric
Parking Brake Light is on, see your
dealer.
If the EPB fails to apply, the rear
wheels should be blocked to
prevent vehicle movement.
For maximum EPB force when
parking on a hill, pull the EPB
switch twice.
EPB Release
To release the EPB, place the
vehicle in ON/RUN, apply and hold
the brake pedal, and push down
momentarily on the Y switch.
If attempting to release the EPB
without the brake pedal applied, a
chime will sound, and the DIC
message STEP ON BRAKE TO
RELEASE PARK BRAKE will be
displayed. The EPB is released
when the Electric Parking Brake
Light is off.
If the Service Electric Parking Brake
Light is on, the EPB has detected a
system problem, and is operating
with reduced functionality. To
release the EPB when this light is
on, push down on the Y switch
and hold it in the down position.
EPB release may take a longer
period of time than normal when this
light is on. Continue to hold the Y
switch until the Electric Parking
Brake Light is off. If the light is on,
see your dealer.
Automatic EPB Release
Notice: Driving with the parking
brake on can overheat the brake
system and cause premature
wear or damage to brake system
parts. Make sure that the parking
brake is fully released and the
Electric Parking Brake Light is off
before driving.
Regenerative Braking
9-33
The EPB will automatically release
if the vehicle is running, placed into
gear, and an attempt is made to
drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration
when the EPB is applied, to
preserve parking brake lining life.
See Electric Parking Brake Light on
page 5‑22, Service Electric Parking
Brake Light on page 5‑23, and
Brake System Messages on
page 5‑41.
Regenerative braking takes some of
the energy from the moving vehicle
and turns it back into electrical
energy. This energy is then stored
back into the high voltage battery
system, contributing to increased
energy efficiency.
The hydraulic disc brakes work with
the regenerative braking to ensure
effective braking, such as when a
high braking demand is requested.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-34
Black plate (34,1)
Driving and Operating
The braking system is computer
controlled and blends the
regenerative braking with the
conventional hydraulic disc brakes
to meet any requirements for
deceleration. The controller
interprets the braking request
and uses regenerative braking,
conventional hydraulic braking, or a
combination of both as necessary.
Because the controller applies the
hydraulic brakes through its high
pressure accumulator, you may
occasionally hear the motor‐driven
pump when it recharges the system.
This is normal.
See Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators on page 5‑9 and Driver
Information Center (DIC) on
page 5‑38. In the event of a
controller problem, the brake pedal
may be harder to push and the
stopping distance may be longer.
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control
System (TCS)
The vehicle has a Traction Control
System (TCS) that limits wheel spin.
The system operates if it senses
that one or both of the drive wheels
are spinning or beginning to lose
traction. When this happens, the
system brakes the spinning wheel(s)
and/or reduces power to limit
wheel spin.
The system may be heard or felt
while it is working, but this is
normal.
The system may be heard or felt
while it is working. This is normal
and does not mean there is a
problem with the vehicle. The
system should initialize before the
vehicle reaches 32 km/h (20 mph).
In some cases, it may take
approximately 3.2 km (2 mi) of
driving before the system initializes.
The Traction Control System may
activate on dry or rough roads or
under conditions such as heavy
acceleration while turning or abrupt
changes in output from the electric
drive unit. When this happens, a
reduction in acceleration may be
noticed, or a noise or vibration may
be heard. This is normal.
To assist with directional control
of the vehicle, TCS comes on
automatically whenever the vehicle
is started and cannot be turned off.
When the vehicle is started and
begins to move, the system
performs several diagnostic checks
to ensure there are no problems.
The TCS/StabiliTrak warning light
will flash to indicate that the traction
control system is active.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (35,1)
Driving and Operating
If there is a problem detected, the
SERVICE TRACTION CONTROL
message displays in the DIC. See
Ride Control System Messages on
page 5‑46. When this message is
displayed and d comes on and
stays on, the vehicle is safe to drive
but the system is not operational.
If d comes on and stays on, reset
the system:
1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Turn the vehicle off and wait
15 seconds.
3. Start the vehicle.
If d still comes on and stays on,
the vehicle needs service.
Adding non‐GM accessories can
affect vehicle performance. See
Accessories and Modifications on
page 10‑3 for more information.
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC)
The vehicle has an Electronic
Stability Control system called
StabiliTrak. It is an advanced
computer‐controlled system that
assists with directional control of the
vehicle in difficult driving conditions.
StabiliTrak comes on automatically
whenever the vehicle is started and
cannot be turned off.
9-35
When the vehicle is started and
begins to move, the system
performs several diagnostic checks
to ensure there are no problems.
The system may be heard or felt
while it is working. This is normal
and does not mean there is a
problem with the vehicle. The
system should initialize before the
vehicle reaches 32 km/h (20 mph).
In some cases, it may take
approximately 3.2 km (2 mi) of
driving before the system initializes.
The system may be heard or felt
while it is working, but this is
normal.
StabiliTrak activates when the
computer senses a difference
between the intended path and the
direction the vehicle is actually
traveling. StabiliTrak selectively
applies braking pressure to help
steer the vehicle in the intended
direction.
When the stability control system
activates, the Traction Control
System (TCS)/StabiliTrak light
flashes on the instrument cluster.
This also occurs when traction
control is activated. This is normal.
Continue to steer the vehicle in the
intended direction.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-36
Black plate (36,1)
Driving and Operating
If there is a problem detected, the
SERVICE STABILITRAK message
displays in the DIC. When this
message is displayed and the
StabiliTrak light comes on and stays
on, the vehicle is safe to drive but
the system is not operational. See
Ride Control System Messages on
page 5‑46.
If d comes on and stays on, reset
the system:
1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Turn the vehicle off and wait
15 seconds.
3. Start the vehicle.
If d still comes on and stays on,
the vehicle needs service.
If cruise control is being used when
StabiliTrak activates, the cruise
control will automatically disengage.
Press the cruise control button to
reengage when road conditions
allow. See Cruise Control on
page 9‑36 for more information.
Cruise Control
The cruise control lets the vehicle
maintain a speed of about 40 km/h
(25 mph) or more without keeping
your foot on the accelerator. Cruise
control does not work at speeds
below 40 km/h (25 mph).
With the Traction Control System
(TCS) or Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), the system may begin to
limit wheel spin while you are using
cruise control. If this happens, the
cruise control will automatically
disengage. See Traction Control
System (TCS) on page 9‑34 or
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) on
page 9‑35.
WARNING (Continued)
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
{ WARNING
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at
a steady speed. So, do not use
the cruise control on winding
roads or in heavy traffic.
(Continued)
The cruise control buttons are on
the steering wheel.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (37,1)
Driving and Operating
1 (On/Off): Press to turn the
cruise control system on and off.
An indicator light will turn on or off in
the instrument cluster.
[ (Cancel):
Press to disengage
cruise control without erasing the
set speed from memory.
9-37
Setting Cruise Control
Resuming a Set Speed
If the cruise button is on when not in
use, it could get bumped and go into
cruise when not desired. Keep the
cruise control button off when cruise
is not being used.
If the cruise control is set at a
desired speed and then the brakes
are applied, the cruise control is
disengaged without erasing the set
speed from memory. Once the
vehicle speed is about 40 km/h
(25 mph) or greater, move the
thumbwheel up toward RES/+
briefly and then release it. The
vehicle returns to the previously
set speed and stays there.
To set a speed:
RES/+ (Resume/Accel): Move the
thumbwheel up to resume to a
previously set speed or to
accelerate.
1. Press 1 to turn cruise
control on.
SET/− (Set/Coast): Move the
thumbwheel down to set a speed
and activate cruise control or to
make the vehicle decelerate.
3. Move the thumbwheel down
toward SET/− and release it.
The desired set speed briefly
appears in the instrument
cluster.
2. Get up to the speed desired.
4. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal.
Increasing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
.
Move the thumbwheel up toward
RES/+ and hold it until the
vehicle accelerates to the
desired speed, then release it.
.
To increase the speed in small
amounts, move the thumbwheel
up toward RES/+ briefly and
then release it. Each time this is
done, the vehicle goes about
1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster.
When the brakes are applied, the
cruise control shuts off.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-38
Driving and Operating
Reducing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
If the cruise control system is
already activated:
.
.
Black plate (38,1)
Move the thumbwheel toward
SET/− and hold until the desired
lower speed is reached, then
release it.
To slow down in very small
amounts, move the thumbwheel
toward SET/− briefly. Each time
this is done, the vehicle goes
about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.
Passing Another Vehicle While
Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to
increase vehicle speed. When you
take your foot off the pedal, the
vehicle will slow down to the
previously set cruise control speed.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
Ending Cruise Control
How well the cruise control works
on hills depends upon the vehicle
speed, load, and the steepness of
the hills. When going up steep hills,
you might have to step on the
accelerator pedal to maintain the
vehicle speed. When going
downhill, you might have to brake
or shift to a lower gear to maintain
the vehicle speed. When the brakes
are applied the cruise control is
disengaged.
There are three ways to end cruise
control:
.
Step lightly on the brake pedal;
when cruise control disengages,
the indicator light will not be lit.
.
Press
.
[.
Press 1 to turn the cruise
control system off completely.
The cruise control cannot be
resumed.
Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is
erased from memory by pressing
or if the vehicle is turned off.
1
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (39,1)
Driving and Operating
Object Detection
Systems
Ultrasonic Parking Assist
For vehicles with the Ultrasonic
Front and Rear Parking Assist
(UFRPA) system, it assists the
driver with parking and avoiding
objects. UFRPA operates at
speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph).
The sensors on the front and rear
bumper detect objects up to
1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle,
2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle, and
at least 25.4 cm (10 in) off the
ground.
{ WARNING
The Ultrasonic Front and Rear
Parking Assist (UFRPA) system
does not replace driver vision.
It cannot detect:
.
Objects that are below the
bumper, underneath the
vehicle, or if they are too
close or far from the vehicle.
.
Children, pedestrians,
bicyclists, or pets.
If you do not use proper care
before moving forward and while
backing; vehicle damage, injury,
or death could occur. Even with
UFRPA, always check in front of
the vehicle before moving forward
and behind the vehicle before
backing up. While moving forward
and backing, be sure to look for
objects and check the vehicle
mirrors.
9-39
How the System Works
UFRPA comes on automatically
when the shift lever is moved into
R (Reverse). The front and rear
sensors are automatically turned on.
After the vehicle is shifted out of
R (Reverse), the rear sensors are
turned off and the front sensors
stay on until the vehicle is above a
speed of 8 km/h (5 mph). The front
sensors may also be turned on by
pressing the park assist button in
the overhead console without
shifting into R (Reverse) while the
vehicle is traveling at a low speed.
See “Turning the System On and
Off” later in this section.
When the vehicle is in N (Neutral),
the system may be active. If the
vehicle is in a car wash, the sensors
may detect objects in the car wash.
See “Turning the System On and
Off” later in this section to turn the
system off.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-40
Black plate (40,1)
Driving and Operating
High-toned beeps from the front
speakers are for objects detected
near the front bumper. Low-toned
beeps from the rear speakers are
for objects detected near the rear
bumper. The interval between the
beeps becomes shorter as the
vehicle gets closer to the obstacle.
When the distance is less than
30 cm (12 in) the beeps are
continuous.
To be detected, objects must be at
least 25.4 cm (10 in) off the ground
and below hood or hatch level.
Objects must also be within 1.2 m
(4 ft) in front of the vehicle and 2.5 m
(8 ft) from the rear bumper. This
distance may be less during warmer
or humid weather.
PARK ASSIST OFF displays on the
Driver Information Center (DIC) to
indicate that UFRPA is off. The
message disappears after a short
period of time.
Objects Detected by Both the
Front and Rear Sensors
If objects are detected at the same
time near both the front and rear
bumpers while backing up, the
beeps only sound to indicate that
objects are close to the rear
bumper.
If an object comes within 0.3 m (1 ft)
of the front bumper while the vehicle
is backing up and at the same time
there is another object further than
0.3 m (1 ft) from the rear bumper,
then the beeps only sound to
indicate the object that is closer to
the front bumper.
Turning the System On and Off
The UFRPA system can be turned
on and off by pressing the park
assist button in the overhead
console.
The park assist button lights up
when the system is on and turns off
when it has been disabled.
When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
If UFRPA does not turn on due to a
temporary condition, the message
PARK ASSIST OFF displays on the
DIC, and the light on the park assist
button turns off. This can occur
under the following conditions:
.
The ultrasonic sensors are not
clean. Keep the sensors free of
mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush.
For cleaning instructions, see
Exterior Care on page 10‑81.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (41,1)
Driving and Operating
.
.
The vehicle was washed in cold
weather. This may cause frost or
ice to form in the park assist
sensors. Keep the sensors free
of frost or ice.
An object was hanging out of the
hatch during the last drive cycle.
Once the attached object is
removed, UFRPA will return to
normal operation.
.
The bumper is damaged. Take
the vehicle to your dealer to
repair the system.
.
Other conditions may affect
system performance, such as
vibrations from a jackhammer or
the compression of air brakes on
a very large truck.
Rear Vision
Camera (RVC)
The vehicle may have a Rear Vision
Camera (RVC) system. Read this
entire section before using it.
The RVC system can assist the
driver when backing up by
displaying a view of the area
behind the vehicle.
{ WARNING
The Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
system does not replace driver
vision. RVC does not:
.
Detect objects that are
outside the camera's field of
view, below the bumper,
or underneath the vehicle.
.
Detect children, pedestrians,
bicyclists, or pets.
Do not back the vehicle by only
looking at the RVC screen, or use
the screen during longer, higher
speed backing maneuvers or
where there could be cross-traffic.
Your judged distances using the
screen will differ from actual
distances.
(Continued)
9-41
WARNING (Continued)
If you do not use proper care
before backing up, you could
hit a vehicle, child, pedestrian,
bicyclist, or pet, resulting in
vehicle damage, injury, or death.
Even though the vehicle has the
RVC system, always check
carefully before backing up by
checking behind and around the
vehicle.
How the System Works
When the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse), the image of the
area behind the vehicle appears
in the center stack display
with the message CHECK
SURROUNDINGS FOR SAFETY.
The previous screen displays
when the vehicle is shifted out of
R (Reverse) after approximately
10 seconds.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-42
Black plate (42,1)
Driving and Operating
To cancel the delay, do one of the
following:
.
Press a button on the
infotainment system.
.
Shift into P (Park).
.
Reach a vehicle speed of
8 km/h (5 mph).
Turning the Rear Vision Camera
System On or Off
To turn the RVC system on or off:
1. Shift into P (Park).
2. Press the CONFIG button on the
center stack.
3. Select Display.
4. Select Camera. When a
checkmark appears next to
Camera, then the RVC system
is on.
Symbols
Guidelines
The navigation system may have a
feature that lets the driver view
symbols on the navigation screen
while using the RVC. The Ultrasonic
Front and Rear Parking Assist
(UFRPA) system must not be
disabled to use the caution symbols.
The error message REAR PARKING
ASSIST SYMBOLS UNAVAILABLE
may display if UFRPA has been
disabled and the symbols have
been turned on. See Ultrasonic
Parking Assist on page 9‑39.
The RVC system has a guideline
overlay that can help the driver align
the vehicle when backing into a
parking spot.
The symbols appear and may
cover an object when viewing the
navigation screen when an object is
detected by the UFRPA system.
To turn the symbols on or off:
1. Shift into P (Park).
2. Press the CONFIG button on the
center stack.
3. Select Display.
4. Select Symbols. When a
checkmark appears next to
Symbols, symbols will appear.
To turn the guidelines on or off:
1. Shift into P (Park).
2. Press the CONFIG button on the
center stack.
3. Select Display.
4. Select Guidelines. When a
checkmark appears next to
Guidelines, guidelines will
appear.
Rear Vision Camera Error
Messages
SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA
SYSTEM: If this message appears
in the center stack display, the
system is not receiving information it
requires from other vehicle systems.
If any other problem occurs or if a
problem persists, see your dealer.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (43,1)
Driving and Operating
Rear Vision Camera Location
9-43
It does not display objects that are
close to either corner or under the
bumper and can vary depending
on vehicle orientation or road
conditions. The distance of the
image that appears on the screen is
different from the actual distance.
The following illustration shows the
field of view that the camera
provides.
The RVC is located above the
license plate.
The area displayed by the camera is
limited.
A. View displayed by the camera.
B. Corner of the rear bumper.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-44
Black plate (44,1)
Driving and Operating
When the System Does Not
Seem To Work Properly
Charging
The RVC system may not work
properly or display a clear image if:
Plug-In Charging
.
The RVC is turned off. See
“Turning the Rear Vision Camera
System On or Off” earlier in this
section.
.
It is dark.
.
The sun or the beam of
headlamps is shining directly
into the camera lens.
.
Ice, snow, mud, or anything else
has built up on the camera lens.
Clean the lens, rinse it with
water, and wipe it with a soft
cloth.
.
The back of the vehicle was in
an accident. The position and
mounting angle of the camera
can change or the camera can
be affected. Be sure to have the
camera and its position and
mounting angle checked at your
dealer.
Charging
Start Charge
This section explains the process
for charging the vehicle's high
voltage battery. Do not allow the
vehicle to remain in temperature
extremes for long periods without
being driven or plugged in. It is
recommended that the vehicle be
plugged in when temperatures
are below 0°C (32°F) and above
32°C (90°F) to maximize high
voltage battery life.
The charging system may run fans
and pumps that result in sounds
from the vehicle while it is turned
off. Additional unexpected clicking
sounds may be experienced caused
by the electrical devices used while
charging.
1. The charge port door release
button is on the driver door inner
trim panel. With the vehicle in
P (Park), press the button for
one second and release to open
the charge port door. The charge
port door can also be opened
using the RKE transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation on page 2‑3.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (45,1)
Driving and Operating
In cold weather conditions, ice
may form around the charge port
door. The charge port door may
not open on the first attempt.
Remove ice from the area and
repeat attempting to open the
charge port door.
2. Open the rear hatch, lift the
load support floor covering (A),
and remove the charge cord.
It is located near the tire sealant
and compressor kit (C).
9-45
Pull up on the charge cord
handle (D) to release it from the
handle clip (E). Lift the charge
cord up and rearward to remove
it from the vehicle. The vehicle
plug (B) is stored as shown.
3. Plug the charge cord into the
electrical outlet. See Electrical
Requirements for Battery
Charging on page 9‑51. Verify
that the charge cord status
indicators are both green. See
Charge Cord on page 9‑49 for
more information.
4. Then plug in the vehicle plug of
the charge cord into the charge
port on the vehicle. Verify that
the charging status indicator
illuminates on top of the
instrument panel and a horn
chirp occurs. See Charging
Status Feedback on page 9‑47
for more information.
5. To arm the charge cord theft
alert, lock the vehicle with the
RKE transmitter. This feature
can be disabled by a service
technician.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-46
Black plate (46,1)
Driving and Operating
End Charge
1. Unlock the vehicle with the RKE
transmitter to disarm the charge
cord theft alert.
5. Place the charge cord,
face down, into the storage
compartment with the front
edge (F) of the charge cord
body under the clips (G) located
in the front of the storage
compartment. The vehicle
plug (B) should be on the right
side of the charge cord.
Push the charge cord handle
down until it locks into the
handle clip at the rear of the
storage compartment.
2. Unplug the vehicle plug of the
charge cord from the vehicle by
squeezing the vehicle plug lever
and pull to remove.
3. Unplug the charge cord from the
electrical outlet.
4. Before storing the charge cord,
have the charge cord face up
and wrap the charge cable
neatly counterclockwise around
the body of the charge cord.
While the charge cord is plugged
into the vehicle, the vehicle cannot
be driven.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (47,1)
Driving and Operating
Delayed Charging
Override
Charging Status
Feedback
To temporarily override a delayed
charge event, unplug the charge
cord from the charge port and then
plug it back in within five seconds.
A single horn chirp will sound and
charging will begin immediately.
To cancel a temporary override,
unplug the charge cord, wait for
10 seconds, and then plug the
charge cord back in. A double horn
chirp will sound and charging will be
delayed.
See “Programmable Charging” in
Charging on page 5‑30 for advance
charge scheduling options.
The vehicle has a Charging
Status Indicator (CSI) at the center
of the instrument panel near the
windshield. When the vehicle is
plugged in and the vehicle power is
off, the CSI indicates the following:
.
Solid Green – Vehicle is plugged
in. Battery is not fully charged.
Battery is charging.
9-47
.
Long Flashing Green – Vehicle
is plugged in. Battery is not fully
charged. Battery charging is
delayed.
.
Short Flashing Green – Vehicle
is plugged in. Battery is fully
charged.
.
Solid Yellow – Vehicle is plugged
in. Charging system has
detected a fault and will not
charge the battery. See “Charge
Cord Status Indicators” later in
this section.
The system may be thermally
conditioning the battery during
any of the states above, requiring
electrical energy to be transferred to
the vehicle.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-48
Black plate (48,1)
Driving and Operating
If the vehicle is plugged in and
vehicle power is on, the CSI will be
on solid green. The same is true
during a remote start if the vehicle is
plugged in.
If the vehicle is plugged in and the
CSI is off, a charging fault has been
detected. See “Charge Cord Status
Indicators” later in this section.
This chart indicates vehicle feedback when the charge cord is plugged in.
Charging Status
Indicator
Sound
Action/Reason
Solid Green
One horn chirp
Charging has begun.
Long Flashing
Green
Two horn chirps
Charging is delayed,
scheduled to begin later.
Short Flashing
Green
None
Charging is complete.
Solid Yellow
None
Charge cord is okay, but
vehicle is not charging.
See Malfunction Indicator
Lamp on page 5‑19.
Solid Green or Long
Flashing Green
Four horn chirps
Insufficient time to fully
charge by departure time.
None
None
Charge cord connection
should be checked.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (49,1)
Driving and Operating
Charging Status
Indicator
Sound
9-49
Action/Reason
Repeated horn chirps
To stop this alert, do
one of the following:
None
.
Unplug the
charge cord.
.
Sound the horn.
Sound the panic
alarm and then
cancel it.
This feature can be
disabled by a service
technician.
.
Electricity was interrupted
before charging was
complete.
A. Charge Level Button
B. Charge Level Indicators
C. Charge Cord Status Indicators
D. Vehicle Plug
E. Wall Plug
Charge Cord
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13‑26 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and Industry Canada
Standards RSS-210/220/310.
A portable charge cord used to
charge the vehicle high voltage
battery is stored under the rear
luggage compartment.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-50
Black plate (50,1)
Driving and Operating
The charge cord used to charge the
vehicle is a high‐powered electrical
device. During normal operation, the
AC wall plug of the charge cord may
feel warm. The AC wall plug must fit
tightly into an AC outlet that is in
good condition.
{ WARNING
Using the charge cord with a
worn or damaged AC outlet may
cause burns or start a fire.
Periodically, check the AC wall
plug and charge cord while the
vehicle is charging. If the AC wall
plug feels hot, unplug the charge
cord and have the AC outlet
replaced by a qualified electrician.
Replace the charge cord if the AC
wall plug or cord are damaged.
Do not use an AC outlet that is
worn or damaged.
{ WARNING
An extension cord should not
be used to charge the vehicle.
Use of an extension cord may
increase the risk of electric shock
or other hazards.
If an extension cord is used
because of limited access to
120V AC power, use the following
safeguards:
Charge Cord Status Indicators
The charge cord status indicators
illuminate green or flashing red to
identify the charge cord status.
When both indicators are green,
the vehicle can be charged. If any
indicators are flashing red, the
charge cord will not permit vehicle
charging.
The 120V AC outlet should be
GFCI protected.
The extension cord should be:
.
GFCI protected.
.
12 or 14 gage, 3 conductor.
.
Rated for outdoor.
A flashing red AC PRESENT (A)
indicates the AC voltage is out of
range.
Flashing red AC PRESENT (A) and
FAULT (B) indicate the AC outlet
does not have a proper safety
ground. Charging is not permitted
for safety reasons. The AC outlet
must be repaired or another outlet
source should be used.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (51,1)
Driving and Operating
A flashing red FAULT (B) indicates a
charge cord fault. The charge cord
will attempt to reset automatically.
If the flashing red FAULT (B)
continues for more than
30 seconds, unplug the charge
cord from the wall to reset. If the
fault remains, see your dealer for
service.
Charge Level Button
Two charge levels are available by
pressing the charge level button.
Select reduced or normal level.
The charge level cannot be
changed when the vehicle plug is
plugged into the charge port on the
vehicle. If the charge level button is
pressed while the vehicle plug is
plugged into the charge port on the
vehicle, the charge level indicators
will flash briefly. To change the
charge level, unplug the vehicle
plug from the charge port on the
vehicle and select the desired
charge level.
Normal Level: This level is
recommended. All four charge
level indicators will be lit.
Reduced Level: Use when the
electrical current is limited.
Two charge level indicators will
be lit.
Vehicle Plug
The vehicle plug attaches to the
charge port on the vehicle. There is
a flashlight built into the vehicle plug
that can be used by squeezing the
vehicle plug lever. The flashlight
will turn off when the connection is
complete and the lever is released.
9-51
Electrical Requirements
for Battery Charging
The AC outlet must have a
grounded, dedicated, 15 amp or
greater, three‐prong wall plug. That
means there should be no other
major appliances connected to the
same circuit. If it is not a dedicated
circuit, the current rating of the
outlet circuit breaker could be
exceeded and cause it to trip or
open. The vehicle can be charged
in the reduced level mode. See
“Charge Level Button” in this
section. Reduced level mode allows
a non‐dedicated circuit to be used
but increases the charging time.
This vehicle is capable of being
charged with a variety of standard
vehicle charging equipment.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-52
Black plate (52,1)
Driving and Operating
The following are the minimum
requirements for circuits used to
charge this vehicle:
.
120V/15Amp
.
240V/20Amp
Charging equipment with a rating
of at least 240V/20Amp will provide
the fastest charging time to
recharge the high voltage battery.
240V/40Amp circuits provide
flexibility for future vehicle charging
needs. Contact your dealer for more
information.
Do not use non‐grounded electrical
plug adapters.
Notice: Do not use portable or
stationary backup generating
equipment to charge the vehicle.
This may cause damage to the
vehicle's charging system. Only
charge the vehicle from utility
supplied power.
Fuel
Use of the recommended fuel is
an important part of the proper
maintenance of this vehicle. To help
keep the engine clean and maintain
optimum vehicle performance, we
recommend the use of gasoline
advertised as TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline.
Look for the TOP TIER label on the
fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets
enhanced detergency standards
developed by auto companies. A list
of marketers providing TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline can be found at
www.toptiergas.com.
Use premium unleaded gasoline
with a posted octane rating of 91 or
higher. If the octane is less than 91,
you could damage the engine.
If heavy knocking is heard when
using gasoline rated at 91 octane or
higher, the engine needs service.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (53,1)
Driving and Operating
9-53
Gasoline Specifications
(U.S. and Canada Only)
California Fuel
Requirements
Fuels in Foreign
Countries
At a minimum, gasoline should
meet ASTM specification D 4814
in the United States or
CAN/CGSB‐3.5 or 3.511 in Canada.
Some gasolines contain an
octane-enhancing additive called
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend
against the use of gasolines
containing MMT. See Fuel Additives
on page 9‑54 for additional
information.
If the vehicle is certified to meet
California Emissions Standards, it is
designed to operate on fuels that
meet California specifications. See
the underhood emission control
label. If this fuel is not available in
states adopting California Emissions
Standards, the vehicle will operate
satisfactorily on fuels meeting
federal specifications, but emission
control system performance might
be affected. The malfunction
indicator lamp could turn on and the
vehicle might fail a smog‐check test.
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on
page 5‑19. If this occurs, return to
your authorized dealer for diagnosis.
If it is determined that the condition
is caused by the type of fuel used,
repairs might not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Never use leaded gasoline or any
other fuel not recommended in the
previous text on fuel. Costly repairs
caused by use of improper fuel
would not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
To check the fuel availability, ask an
auto club, or contact a major oil
company that does business in the
country where you will be driving.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-54
Black plate (54,1)
Driving and Operating
Fuel Additives
To provide cleaner air, all gasolines
in the United States are now
required to contain additives that
help prevent engine and fuel system
deposits from forming, allowing the
emission control system to work
properly. In most cases, nothing
should have to be added to the fuel.
However, some gasolines contain
only the minimum amount of
additive required to meet U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency
regulations. To help keep fuel
injectors and intake valves clean
and avoid problems due to dirty
injectors or valves, look for gasoline
that is advertised as TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline. Look for the
TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to
ensure gasoline meets enhanced
detergency standards developed
by the auto companies. A list of
marketers providing TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline can be found at
www.toptiergas.com.
For customers who do not use TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly,
one bottle of GM Fuel System
Treatment PLUS, added to the fuel
tank at every engine oil change,
can help clean deposits from fuel
injectors and intake valves. GM Fuel
System Treatment PLUS is the only
gasoline additive recommended by
General Motors. It is available at
your dealer.
Gasolines containing oxygenates,
such as ethers and ethanol, and
reformulated gasolines might be
available in your area. We
recommend that you use these
gasolines, if they comply with the
specifications described earlier.
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and
other fuels containing more than
10% ethanol must not be used in
vehicles that were not designed for
those fuels.
Notice: This vehicle was not
designed for fuel that contains
methanol. Do not use fuel
containing methanol. It can
corrode metal parts in the fuel
system and also damage plastic
and rubber parts. That damage
would not be covered under the
vehicle warranty.
Some gasolines that are
not reformulated for low
emissions can contain an
octane-enhancing additive called
methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant
where you buy gasoline whether the
fuel contains MMT. We recommend
against the use of such gasolines.
Fuels containing MMT can reduce
spark plug life and affect emission
control system performance. The
malfunction indicator lamp might
turn on. If this occurs, return to your
dealer for service.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (55,1)
Driving and Operating
Filling the Tank
{ WARNING
Fuel vapor burns violently and a
fuel fire can cause bad injuries.
To help avoid injuries to you and
others, read and follow all the
instructions on the fuel pump
island. Turn off the vehicle when
refueling. Do not smoke near fuel
or when refueling the vehicle.
Do not use cellular phones. Keep
sparks, flames, and smoking
materials away from fuel. Do not
leave the fuel pump unattended
when refueling the vehicle. This is
against the law in some places.
Do not re-enter the vehicle while
pumping fuel. Keep children away
from the fuel pump; never let
children pump fuel.
9-55
The fuel system on this vehicle
requires a refueling process to
control evaporative emissions.
To refuel the vehicle:
2. When the READY TO REFUEL
message displays, the fuel door
on the passenger side will
unlock. Push the rearward edge
of the fuel door in and release to
open the door.
1. Press the fuel door button on the
driver door for one second.
A WAIT TO REFUEL message
displays on the Driver
Information Center.
3. Turn the fuel cap
counterclockwise to remove.
While refueling, hang the fuel
cap tether from the hook on the
inside of the fuel door.
4. After refueling, reinstall the fuel
cap by turning it clockwise until it
clicks. Close the fuel door.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-56
Black plate (56,1)
Driving and Operating
{ WARNING
Fuel can spray out on you if you
open the fuel cap too quickly.
If you spill fuel and then
something ignites it, you could be
badly burned. This spray can
happen if the tank is nearly full,
and is more likely in hot weather.
Open the fuel cap slowly and wait
for any hiss noise to stop. Then
unscrew the cap all the way.
Do not top off or overfill the tank and
wait a few seconds before removing
the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible.
See Exterior Care on page 10‑81.
{ WARNING
If a fire starts while you are
refueling, do not remove the
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel
by shutting off the pump or by
notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.
Notice: If a new fuel cap is
needed, be sure to get the right
type of cap from your dealer.
The wrong type of fuel cap might
not fit properly, might cause the
malfunction indicator lamp to
light, and could damage the fuel
tank and emissions system.
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp
on page 5‑19.
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container
{ WARNING
Never fill a portable fuel container
while it is in the vehicle. Static
electricity discharge from the
container can ignite the fuel
vapor. You can be badly burned
and the vehicle damaged if this
occurs. To help avoid injury to you
and others:
.
Dispense fuel only into
approved containers.
.
Do not fill a container while it
is inside a vehicle, in a
vehicle's trunk, pickup bed,
or on any surface other than
the ground.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (57,1)
Driving and Operating
WARNING (Continued)
Towing
Bring the fill nozzle in contact
with the inside of the fill
opening before operating the
nozzle. Contact should be
maintained until the filling is
complete.
General Towing
Information
.
Do not smoke while
pumping fuel.
.
Do not use a cellular phone
while pumping fuel.
For information on towing a disabled
vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle on
page 10‑77. For information on
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle such as a motor home, see
Recreational Vehicle Towing on
page 10‑79.
.
The vehicle is neither designed nor
intended to tow a trailer or another
vehicle.
9-57
Conversions and
Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment
Notice: Do not add anything
electrical to the vehicle unless
you check with your dealer first.
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle and the
damage would not be covered by
the vehicle's warranty. Some
add-on electrical equipment can
keep other components from
working as they should.
Add-on equipment can drain the
vehicle's 12‐volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3‑37 and Adding
Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle on page 3‑38.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
9-58
Black plate (58,1)
Driving and Operating
2 NOTES
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . .
California Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements . . . .
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lifting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-2
10-2
10-2
10-3
10-3
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Engine Compartment
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-13
Cooling System (Engine) . . . 10-15
Cooling System (High
Voltage Battery) . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Cooling System (Power
Electronics and Charger
Modules) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . 10-20
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . 10-20
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Propulsion System Start
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Electrical Drive Unit Shift
Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-26
Wiper Blade
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Bulb Replacement
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . .
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . .
License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . .
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . .
10-29
10-29
10-30
10-31
10-31
10-32
10-1
Electrical System
High Voltage Devices and
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Electrical System
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
(Left Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
(Right Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
Wheels and Tires
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . 10-44
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Tire Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Tire Pressure Monitor
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-50
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-2
Black plate (2,1)
Vehicle Care
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-60
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Storing the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70
Jump Starting
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71
Towing
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-77
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-79
Appearance Care
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88
General Information
For service and parts needs, visit
your dealer. You will receive
genuine GM parts and GM-trained
and supported service people.
Genuine GM parts have one of
these marks:
California
Proposition 65 Warning
Most motor vehicles, including this
one, contain and/or emit chemicals
known to the State of California to
cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm. Engine
exhaust, many parts and systems,
many fluids, and some component
wear by-products contain and/or
emit these chemicals.
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements
Certain types of automotive
applications, such as airbag
initiators, seat belt pretensioners,
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
perchlorate.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Vehicle Care
Accessories and
Modifications
Adding non‐dealer accessories or
making modifications to the vehicle
can affect vehicle performance and
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and
electronic systems like antilock
brakes, traction control, and stability
control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to vehicle components
resulting from modifications or the
installation or use of non‐GM
certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is
not covered under the terms of the
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.
GM Accessories are designed to
complement and function with other
systems on the vehicle. Your GM
dealer can accessorize the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories.
When you go to your GM dealer
and ask for GM Accessories, you
will know that GM-trained and
supported service technicians will
perform the work using genuine
GM Accessories.
10-3
Notice: Lifting the vehicle
improperly can damage the
vehicle and result in costly
repairs not covered by the
warranty.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on
page 3‑38.
Lifting the Vehicle
This vehicle can be lifted with a
hoist or a service jack. Do not use
any other type of jack to lift the
vehicle.
Lifting the Vehicle with a Hoist
This vehicle can be lifted with a
hoist at the four locations, as
illustrated.
The front lifting points can be
accessed from either side of the
vehicle, behind the front tires.
The rear lifting points can be
accessed from either side of the
vehicle, in front of the rear tires.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-4
Black plate (4,1)
Vehicle Care
Lifting the Vehicle with a
Service Jack
{ WARNING
Lifting a vehicle can cause an
injury. The vehicle can slip off the
jack and roll over you or other
people. You and they could be
badly injured. Find a level place
to lift your vehicle. To help
prevent the vehicle from moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put the shift lever in
P (Park).
3. Turn off the vehicle.
To be even more certain the
vehicle will not move, put blocks
in front of and behind the wheels.
{ WARNING
Getting under a vehicle when it is
jacked up is dangerous. If the
vehicle slips off the jack, you
could be badly injured or killed.
Never get under a vehicle when it
is supported only by a jack.
{ WARNING
Raising the vehicle with the
jack improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle or the vehicle
may fall and cause you or others
injury.
When using a jack to lift the vehicle,
follow the instructions that came
with the jack and be sure to use
the correct lifting points to avoid
damaging the vehicle.
Notice: Lifting the vehicle
improperly can cause damage
and result in costly repairs not
covered by the warranty. To lift
the vehicle properly, use this
procedure.
For additional information,
see your dealer and the service
manual.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
Vehicle Care
There are four points where the
vehicle can be lifted with a
service jack.
When lifting the vehicle from the
rear, place the service jack directly
under the spring seat.
10-5
When lifting the vehicle from the
front, place the service jack directly
under the cradle mount. Ramps may
be needed under the front tires to
provide the necessary clearance for
certain service jacks in this location.
For more information, see Doing
Your Own Service Work on
page 10‑6.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-6
Black plate (6,1)
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work
{ WARNING
Never try to do your own
service on high voltage battery
components. You can be injured
and the vehicle can be damaged
if you try to do your own service
work. Service and repair of these
high voltage battery components
should only be performed by a
trained service technician with the
proper knowledge and tools.
Exposure to high voltage can
cause shock, burns, and even
death. The high voltage
components in the vehicle can
only be serviced by technicians
with special training.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
High voltage components are
identified by labels. Do not
remove, open, take apart,
or modify these components.
High voltage cable or wiring has
orange covering. Do not probe,
tamper with, cut, or modify high
voltage cable or wiring.
{ WARNING
You can be injured and the
vehicle could be damaged if you
try to do service work on a vehicle
without knowing enough about it.
.
Be sure you have sufficient
knowledge, experience,
the proper replacement
parts, and tools before
attempting any vehicle
maintenance task.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
.
Be sure to use the proper
nuts, bolts, and other
fasteners. Metric and English
fasteners can be easily
confused. If the wrong
fasteners are used, parts
can later break or fall off.
You could be hurt.
If doing some of your own service
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering Information
on page 13‑12.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Airbag System
Check on page 3‑39.
Keep a record with all parts receipts
and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records on page 11‑8.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (7,1)
Vehicle Care
10-7
Hood
To close the hood:
To open the hood:
1. Before closing the hood, check
that all filler caps are properly
installed. Then, lift the hood to
relieve pressure on the
hood prop.
1. Turn the vehicle off before
opening the hood. If the vehicle
is on, the engine will start when
the hood is opened. See Electric
Mode on page 9‑23 and
Extended Range Mode on
page 9‑23.
2. Pull the release handle with
this symbol. It is below the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.
3. Go to the front of the vehicle and
locate the secondary release
lever under the front center of
the hood. Push the secondary
hood release lever to the right to
disengage.
4. Lift the hood and release the
hood prop rod from its retainer
above the radiator support.
Place the prop rod securely into
the slotted retainer in the hood.
2. Remove the hood prop from the
slotted retainer in the hood and
return it to its retainer above the
radiator support. The prop rod
must lock into place when
returning it to the retainer to
prevent hood damage.
3. Lower the hood 20 cm (8 in)
above the vehicle and release it
so it fully latches. Check to
make sure the hood is firmly
closed. Repeat the process if
necessary.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-8
Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (9,1)
Vehicle Care
A. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Engine
Coolant on page 10‑17.
System (High Voltage Battery)
on page 10‑16 or Cooling
System (Power Electronics and
Charger Modules) on
page 10‑16.
B. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on
page 10‑13.
C. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine
Oil on page 10‑9.
D. High Voltage Battery Coolant
Reservoir and Pressure Cap.
See Cooling System (Engine)
on page 10‑15 or Cooling
System (High Voltage Battery)
on page 10‑16 or Cooling
System (Power Electronics and
Charger Modules) on
page 10‑16.
E. Engine Cover.
F.
Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine
Oil on page 10‑9.
G. Power Electronics Coolant
Reservoir and Pressure Cap.
See Cooling System (Engine)
on page 10‑15 or Cooling
H. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
“Brake Fluid” under Brakes on
page 10‑21.
I.
High Voltage Cables (Orange
Color).
J.
Remote Positive (+) Terminal.
See Jump Starting on
page 10‑71.
Engine Oil
To ensure proper engine
performance and long life, careful
attention must be paid to engine
oil. Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect
your investment:
.
Always use engine oil approved
to the proper specification and of
the proper viscosity grade. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
in this section.
.
Check the engine oil level
regularly and maintain the
proper oil level. See “Checking
Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Engine Oil” in this section.
.
Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System on page 10‑12.
.
Always dispose of engine oil
properly. See “What to Do with
Used Oil” in this section.
K. Power Electronics Module.
L.
Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
Fluid” under Washer Fluid on
page 10‑20.
M. Remote Negative (−) Terminal.
See Jump Starting on
page 10‑71.
N. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block on page 10‑33.
10-9
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-10
Black plate (10,1)
Vehicle Care
Checking Engine Oil
It is a good idea to check the engine
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to
get an accurate reading, the vehicle
must be on level ground. The
engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow
loop. See Engine Compartment
Overview on page 10‑8 for the
location of the engine oil dipstick.
Obtaining an accurate oil level
reading is essential:
1. If the engine has been running
recently, turn off the propulsion
system and allow several
minutes for the oil to drain back
into the oil pan. Checking the oil
level too soon after engine shut
off will not provide an accurate
oil level reading.
2. Pull the dipstick and clean it with
a paper towel or cloth, then push
it back in all the way. Remove it
again, keeping the tip down, and
check the level.
When to Add Engine Oil
If the oil is below the cross-hatched
area at the tip of the dipstick, add
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil
and then recheck the level. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in
this section for an explanation of
what kind of oil to use. For engine
oil crankcase capacity, see
Capacities and Specifications on
page 12‑2.
Notice: Do not add too much oil.
Oil levels above or below the
acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful
to the engine. If you find that you
have an oil level above the
operating range, i.e., the engine
has so much oil that the oil level
gets above the cross-hatched
area that shows the proper
operating range, the engine could
be damaged. You should drain
out the excess oil or limit driving
of the vehicle and seek a service
professional to remove the
excess amount of oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10‑8 for the location of the
engine oil fill cap.
Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through.
Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Selecting the right engine oil
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade:
Specification
Use and ask for engine oils with the
dexos™ certification mark. Oils
meeting the requirements of the
vehicle should have the dexos
certification mark on the container.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (11,1)
Vehicle Care
This certification mark indicates that
the oil has been approved to the
dexos specification.
This vehicle was filled at the factory
with dexos‐approved engine oil.
Notice: Use only engine oil
that is approved to the dexos
specification or an equivalent
engine oil of the appropriate
viscosity grade. Engine oils
approved to the dexos
specification will show the dexos
symbol on the container. Failure
to use the recommended engine
oil or equivalent can result in
engine damage not covered by
10-11
the vehicle warranty. If you are
unsure whether the oil is
approved to the dexos
specification, ask your service
provider.
Use of Substitute Engine Oils if
dexos is unavailable: In the event
that dexos‐approved engine oil is
not available at an oil change or for
maintaining proper oil level, you
may use substitute engine oil
displaying the API Starburst symbol
and of SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade.
Use of oils that do not meet the
dexos specification, however, may
result in reduced performance under
certain circumstances.
Viscosity Grade
SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity
grade for the vehicle. Do not use
other viscosity oils such as
SAE 10W‐30, 10W‐40, or 20W-50.
Cold Temperature Operation: In an
area of extreme cold, where the
temperature falls below −29°C
(−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil should
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-12
Black plate (12,1)
Vehicle Care
be used. An oil of this viscosity
grade will provide easier cold
starting for the engine at extremely
low temperatures. When selecting
an oil of the appropriate viscosity
grade, be sure to always select
an oil that meets the required
specification, dexos. See
“Specification” earlier in this
section for more information.
Engine Oil Additives/Engine
Oil Flushes
Do not add anything to the oil. The
recommended oils with the dexos
specification and displaying the
dexos certification mark are all that
is needed for good performance and
engine protection.
Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause
engine damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty.
What to Do with Used Oil
Engine Oil Life System
Used engine oil contains certain
elements that can be unhealthy for
your skin and could even cause
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
your skin for very long. Clean your
skin and nails with soap and water,
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
properly dispose of clothing or rags
containing used engine oil. See the
manufacturer's warnings about the
use and disposal of oil products.
When to Change Engine Oil
Used oil can be a threat to the
environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the
trash or pouring it on the ground,
into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
it to a place that collects used oil.
This vehicle has a computer system
that indicates when to change the
engine oil and filter. This is based
on engine revolutions and engine
temperature, and not on mileage.
Based on driving conditions, the
mileage at which an oil change is
indicated can vary considerably.
For the oil life system to work
properly, the system must be reset
every time the oil is changed.
When the system has calculated
that oil life has been diminished,
it indicates that an oil change is
necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message comes on.
Change the oil as soon as possible
within the next 1 000 km (600 mi).
It is possible that, if driving under
the best conditions, the oil life
system might indicate that an oil
change is not necessary for up to
two years. The engine oil and filter
must be changed at least once
every two years and, at this time,
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (13,1)
Vehicle Care
the system must be reset. Your
dealer has trained service people
who will perform this work and reset
the system. It is also important to
check the oil regularly over the
course of an oil drain interval and
keep it at the proper level.
If the system is ever reset
accidentally, the oil must be
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
since the last oil change.
Remember to reset the oil life
system whenever the oil is changed.
How to Reset the Engine Oil
Life System
10-13
3. The DIC menu will display “Are
you sure that you want to reset?”
Use SELECT to choose YES to
reset oil life or NO to exit and
return to the previous menu.
See Scheduled Maintenance on
page 11‑3 for more information.
If driving in dusty/dirty conditions,
inspect the air filter at each engine
oil change.
4. If YES is selected, the DIC menu
will display RESET OIL LIFE for
a short time and then 100% OIL
LIFE will be displayed when OIL
LIFE is successfully reset.
How to Inspect the Engine Air
Filter
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message comes back on when the
vehicle is started, the engine oil life
system has not reset. Repeat the
procedure.
Reset the system whenever the
engine oil is changed so that the
system can calculate the next
engine oil change. To reset the
system:
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
1. Use the SELECT knob to select
OIL LIFE on the DIC menu.
When to Inspect the Engine Air
Filter
2. Press SELECT to start the OIL
LIFE reset procedure.
Inspect the air filter at the scheduled
maintenance intervals and replace it
at the first oil change after each
80 000 km (50,000 mi) interval.
See Engine Compartment Overview
on page 10‑8 for the location of the
engine air cleaner/filter.
To inspect the air filter, remove it
from the engine air cleaner/filter
assembly and lightly shake to
release loose dust and dirt. If the air
filter remains covered with dirt, a
new air filter is required.
To inspect or replace the air filter:
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 10‑7.
2. Locate the engine air cleaner/
filter assembly on the passenger
side of the engine compartment.
See Engine Compartment
Overview on page 10‑8.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-14
Black plate (14,1)
Vehicle Care
A. Retaining Clips
B. Air Duct Clamp
C. Electrical Connector
3. Disconnect the air duct by
loosening the air duct clamp (B).
4. Disconnect the electrical
connector (C).
5. Lift the retaining clips (A) from
the engine air cleaner/filter
assembly.
6. Turn and tilt the air cleaner cover
slightly upward and slide it out.
Remove the air filter.
How to Reinstall the Engine
Air Filter
{ WARNING
1. Install the air filter into the
engine air cleaner/filter
assembly. The outer air filter
seal must be fitted properly in
the engine air cleaner/filter
assembly.
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
2. Replace the air cleaner cover by
lowering it to meet the bottom
of the engine air cleaner/filter
assembly. Place the retaining
clips (A) on the engine air
cleaner/filter assembly and
secure. The rear tabs must be
secured into the lower portion of
the air cleaner.
3. Reconnect the air duct and
tighten the air duct clamp (B).
4. Reconnect the electrical
connector (C).
Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is
off, dirt can easily get into the
engine, which could damage it.
Always have the air cleaner/filter
in place when you are driving.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (15,1)
Vehicle Care
Cooling System (Engine)
When it is safe to lift the hood:
If the coolant inside the coolant
surge tank is boiling, do not do
anything else until it cools down.
The vehicle should be parked
on a level surface.
The coolant level should be up to
the cold fill line. If it is not, there
might be a leak at the radiator
hoses, heater hoses, radiator, water
pump, or somewhere else in the
cooling system.
A. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap
B. Engine Cooling Fans
(Out of View)
{ WARNING
The electric cooling fans under
the hood can start up even when
the engine is not running and
can cause injury. Keep hands,
clothing, and tools away from
any underhood electric fan.
{ WARNING
Heater and radiator hoses, and
other engine parts, can be very
hot. Do not touch them. If you do,
you can be burned.
Do not run the vehicle if there is
a leak. If you run the engine, it
could lose all coolant. That could
cause an engine fire, and you
could be burned. Get any leak
fixed before you drive the vehicle.
10-15
If there seems to be no leak, with
the engine on, check to see if
the electric engine cooling fans
are running. If the engine is
overheating, the fans should be
running. If it is not, the vehicle
needs service. Turn off the vehicle.
Notice: Using coolant other than
DEX-COOL® can cause premature
engine, heater core, or radiator
corrosion. In addition, the engine
coolant could require changing
sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi)
or 24 months, whichever occurs
first. Any repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always use DEX-COOL
(silicate-free) coolant in the
vehicle.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-16
Black plate (16,1)
Vehicle Care
Cooling System
(High Voltage Battery)
During vehicle operation and also
during charging, the high voltage
battery cells in the vehicle are
kept within a normal operating
temperature range. If the
temperature rises above this
temperature, the battery cooling
system turns on the air conditioning
compressor and cools the coolant
until the correct temperature is
reached. If the temperature falls
below this temperature, a high
voltage heater, located in the
battery, heats the coolant until the
correct temperature is reached.
Checking Coolant
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the
coolant level.
The high voltage battery coolant
reservoir is located on the
passenger side of the engine
compartment. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
page 10‑8 for more information on
location.
What to Use
The high voltage battery coolant
reservoir in the vehicle is filled with
a 50/50 mixture of DEX-COOL
engine coolant and deionized water.
If using this mixture, nothing else
needs to be added.
The high voltage battery coolant
should only be serviced by a
qualified technician.
Cooling System
(Power Electronics and
Charger Modules)
The power electronics and charger
modules are cooled using the same
coolant loop.
The power electronics and charger
modules in the vehicle are kept
below a maximum temperature.
If the temperature rises above this
temperature, the electric engine
cooling fans will turn on and cool
the coolant until the correct
temperature is reached.
What to Use
Check to see if coolant is visible in
the high voltage battery coolant
reservoir. If coolant is visible but the
coolant level is below the cold fill
line, there could be a leak in the
cooling system.
The power electronics and charger
modules coolant reservoir in the
vehicle is filled with a 50/50 mixture
of DEX-COOL engine coolant and
deionized water. If using this
mixture, nothing else needs to
be added.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (17,1)
Vehicle Care
Checking Coolant
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant
level.
The power electronics and charger
modules coolant reservoir is located
on the driver side of the engine
compartment. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
page 10‑8 for more information on
location.
The power electronics and charger
modules coolant should only be
serviced by a qualified technician.
the proper coolant mixture will.
The coolant warning system is set
for the proper coolant mixture.
With plain water or the wrong
mixture, the engine could get too
hot but you would not get the
overheat warning. The engine
could catch fire and you or
others could be burned. Use a
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant.
The engine cooling system in the
vehicle is filled with DEX-COOL
engine coolant. This coolant is
designed to remain in the vehicle for
5 years or 240 000 km (150,000 mi),
whichever occurs first.
What to Use
{ WARNING
Check to see if coolant is visible in
the power electronics and charger
modules coolant reservoir. If coolant
is visible but the coolant level is
below the cold fill line, there could
be a leak in the cooling system.
WARNING (Continued)
Engine Coolant
The following explains the cooling
system and how to check and add
coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating on
page 10‑20.
Adding only plain water or some
other liquid to the cooling system
can be dangerous. Plain water
and other liquids, can boil before
(Continued)
10-17
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
drinkable water and DEX-COOL
coolant. If using this mixture,
nothing else needs to be added.
This mixture:
.
Gives freezing protection
down to −37°C (−34°F),
outside temperature.
.
Gives boiling protection
up to 129°C (265°F),
engine temperature.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-18
Black plate (18,1)
Vehicle Care
.
Protects against rust and
corrosion.
.
Will not damage aluminum parts.
.
Helps keep the proper engine
temperature.
Notice: If an improper coolant
mixture is used, the engine could
overheat and be badly damaged.
The repair cost would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Too much water in the mixture
can freeze and crack the engine,
radiator, heater core, and other
parts.
Never dispose of engine coolant by
putting it in the trash, pouring it on
the ground, or into sewers, streams,
or bodies of water. Have the coolant
changed by an authorized service
center, familiar with legal
requirements regarding used
coolant disposal. This will help
protect the environment and your
health.
Checking Coolant
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant
level.
Check to see if coolant is visible in
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
inside the coolant surge tank is
boiling, do not do anything else until
it cools down. If coolant is visible
but the coolant level is not at or
above the cold fill mark, add a
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable
water and DEX-COOL coolant at the
coolant surge tank, but be sure the
cooling system is cool before this is
done. See Engine Overheating on
page 10‑20 for more information.
The coolant reservoir is located on
the passenger side of the engine
compartment. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
page 10‑8 for more information on
location.
The coolant level should be at or
above the cold fill line on the
coolant surge tank. If it is not, there
could be a leak in the cooling
system.
How to Add Coolant to the
Coolant Surge Tank
{ WARNING
You can be burned if you spill
coolant on hot engine parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol
and it will burn if the engine parts
are hot enough. Do not spill
coolant on a hot engine.
Notice: This vehicle has a
specific coolant fill procedure.
Failure to follow this procedure
could cause the engine to
overheat and be severely
damaged.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (19,1)
Vehicle Care
{ WARNING
The electric cooling fans under
the hood can start up even when
the engine is not running and
can cause injury. Keep hands,
clothing, and tools away from
any underhood electric fan.
{
WARNING
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system can blow out
and burn you badly. They are
under pressure, and if you turn
the surge tank pressure
cap — even a little — they can
come out at high speed. Never
turn the cap when the cooling
system, including the surge tank
pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the
cooling system and surge tank
pressure cap to cool if you ever
have to turn the pressure cap.
10-19
If coolant is needed, add the proper
DEX-COOL coolant mixture at the
coolant surge tank.
The coolant surge tank pressure
cap can be removed when the
cooling system, including the surge
tank pressure cap and upper
radiator hose, is no longer hot.
1. Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise. If a hiss is
heard, wait for that to stop.
A hiss means there is still
some pressure left.
2. Keep turning the cap and
remove it.
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
the proper mixture to the cold
fill line.
4. Replace the pressure cap.
Be sure the pressure cap is
hand‐tight and fully seated.
Notice: If the pressure cap is not
tightly installed, coolant loss and
possible engine damage may
occur. Be sure the cap is properly
and tightly secured.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-20
Black plate (20,1)
Vehicle Care
Engine Overheating
Power Steering Fluid
The vehicle has an indicator to warn
of engine overheating.
The vehicle is equipped with an
electric power steering system.
No fluid or general maintenance is
required.
If the decision is made not to lift the
hood when this warning appears,
get service help right away. See
Roadside Assistance Program on
page 13‑6.
If the decision is made to lift the
hood, make sure the vehicle is
parked on a level surface.
Then check to see if the engine
cooling fans are running. If the
engine is overheating, the fans
should be running. If they are not,
do not continue to run the vehicle
and have the vehicle serviced.
Notice: Engine damage from
running the engine without
coolant is not covered by the
warranty.
Washer Fluid
What to Use
When adding windshield washer
fluid to the vehicle, be sure to read
the manufacturer's instructions
before use. If operating the vehicle
in an area where the temperature
may fall below freezing, use a fluid
that has sufficient protection against
freezing.
Adding Washer Fluid
The WASHER FLUID LOW ADD
FLUID message will appear on the
Driver Information Center (DIC)
when the fluid level is low. See
Driver Information Center (DIC) on
page 5‑38 for more information.
Open the cap with the washer
symbol on it. Add washer fluid
until the tank is full. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
page 10‑8 for reservoir location.
Notice
.
When using concentrated
washer fluid, follow the
manufacturer's instructions
for adding water.
.
Do not mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid.
Water can cause the solution
to freeze and damage the
washer fluid tank and other
parts of the washer system.
Also, water does not clean
as well as washer fluid.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (21,1)
Vehicle Care
.
.
Fill the washer fluid tank only
three-quarters full when it is
very cold. This allows for
fluid expansion if freezing
occurs, which could damage
the tank if it is
completely full.
Do not use engine coolant
(antifreeze) in the windshield
washer. It can damage the
windshield washer system
and paint.
Brakes
This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc
brake pads have built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake pads
are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or be
heard all the time the vehicle is
moving, except when applying the
brake pedal firmly.
{ WARNING
Brake linings should always be
replaced as complete axle sets.
The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will
not work well. That could lead to
a crash. When the brake wear
warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced.
Brake Pedal Travel
Notice: Continuing to drive with
worn-out brake pads could result
in costly brake repair.
Brake Adjustment
Some driving conditions or climates
can cause a brake squeal when the
brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean
something is wrong with the brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are
necessary to help prevent brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated,
inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to torque
specifications in Capacities and
Specifications on page 12‑2.
10-21
See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height,
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service might be
required.
Every time the brakes are applied,
with or without the vehicle moving,
the brakes adjust for wear.
Replacing Brake System Parts
The braking system on a vehicle is
complex. Its many parts have to be
of top quality and work well together
if the vehicle is to have really good
braking. The vehicle was designed
and tested with top-quality brake
parts. When parts of the braking
system are replaced, be sure to
get new, approved replacement
parts. If this is not done, the
brakes might not work properly.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-22
Black plate (22,1)
Vehicle Care
For example, installing disc brake
pads that are wrong for the vehicle,
can change the balance between
the front and rear brakes — for the
worse. The braking performance
expected can change in many other
ways if the wrong replacement
brake parts are installed.
There are only two reasons why the
brake fluid level in the reservoir
might go down:
.
The brake fluid level goes down
because of normal brake lining
wear. When new linings are
installed, the fluid level goes
back up.
Brake Fluid
.
A fluid leak in the brake
hydraulic system can also cause
a low fluid level. Have the brake
hydraulic system fixed, since a
leak means that sooner or later
the brakes will not work well.
The brake master cylinder reservoir
is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as
indicated on the reservoir cap. See
Engine Compartment Overview on
page 10‑8 for the location of the
reservoir.
Do not top off the brake fluid.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
If fluid is added when the linings
are worn, there will be too much
fluid when new brake linings are
installed. Add or remove brake fluid,
as necessary, only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic system.
{ WARNING
If too much brake fluid is added, it
can spill on the engine and burn,
if the engine is hot enough. You
or others could be burned, and
the vehicle could be damaged.
Add brake fluid only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic
system.
When the brake fluid falls to a low
level, the brake warning light comes
on. See Brake System Warning
Light on page 5‑22.
Checking Brake Fluid
Check brake fluid by looking at the
brake fluid reservoir. See Engine
Compartment Overview on
page 10‑8.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (23,1)
Vehicle Care
After work is done on the brake
hydraulic system, make sure the
level, with the vehicle running, is in
the proper operating range (B)
between the MIN and MAX marks.
Notice
.
Using the wrong fluid can
badly damage brake
hydraulic system parts.
For example, just a few
drops of mineral-based oil,
such as engine oil, in the
brake hydraulic system can
damage brake hydraulic
system parts so badly that
they will have to be replaced.
Do not let someone put in
the wrong kind of fluid.
.
If brake fluid is spilled on the
vehicle's painted surfaces,
the paint finish can be
damaged. Be careful not to
spill brake fluid on the
vehicle. If you do, wash it off
immediately.
What to Add
Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid
from a sealed container. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑6.
With the vehicle not running for at
least one minute, the maximum fluid
level (A) is at the top of the reservoir
body. With the vehicle running, the
fluid level should be in the proper
operating range (B) between the
MIN and MAX marks. If it is not,
have the brake hydraulic system
checked to see if there is a leak.
Always clean the brake fluid
reservoir cap and the area around
the cap before removing it. This
helps keep dirt from entering the
reservoir.
{ WARNING
With the wrong kind of fluid in
the brake hydraulic system, the
brakes might not work well. This
could cause a crash. Always use
the proper brake fluid.
10-23
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-24
Black plate (24,1)
Vehicle Care
Battery
This vehicle has a high voltage
battery and a standard 12‐volt
battery.
If the vehicle is in a crash, the
sensing system may shut down the
high voltage system. When this
occurs, the high voltage battery is
disconnected and the vehicle will
not start. The SERVICE VEHICLE
SOON message in the Driver
Information Center (DIC), will be
displayed. Before the vehicle can be
operated again, it must be serviced
at your dealer.
See “If a Crash Occurs” under
Collision Damage Repair on
page 13‑10 for additional
information. If an airbag has
inflated, see What Will You See
After an Airbag Inflates? on
page 3‑31.
Only a trained service technician
with the proper knowledge and tools
should inspect, test, or replace the
high voltage battery. See your
dealer if the high voltage battery
needs service. The dealer has
information on how to recycle
the high voltage battery. There
is also information available at
http://www.recyclemybattery.com.
Keep the vehicle plugged in, even
when fully charged, to keep the high
voltage battery temperature ready
for the next drive. This is important
when outside temperatures are
extremely hot or cold.
A vehicle cover, which can reduce
sun loading on the vehicle and
improve high voltage battery life,
is available from your dealer.
Refer to the replacement number
shown on the original battery label
when a new 12‐volt battery is
needed.
{ DANGER
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to
cause cancer and reproductive
harm. Wash hands after handling.
Vehicle Storage
{ WARNING
12‐volt batteries have acid that
can burn you and gas that can
explode. You can be badly hurt if
you are not careful. See Jump
Starting on page 10‑71 for tips on
working around a battery without
getting hurt.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (25,1)
Vehicle Care
Extended Storage
Remove the 12‐volt battery black,
negative (−) cable from the battery
to keep the 12‐volt battery from
running down or use a battery trickle
charger.
In addition, to avoid potential
damage to the high voltage battery,
perform the following recommended
steps:
.
Store the high voltage battery
with 1/2 charge or less.
.
Always store the vehicle in an
environment between −10°C
(14°F) and 30°C (95°F).
.
Vehicle storage at extreme
temperatures can cause damage
to the high voltage battery.
Remember to reconnect the
12‐volt battery when ready to
drive the vehicle.
Propulsion System Start
Check
{ WARNING
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle.
2. Firmly apply both the electric
parking brake and the regular
brake. See Electric Parking
Brake on page 9‑32.
Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn
off the propulsion system
immediately if it starts.
3. Try to start the propulsion
system in each gear. The vehicle
should start only in P (Park) or
10-25
N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts
in any other position, contact
your dealer for service.
Electrical Drive Unit Shift
Lock Control Function
Check
{ WARNING
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle. It should be
parked on a level surface.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake.
See Electric Parking Brake on
page 9‑32.
Be ready to apply the regular
brake immediately if the vehicle
begins to move.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-26
Black plate (26,1)
Vehicle Care
3. With the vehicle off and the
brake not applied, push the
power button to ON/RUN without
starting the vehicle. See Power
Button on page 9‑18. Without
applying the regular brake, try
to move the shift lever out of
P (Park) with normal effort. If the
shift lever moves out of P (Park),
contact your dealer for service.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
your foot on the regular brake, set
the electric parking brake.
.
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check
{ WARNING
When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
of the vehicle in case it begins to
roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should the vehicle
begin to move.
.
To check the electric parking
brake's holding ability: With the
propulsion system active and the
electric drive unit in N (Neutral),
slowly remove foot pressure
from the regular brake pedal.
Do this until the vehicle is
held by the electric parking
brake only.
To check the P (Park)
mechanism's holding ability:
With the propulsion system
active, shift to P (Park). Then
release the electric parking
brake followed by the regular
brake.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.
Wiper Blade Replacement
Windshield wiper blades should be
inspected for wear and cracking.
See Scheduled Maintenance on
page 11‑3 for more information.
Replacement blades come in
different types and are removed in
different ways. For proper type
and length, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts on page 11‑7.
Notice: Allowing the wiper blade
arm to touch the windshield
when no wiper blade is installed
could damage the windshield.
Any damage that occurs would
not be covered by your warranty.
Do not allow the wiper blade arm
to touch the windshield.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (27,1)
Vehicle Care
To replace the windshield wiper
blade:
1. Pull the windshield wiper
assembly away from the
windshield.
Headlamp Aiming
The headlamp aiming system has
been preset at the factory.
If the vehicle is damaged in an
accident, the aim of the headlamps
may be affected and adjustment
may be necessary.
It is recommended that a dealer
adjust the headlamps. To re-aim
the headlamps yourself, use the
following procedure.
The vehicle should be properly
prepared as follows:
2. Press the button in the middle of
the wiper arm connector, and
pull the wiper blade away from
the arm connector.
3. Remove the wiper blade.
4. Reverse Steps 1 through 3 for
wiper blade replacement.
.
The vehicle should be placed so
the headlamps are 7.6 m (25 ft)
from a light‐colored wall.
.
The vehicle must have all four
tires on a level surface which is
level all the way to the wall.
10-27
.
The vehicle should be placed so
it is perpendicular to the wall or
other flat surface.
.
The vehicle should not have any
snow, ice, or mud on it.
.
The vehicle should be fully
assembled and all other work
stopped while headlamp aiming
is being performed.
.
The vehicle should be normally
loaded with a full tank of fuel and
one person or 75 kg (160 lbs)
sitting on the driver seat.
.
Tires should be properly inflated.
Headlamp aiming is done with the
vehicle's low-beam headlamps.
The high-beam headlamps will be
correctly aimed if the low-beam
headlamps are aimed properly.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-28
Black plate (28,1)
Vehicle Care
Notice: Do not cover a headlamp
to improve beam cut-off when
aiming. Covering a headlamp may
cause excessive heat build-up
which may cause damage to the
headlamp.
To adjust the vertical aim:
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 10‑7 for more information.
4. At the wall, measure from the
ground upward (A) to the
recorded distance from
Step 3 and mark it.
2. Locate the aim dot on the lens of
the low‐beam headlamp.
3. Measure the distance from the
ground to the aim dot on the
low‐beam headlamp. Record the
distance.
5. Draw or tape a horizontal line (B)
on the wall the width of the
vehicle at the height of the mark
in Step 4.
6. Turn on the low-beam
headlamps and place a piece
of cardboard or something
equivalent in front of the
headlamp not being adjusted.
This allows only the beam of
light from the headlamp being
adjusted to be seen on the flat
surface.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (29,1)
Vehicle Care
10-29
Bulb Replacement
For the proper type of replacement
bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on
page 10‑32.
For any bulb‐changing procedure
not listed in this section, contact
your dealer.
7. Locate the vertical headlamp
aiming screws, which are under
the hood near each headlamp
assembly.
8. Turn the vertical aiming screw
until the headlamp beam is
aimed to the horizontal
tape line. Turn it clockwise or
counterclockwise to raise or
lower the angle of the beam.
9. Make sure that the light from the
headlamp is positioned at the
bottom edge of the horizontal
tape line. The lamp on the
left (A) shows the correct
headlamp aim. The lamp on the
right (B) shows the incorrect
headlamp aim.
10. Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for
the opposite headlamp.
Halogen Bulbs
{ WARNING
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the instructions
on the bulb package.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-30
Black plate (30,1)
Vehicle Care
Headlamps
Driver Side Headlamps
To replace the high/low‐beam
headlamp:
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 10‑7.
6. Install the bulb socket by turning
it clockwise.
7. Install the cover in the back of
the headlamp assembly by
turning it clockwise.
Passenger Side Headlamps
3. Remove the air cleaner
assembly by pulling up to
release the rear two retention
posts from the securing
grommets. Then pull it forward to
remove the remaining retention
post from the securing grommet.
To replace the high/low‐beam
headlamp:
1. Open the hood. See Hood on
page 10‑7.
4. Remove the cover from the back
of the headlamp assembly by
turning it counterclockwise.
2. Remove the cover from the back
of the headlamp assembly by
turning it counterclockwise.
5. Remove the bulb from the
headlamp assembly by turning it
counterclockwise.
3. Remove the bulb socket from
the headlamp assembly by
turning it counterclockwise.
6. Disconnect the bulb from the
wiring harness connector.
4. Remove the bulb from the
socket.
5. Install the new bulb in the
socket.
2. Remove the air cleaner cover.
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on
page 10‑13.
7. Install the new bulb in the
headlamp assembly by turning it
clockwise.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (31,1)
Vehicle Care
8. Reconnect the wiring harness
connector.
9. Install the cover on the back of
the headlamp assembly by
turning it clockwise.
10. Install the air cleaner assembly
by lowering the three retention
posts into the grommets.
11. Install the engine air cleaner/
filter assembly cover. See
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on
page 10‑13.
Back-Up Lamps
To replace a bulb:
License Plate Lamp
1. Remove the two inboard screws
from the aero panel located
under the rear fascia.
To replace one of these bulbs:
2. Push up on the aero panel to
locate the bulb socket.
3. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it
from the bulb assembly.
4. Pull the bulb from the bulb
socket.
5. Push a new bulb straight into the
bulb socket.
6. Reinstall the bulb socket by
lining up the tabs in the lamp
assembly and turn it clockwise
to lock it into place.
7. Replace the two inboard screws
from the aero panel.
The back-up lamp is in the rear
fascia.
10-31
Passenger Side Shown,
Driver Side Similar
1. Press the spring clip on the right
end of the lamp assembly to the
left to unlock the lamp assembly.
2. Pull down on the lamp assembly
to remove it from the fascia.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-32
Black plate (32,1)
Vehicle Care
6. Reinstall the lamp assembly (C)
into the fascia by inserting the
left side first.
7. Push the spring clip side into
place.
Replacement Bulbs
A. Bulb Socket
B. Bulb
C. Lamp Assembly
3. Turn the bulb socket (A)
counterclockwise to remove it
from the lamp assembly (C).
4. Pull the bulb (B) straight out of
the bulb socket (A).
5. Push the replacement bulb
straight into the bulb socket (A)
and turn the bulb socket (A)
clockwise to install into the lamp
assembly (C).
Exterior Lamp
Bulb
Number
Back-Up Lamps
3157K
High/Low‐Beam
Headlamps
HIR2 (9012)
License Plate
Lamps
168LL
(W5W)
For replacement bulbs not listed
here, contact your dealer.
Electrical System
High Voltage Devices and
Wiring
{ WARNING
Exposure to high voltage can
cause shock, burns, and even
death. The high voltage
components in the vehicle can
only be serviced by technicians
with special training.
High voltage components are
identified by labels. Do not
remove, open, take apart,
or modify these components.
High voltage cable or wiring has
orange covering. Do not probe,
tamper with, cut, or modify high
voltage cable or wiring.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (33,1)
Vehicle Care
10-33
Electrical System
Overload
borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use
and replace it as soon as possible.
If the overload is caused by an
electrical problem and not snow or
ice, be sure to get it fixed.
The vehicle has fuses and circuit
breakers to protect against an
electrical system overload.
Headlamp Wiring
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
When the current electrical load is
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
and closes, protecting the circuit
until the current load returns to
normal or the problem is fixed.
This greatly reduces the chance of
circuit overload and fire caused by
electrical problems.
Fuses and circuit breakers protect
the following in the vehicle:
.
Headlamp Wiring
.
Windshield Wiper Motor
.
Power Windows and other
Power Accessories
Replace a bad fuse with a new one
of the identical size and rating.
If there is a problem on the road and
a fuse needs to be replaced, the
same amperage fuse can be
An electrical overload may cause
the lamps to go on and off, or in
some cases to remain off. Have the
headlamp wiring checked right away
if the lamps go on and off or
remain off.
Windshield Wipers
If the wiper motor overheats due to
heavy snow or ice, the windshield
wipers will stop until the motor cools
and the wiper control is turned off.
After removal of the blockage, the
wiper motor will restart when the
control is then moved to the desired
operating position.
Although the circuit is protected
from electrical overload, overload
due to heavy snow or ice, may
cause wiper linkage damage.
Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using
the windshield wipers.
To open the fuse block cover, press
the clips at the front and back and
rotate the cover up to the side.
Notice: Spilling liquid on any
electrical component on the
vehicle may damage it. Always
keep the covers on any electrical
component.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-34
Black plate (34,1)
Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses
3
Not Used
4
Ignition Coils/
Injectors
5
Empty
6a
Empty
6b
Rear Defogger
(Lower Grid)
7
Empty
8
Empty
9
Heated Mirrors
10
Air Conditioning
Control Module
11
Traction Power
Inverter
Module – Battery
12
Cabin Heater Pump
and Valve
13
Empty
14
Empty
Engine Compartment Fuse Block
A fuse puller is located in the engine
compartment fuse block.
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Mini Fuses
Usage
1
Engine Control
Module – Switched
Power
2
Emissions
Usage
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (35,1)
Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses
15
Usage
Traction Power
Inverter Module
and Transmission
Control
Module – Battery
17
Engine Control
Module – Battery
22
Left High‐Beam
Headlamp
24
33
34
Empty
26
Empty
31
Rechargeable
Energy Storage
System (High
Voltage Battery)
Coolant Pump
Usage
Run/Crank for Fuel
System Control
Module/Vehicle
Integration Control
Module
Vehicle
Integration Control
Module – Battery
Mini Fuses
Usage
41
Right High‐Beam
Headlamp
46
Empty
47
Empty
49
Empty
50
Rear Vision
Camera – Run/
Crank (If Equipped)
51
52
35
Power Electronics
Coolant Pump
36
Empty
37
Cabin Heater
Control Module
38
Empty
Run/Crank for
ABS/Rechargeable
Energy Storage
System (High
Voltage Battery)/
Charger
39
Rechargeable
Energy Storage
System (High
Voltage Battery)
Control Module
Engine Control
Module/
Transmission
Control
Module – Run/Crank
40
Front Windshield
Washer
Empty
25
32
Mini Fuses
10-35
Sensing Diagnostic
Module – Run/Crank
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-36
Vehicle Care
Mini Fuses
53
54
Black plate (36,1)
Usage
Traction
Power Inverter
Module – Run/Crank
Run/Crank for Air
Conditioning Control
Module/Instrument
Cluster/Passenger
Airbag Display/
Accessory Power
Module
J‐Case
Fuses
Usage
Mini Relays
J‐Case
Fuses
Usage
21
Antilock Brake
System Electronic
Control Unit
23
Charge Port Door
27
Empty
28
Empty
29
Empty
30
Antilock Brake
System Motor
42
Cooling Fan – Right
Usage
3
Powertrain
4
Rear Defog (Lower
Grid)/Heated Mirrors
5
Charge Port Door
7
Empty
9
Empty
11
Empty
12
Empty
13
Empty
14
Run/Crank
16
Empty
43
Front Wipers
18
Empty
44
Charger
19
Power
Window – Front
45
Empty
1
Empty
48
Cooling Fan – Left
20
Empty
2
Empty
6
Empty
8
Empty
10
Empty
Micro
Relays
Usage
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (37,1)
Vehicle Care
Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Left Side)
The instrument panel fuse block is on the driver side end of the instrument
panel. To access the fuses, open the fuse panel door by pulling out.
To reinstall the door, insert the bottom tab first, then push the door back into
its original location.
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
A fuse puller is located in the engine
compartment fuse block.
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Fuses
10-37
Usage
F1
Power Outlet – Top
of IP Storage Bin
F2
Radio
F3
Instrument Cluster
F4
Infotainment Display
F5
Heating, Ventilation
& Air Conditioning/
Integrated Center
Stack Switches
F6
Airbag (Sensing
Diagnostic Module/
Passenger Sensing
Module)
F7
Data Link
Connector 1/Data
Link Connector 2
F8
Empty
F9
Empty
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-38
Black plate (38,1)
Vehicle Care
Fuses
Usage
F10
Body Control
Module 1/Body
Control Module
Electronics/Keyless
Entry/Power Moding/
Center High Mount
Stoplamp/License
Lamps/Left Daytime
Running Lamp/Left
Front Parking Lamp/
Right Rear Taillamp/
Hatch Release
Relay Control/
Washer Pump Relay
Control/Switch
Indicator Lights
Fuses
Usage
Relays
Usage
F11
Body Control
Module 4/Left
Headlamp
R1
Retained Accessory
Power Relay for
Power Outlets
F12
Empty
R2
Empty
F13
Empty
R3
Empty
F14
Empty
R4
Empty
F15
Power Outlet (Inside
Floor Console/Rear
of Floor Console)
F16
Empty
F17
Empty
F18
Empty
Diodes
DIODE
Usage
Empty
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (39,1)
Vehicle Care
Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Right Side)
The instrument panel fuse block is on the passenger side end of the
instrument panel. To access the fuses, open the fuse panel door by
pulling out.
To reinstall the door, insert the bottom tab first, then push the door back into
its original location.
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
A fuse puller is located in the engine
compartment fuse block.
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Fuses
10-39
Usage
F1
Steering Wheel
Switch Backlighting
F2
Empty
F3
Empty
F4
Body Control
Module 3/Right
Headlamp
F5
Body Control
Module 2/Body
Control Module
Electronics/Hatch
Lamp/Right Daytime
Running Lamp/
Shifter Lock/Switch
Backlighting
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-40
Vehicle Care
Fuses
Usage
F6
Body Control
Module 5/Retained
Accessory Power
Relay Control/Right
Front Turn Signal
Lamp/Left Rear Stop
and Turn Signal
Lamp/Right Front
Parking Lamp/Left
Rear Taillamp
F7
F8
Black plate (40,1)
Fuses
Usage
F9
Body Control
Module 8/Locks
F10
OnStar®
F11
Universal Garage
Door Opener
(If Equipped)
F12
Blower Motor
F13
Empty
Body Control
Module 6/
Map Lights/
Courtesy Lights/
Back – up Lamp
F14
Empty
F15
Empty
F16
Empty
F17
Empty
Body Control
Module 7/Left Front
Turn Signal/Right
Rear Stop and Turn
Signal Lamp/Child
Security Lock Relay
Control
F18
Empty
Relays
Usage
R1
Empty
R2
Empty
R3
Empty
R4
Empty
Diodes
DIODE
Usage
Empty
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (41,1)
Vehicle Care
Rear Compartment Fuse Block
The rear compartment fuse block is on the left side of the rear compartment
behind a removable cover. Open the latch to remove the cover and access
the fuse block.
A fuse puller is located in the engine
compartment fuse block.
The vehicle may not have all of the
fuses, relays, and features shown.
Fuses
10-41
Usage
F1
Empty
F2
Fuel System Control
Module
F3
Passive Start
Module
F4
Heated Seats
(If Equipped)
F5
Driver Door
Switches (Outside
Rearview Mirror/
Charge Port Door
Release/Refuel
Request/Driver
Window Switch)
F6
Fuel (Diurnal Valve
and Evap. Leak
Check Module)
F7
Accessory Power
Module Cooling Fan
F8
Amplifier
(If Equipped)
F9
Empty
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-42
Vehicle Care
Fuses
F10
Black plate (42,1)
Usage
Regulated Voltage
Control/Ultrasonic
Front and Rear
Parking Assist
(If Equipped)
Relays
Usage
R1
Rear Defog
(Upper Grid)
R2
Hatch Release
R3
Empty
F11
Horn
R4
Empty
F12
Rear Power
Windows
R5
Empty
R6
Empty
F13
Electric Parking
Brake
R7
Empty
R8
Horn
F14
Rear Defog
(Upper Grid)
F15
Empty
F16
Hatch Release
F17
Empty
F18
Empty
Diodes
DIODE
Wheels and Tires
Tires
Every new GM vehicle has
high-quality tires made by a
leading tire manufacturer.
See the warranty manual for
information regarding the tire
warranty and where to get
service. For additional
information refer to the tire
manufacturer.
{ WARNING
Usage
Empty
.
Poorly maintained and
improperly used tires are
dangerous.
.
Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a result
of too much flexing. There
could be a blowout and a
serious crash. See Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9‑13.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (43,1)
Vehicle Care
WARNING (Continued)
.
.
Underinflated tires pose the
same danger as overloaded
tires. The resulting crash
could cause serious injury.
Check all tires frequently to
maintain the recommended
pressure. Tire pressure
should be checked when the
tires are cold.
Overinflated tires are more
likely to be cut, punctured,
or broken by a sudden
impact — such as when
hitting a pothole. Keep tires at
the recommended pressure.
.
Worn or old tires can cause a
crash. If the tread is badly
worn, replace them.
.
Replace any tires that have
been damaged by impacts
with potholes, curbs, etc.
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
.
Improperly repaired tires can
cause a crash. Only the
dealer or an authorized tire
service center should repair,
replace, dismount, and mount
the tires.
.
Do not spin the tires in
excess of 55 km/h (35 mph)
on slippery surfaces such
as snow, mud, ice, etc.
Excessive spinning may
cause the tires to explode.
Winter tires, in general, are
designed for increased traction on
snow and ice covered roads. With
winter tires, there may be decreased
dry road traction, increased road
noise, and shorter tread life. After
changing to winter tires, be alert for
changes in vehicle handling and
braking.
See your dealer for details
regarding winter tire availability and
proper tire selection. Also, see
Buying New Tires on page 10‑56.
If using snow tires:
.
Use tires of the same brand and
tread type on all four wheel
positions.
.
Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and
speed rating as the original
equipment tires.
Winter Tires
Consider installing winter tires on
the vehicle if frequent driving on
snow or ice covered roads is
expected. All season tires provide
good overall performance on most
surfaces, but they may not offer
the traction or the same level of
performance as winter tires on
snow or ice covered roads.
10-43
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment tires
may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-44
Black plate (44,1)
Vehicle Care
tires with a lower speed rating are
chosen, never exceed the tire's
maximum speed capability.
Tire Sidewall Labeling
Useful information about a tire
is molded into its sidewall.
The examples show a typical
passenger tire sidewall.
Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire Example
(A) Tire Size: The tire size is a
combination of letters and
numbers used to define a
particular tire's width, height,
aspect ratio, construction type,
and service description. See the
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
section for more detail.
(B) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification): Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet
or exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
(C) DOT (Department of
Transportation): The
Department of Transportation
(DOT) code indicates that the
tire is in compliance with
the U.S. Department of
Transportation Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards.
(D) Tire Identification Number
(TIN): The letters and numbers
following the DOT code are the
Tire Identification Number
(TIN). The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(E) Tire Ply Material : The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(F) Uniform Tire Quality
Grading (UTQG): Tire
manufacturers are required to
grade tires based on three
performance factors: treadwear,
traction, and temperature
resistance. For more information
see Uniform Tire Quality
Grading on page 10‑58.
(G) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit: Maximum load
that can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (45,1)
Vehicle Care
Tire Designations
Tire Size
The following is an example of a
typical passenger vehicle
tire size.
(A) Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire:
The United States version
of a metric tire sizing system.
The letter P as the first
character in the tire size
means a passenger vehicle tire
engineered to standards set
by the U.S. Tire and Rim
Association.
(B) Tire Width: The three‐digit
number indicates the tire section
width in millimeters from
sidewall to sidewall.
(C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit
number that indicates the tire
height‐to‐width measurements.
For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
item C of the illustration, it would
mean that the tire's sidewall is
60 percent as high as it is wide.
(D) Construction Code:
A letter code is used to indicate
the type of ply construction in
the tire. The letter R means
radial ply construction; the
letter D means diagonal or
bias ply construction; and the
letter B means belted‐bias
ply construction.
(E) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
the wheel in inches.
(F) Service Description: These
characters represent the load
index and speed rating of the
tire. The load index represents
10-45
the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.
Tire Terminology and
Definitions
Air Pressure: The amount
of air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch
of the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch).
Accessory Weight: The
combined weight of optional
accessories. Some examples
of optional accessories are,
automatic electric drive unit,
power steering, power brakes,
power windows, power seats,
and air conditioning.
Aspect Ratio: The relationship
of a tire's height to its width.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-46
Black plate (46,1)
Vehicle Care
Belt: A rubber coated layer of
cords that is located between
the plies and the tread. Cords
may be made from steel or other
reinforcing materials.
Bead: The tire bead contains
steel wires wrapped by steel
cords that hold the tire onto
the rim.
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at
alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure: The
amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch)
before a tire has built up heat
from driving. See Tire Pressure
on page 10‑48.
Curb Weight: The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
and coolant, but without
passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings: A code molded
into the sidewall of a tire
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer,
production plant, brand, and
date of production.
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9‑13.
GAWR FRT: Gross Axle
Weight Rating for the front axle.
See Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑13.
GAWR RR: Gross Axle
Weight Rating for the rear axle.
See Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑13.
Intended Outboard Sidewall :
The side of an asymmetrical tire,
that must always face outward
when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa): The metric
unit for air pressure.
Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire:
A tire used on light duty trucks
and some multipurpose
passenger vehicles.
Load Index: An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279
that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure:
The maximum air pressure to
which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is
molded onto the sidewall.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (47,1)
Vehicle Care
Maximum Load Rating:
The load rating for a tire at the
maximum permissible inflation
pressure for that tire.
model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall
of the tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight: The sum of curb
weight, accessory weight,
vehicle capacity weight, and
production options weight.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire:
A tire used on passenger cars
and some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Normal Occupant Weight: The
number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by
68 kg (150 lbs). See Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9‑13.
Occupant Distribution :
Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall: The
side of an asymmetrical tire that
has a particular side that faces
outward when mounted on a
vehicle. The side of the tire that
contains a whitewall, bears
white lettering, or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or
Recommended Inflation
Pressure: Vehicle
manufacturer's recommended
tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard. See Tire
Pressure on page 10‑48
andVehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑13.
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic
tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim: A metal support for a tire
and upon which the tire beads
are seated.
10-47
Sidewall: The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating: An
alphanumeric code assigned to
a tire indicating the maximum
speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction: The friction between
the tire and the road surface.
The amount of grip provided.
Tread: The portion of a tire
that comes into contact with
the road.
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow
bands, sometimes called wear
bars, that show across the tread
of a tire when only 1.6 mm
(1/16 in) of tread remains. See
When It Is Time for New Tires
on page 10‑55.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards): A tire
information system that provides
consumers with ratings for a
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-48
Black plate (48,1)
Vehicle Care
tire's traction, temperature,
and treadwear. Ratings
are determined by tire
manufacturers using
government testing procedures.
The ratings are molded into the
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
Tire Quality Grading on
page 10‑58.
Vehicle Capacity Weight:
The number of designated
seating positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑13.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire: Load on an individual tire
due to curb weight, accessory
weight, occupant weight, and
cargo weight.
Vehicle Placard: A label
permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the vehicle's
capacity weight and the original
equipment tire size and
recommended inflation pressure.
See “Tire and Loading
Information Label” under Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9‑13.
Tire Pressure
Tires need the correct amount
of air pressure to operate
effectively.
Notice: Neither tire
underinflation nor
overinflation is good.
Underinflated tires, or tires
that do not have enough air,
can result in:
.
Tire overloading and
over-heating which could
lead to a blowout.
.
Premature or
irregular wear.
.
Poor handling.
.
Reduced fuel economy.
Overinflated tires, or tires
that have too much air,
can result in:
.
Unusual wear.
.
Poor handling.
.
Rough ride.
.
Needless damage from
road hazards.
The Tire and Loading
Information label on the
vehicle indicates the original
equipment tires and the correct
cold tire inflation pressures.
The recommended pressure is
the minimum air pressure
needed to support the vehicle's
maximum load carrying capacity.
For additional information
regarding how much weight
the vehicle can carry, and an
example of the Tire and Loading
Information label, see Vehicle
Load Limits on page 9‑13.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (49,1)
Vehicle Care
How the vehicle is loaded
affects vehicle handling and ride
comfort. Never load the vehicle
with more weight than it was
designed to carry.
When to Check
Check the tires once a month
or more.
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type
gauge to check tire pressure.
Proper tire inflation cannot be
determined by looking at the tire.
Check the tire inflation pressure
when the tires are cold, meaning
the vehicle has not been driven
for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem. Press the tire
gauge firmly onto the valve to
get a pressure measurement.
If the cold tire inflation pressure
matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label, no
further action is necessary.
If the inflation pressure is low,
add air until the recommended
pressure is reached. If the
inflation pressure is high, press
the metal stem in the center
of the tire valve to release air.
Re‐check the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
Return the valve caps on the
valve stems to prevent leaks
and keep out dirt and moisture.
Tire Pressure Monitor
System
The Tire Pressure Monitor System
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
technology to check tire pressure
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
the air pressure in your tires and
transmit tire pressure readings to a
receiver located in the vehicle.
10-49
Each tire, including the spare
(if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended
by the vehicle manufacturer on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has
tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
pressure telltale when one or
more of your tires is significantly
under‐inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them
to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under‐inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under‐inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-50
Black plate (50,1)
Vehicle Care
tread life, and may affect the
vehicle's handling and stopping
ability.
Please note that the TPMS is
not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's
responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under‐inflation has
not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been
equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start‐ups as
long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire
pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation
of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function
properly.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation on page 10‑50 for
additional information.
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The TPMS is designed to warn the
driver when a low tire pressure
condition exists. TPMS sensors are
mounted onto each tire and wheel
assembly. The TPMS sensors
monitor the air pressure in the tires
and transmit the tire pressure
readings to a receiver located in the
vehicle.
Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) and
Industry Canada
See Radio Frequency Statement on
page 13‑26 for information
regarding Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and Industry Canada
Standards RSS-210/220/310.
When a low tire pressure condition
is detected, the TPMS illuminates
the low tire pressure warning light
located on the instrument cluster.
If the warning light comes on, stop
as soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (51,1)
Vehicle Care
shown on the Tire Loading and
Information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑13.
A message to check the pressure in
a specific tire displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). The low
tire pressure warning light and the
DIC warning message come on at
each drive cycle until the tires are
inflated to the correct inflation
pressure. Using the DIC, tire
pressure levels can be viewed. For
additional information and details
about the DIC operation and
displays see Driver Information
Center (DIC) on page 5‑38.
The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven.
This could be an early indicator that
the air pressure is getting low and
needs to be inflated to the proper
pressure.
A Tire and Loading Information label
shows the size of the original
equipment tires and the correct
inflation pressure for the tires when
they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑13, for an example
of the Tire and Loading Information
label and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure on page 10‑48.
The TPMS can warn about a
low tire pressure condition but
it does not replace normal tire
maintenance. See Tire Inspection
on page 10‑54, Tire Rotation on
page 10‑54, and Tires on
page 10‑42.
Notice: Tire sealant materials are
not all the same. A non-approved
tire sealant could damage the
TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor
damage caused by using an
incorrect tire sealant is not
covered by the vehicle
warranty. Always use only the
GM-approved tire sealant
available through your dealer or
included in the vehicle.
10-51
Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits
use a GM-approved liquid tire
sealant. Using non-approved tire
sealants could damage the TPMS
sensors. See Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit on page 10‑63 for
information regarding the inflator kit
materials and instructions.
TPMS Malfunction Light and
Message
The TPMS will not function properly
if one or more of the TPMS sensors
are missing or inoperable. When the
system detects a malfunction, the
low tire pressure warning light
flashes for about one minute and
then stays on for the remainder of
the vehicle on/off cycle. A DIC
warning message also displays.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-52
Vehicle Care
The malfunction light and DIC
warning message come on at each
vehicle on/off cycle until the problem
is corrected. Some of the conditions
that can cause these to come
on are:
.
.
Black plate (52,1)
One of the road tires has been
replaced with the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one. The spare
tire does not have a TPMS
sensor. The malfunction light
and DIC message should go off
after the road tire is replaced
and the sensor matching
process is performed
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor
Matching Process" later in this
section.
The TPMS sensor matching
process was started but not
completed or not completed
successfully after rotating the
tires. The DIC message and
malfunction light should go off
once the TPMS sensor
matching process is performed
successfully. See “TPMS Sensor
Matching Process” later in this
section.
.
One or more TPMS sensors are
missing or damaged. The DIC
message and the malfunction
light should go off when the
TPMS sensors are installed and
the sensor matching process is
performed successfully. See
your dealer for service.
.
Replacement tires or wheels do
not match the original equipment
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
other than those recommended
could prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. See Buying
New Tires on page 10‑56.
.
Operating electronic devices or
being near facilities using radio
wave frequencies similar to the
TPMS could cause the TPMS
sensors to malfunction.
If the TPMS is not functioning
properly , it cannot detect or signal a
low tire condition. See your dealer
for service if the TPMS malfunction
light and DIC message come on
and stay on.
TPMS Sensor Matching
Process
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
identification code. The identification
code needs to be matched to a
new tire/wheel position after rotating
the vehicle’s tires or replacing
one or more of the TPMS sensors.
Also, the TPMS sensor matching
process should be performed after
replacing a spare tire with a road
tire containing the TPMS sensor.
The malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off at the next
drive cycle. The sensors are
matched to the tire/wheel positions,
using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
following order: driver side front tire,
passenger side front tire, passenger
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (53,1)
Vehicle Care
side rear tire, and driver side rear.
See your dealer for service or to
purchase a relearn tool.
There are two minutes to match
the first tire/wheel position, and
five minutes overall to match all
four tire/wheel positions. If it takes
longer, the matching process stops
and must be restarted.
Follow the TPMS sensor matching
process:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Put the vehicle in ON/RUN and
place the vehicle in P (Park).
3. If the DIC display is minimized,
press the SELECT knob to
maximize it.
4. Use the SELECT knob to scroll
to the Tire Pressure display
screen.
5. Press and hold the SELECT
knob for five seconds to begin
the sensor matching process.
A message displays confirming
to begin the process.
6. Use the SELECT knob to select
YES with the highlighted
selection, and press the
SELECT knob again to confirm
the selection.
The horn sounds twice to signal
the receiver is in relearn mode
and the TIRE LEARNING
ACTIVE message displays on
the DIC screen.
7. Start with the driver side
front tire.
8. Place the relearn tool against
the tire sidewall, near the valve
stem. Then press the button to
activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the
sensor identification code has
been matched to this tire and
wheel position.
9. Proceed to the passenger side
front tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 8.
10-53
10. Proceed to the passenger side
rear tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 8.
11. Proceed to the driver side rear
tire, and repeat the procedure
in Step 8. The horn sounds
two times to indicate the
sensor identification code has
been matched to the driver
side rear tire, and the TPMS
sensor matching process is
no longer active. The TIRE
LEARNING ACTIVE message
on the DIC display screen
goes off.
12. Turn the vehicle off.
13. Set all four tires to the
recommended air pressure
level as indicated on the Tire
and Loading Information label.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-54
Black plate (54,1)
Vehicle Care
Tire Inspection
Tire Rotation
GM recommends that the tires,
including the spare, be
inspected for signs of wear or
damage at least once a month.
Tires should be rotated every
12 000 km (7,500 mi). The first
rotation is the most important.
See Scheduled Maintenance on
page 11‑3.
Replace the tire if:
.
.
The indicators at three or
more places around the tire
can be seen.
There is cord or fabric
showing through the tire's
rubber.
.
The tread or sidewall is
cracked, cut, or snagged
deep enough to show cord or
fabric.
.
The tire has a bump, bulge,
or split.
.
The tire has a puncture, cut,
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of
the size or location of the
damage.
Tires are rotated to achieve a
more uniform wear for all tires.
Any time unusual wear is
noticed, rotate the tires as soon
as possible, and check the
wheel alignment. See When
It Is Time for New Tires on
page 10‑55 and Wheel
Replacement on page 10‑60.
Use this rotation pattern when
rotating the tires.
Adjust the front and rear tires
to the recommended inflation
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated.
See Tire Pressure on
page 10‑48 and Vehicle Load
Limits on page 9‑13.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (55,1)
Vehicle Care
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
System. See Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation on
page 10‑50.
Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel
Nut Torque” under Capacities
and Specifications on
page 12‑2.
{ WARNING
Rust or dirt on a wheel,
or on the parts to which it is
fastened, can make wheel
nuts become loose after a
time. The wheel could come
off and cause a crash. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
the wheel attaches to the
vehicle. In an emergency, a
cloth or a paper towel can be
used, however, use a scraper
or wire brush to remove all
rust or dirt.
10-55
When It Is Time for
New Tires
Factors, such as maintenance,
temperatures, driving speeds,
vehicle loading, and road conditions
affect the wear rate of the tires.
Lightly coat the center of the
wheel hub with wheel bearing
grease after a wheel change or
tire rotation to prevent corrosion
or rust build-up. Do not get
grease on the flat wheel
mounting surface or on the
wheel nuts or bolts.
Treadwear indicators are one way
to tell when it is time for new tires.
Treadwear indicators appear when
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
or less of tread remaining. See Tire
Inspection on page 10‑54 and Tire
Rotation on page 10‑54 for
additional information.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-56
Black plate (56,1)
Vehicle Care
The rubber in tires ages over time.
This also applies to the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
never used. Multiple conditions
including temperatures, loading
conditions, and inflation pressure
maintenance affect how fast aging
takes place. Tires will typically need
to be replaced due to wear before
they may need to be replaced
due to age. Consult the tire
manufacturer for more information
on when tires should be replaced.
Vehicle Storage
Tires age when stored normally
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
a vehicle that will be stored for at
least a month in a cool, dry, clean
area away from direct sunlight to
slow aging. This area should be
free of grease, gasoline, or other
substances that can deteriorate
rubber.
Parking for an extended period can
cause flat spots on the tires that
may result in vibrations while
driving. When storing a vehicle for
at least a month, remove the tires
or raise the vehicle to reduce the
weight from the tires.
Buying New Tires
GM has developed and matched
specific tires for the vehicle. The
original equipment tires installed on
the vehicle, when it was new, were
designed to meet General Motors
Tire Performance Criteria
Specification (TPC Spec) system
rating. If replacement tires are
needed, GM strongly recommends
buying tires with the same TPC
Spec rating. This way, the vehicle
will continue to have tires that are
designed to give the same
performance and vehicle safety,
during normal use, as the original
tires.
GM's exclusive TPC Spec system
considers over a dozen critical
specifications that impact the
overall performance of the
vehicle, including brake system
performance, ride and handling,
traction control, and tire pressure
monitoring performance. GM's TPC
Spec number is molded onto the
tire's sidewall near the tire size.
If the tires have an all‐season tread
design, the TPC spec number will
be followed by MS, for mud and
snow. See Tire Sidewall Labeling on
page 10‑44 for additional
information.
GM recommends replacing all the
tires at the same time. Uniform
tread depth on all tires will help to
maintain the performance of the
vehicle. Braking and handling
performance may be adversely
affected if all the tires are not
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (57,1)
Vehicle Care
replaced at the same time. See
Tire Inspection on page 10‑54 and
Tire Rotation on page 10‑54 for
information on proper tire rotation.
{ WARNING
Tires could explode during
improper service. Attempting to
mount or dismount a tire could
cause injury or death. Only your
dealer or authorized tire service
center should mount or dismount
the tires.
{ WARNING
Mixing tires of different sizes,
brands, or types may cause
loss of control of the vehicle,
resulting in a crash or other
vehicle damage. Use the
correct size, brand, and type
of tire on all wheels.
{ WARNING
Using bias-ply tires on the
vehicle may cause the wheel
rim flanges to develop cracks
after many miles of driving.
A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash.
Use only radial-ply tires with
the wheels on the vehicle.
If the vehicle tires must be replaced
with a tire that does not have a TPC
Spec number, make sure they are
the same size, load range, speed
rating, and construction (either
radial and bias‐belted tires) as the
original tires.
10-57
Vehicles that have a tire pressure
monitoring system could give an
inaccurate low‐pressure warning
if non‐TPC Spec rated tires are
installed. See Tire Pressure Monitor
System on page 10‑49.
The Tire and Loading Information
Label indicates the original
equipment tires on the vehicle.
See Vehicle Load Limits on
page 9‑13, for the label location
and more information about the
Tire and Loading Information label.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-58
Black plate (58,1)
Vehicle Care
Different Size Tires and
Wheels
If wheels or tires are installed that
are a different size than the original
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking,
ride and handling characteristics,
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has
electronic systems such as antilock
brakes, rollover airbags, traction
control, and electronic stability
control, the performance of these
systems can also be affected.
{ WARNING
If different sized wheels are used,
there may not be an acceptable
level of performance and safety
if tires not recommended for
those wheels are selected. This
increases the chance of a crash
and serious injury. Only use GM
specific wheel and tire systems
(Continued)
WARNING (Continued)
developed for the vehicle, and
have them properly installed by a
GM certified technician.
See Buying New Tires on
page 10‑56 and Accessories and
Modifications on page 10‑3 for
additional information.
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading
Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width.
For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA
Temperature A
The following information relates
to the system developed by the
United States National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), which grades tires
by treadwear, traction, and
temperature performance. This
applies only to vehicles sold in
the United States. The grades
are molded on the sidewalls of
most passenger car tires. The
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
(UTQG) system does not apply
to deep tread, winter-type snow
tires, space-saver, or temporary
use spare tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-production
tires.
While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
and light trucks may vary with
respect to these grades, they
must also conform to federal
safety requirements and
additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC)
standards.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (59,1)
Vehicle Care
All Passenger Car Tires Must
Conform to Federal Safety
Requirements In Addition To
These Grades.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on
a specified government test
course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one and
a half (1½) times as well on the
government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of
their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices
and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
Traction – AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
and C. Those grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on
specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.
Temperature – A, B, C
The temperature grades are
A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance
to the generation of heat and
its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled
10-59
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel. Sustained
high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can
lead to sudden tire failure.
The grade C corresponds to a
level of performance which all
passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor
Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent
higher levels of performance on
the laboratory test wheel than
the minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grade
for this tire is established for a
tire that is properly inflated and
not overloaded. Excessive
speed, underinflation, or
excessive loading, either
separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and
possible tire failure.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-60
Black plate (60,1)
Vehicle Care
Wheel Alignment and
Tire Balance
Your dealer will know the kind of
wheel that is needed.
The tires and wheels were aligned
and balanced at the factory to
provide the longest tire life and best
overall performance. Adjustments to
wheel alignment and tire balancing
will not be necessary on a regular
basis. However, check the
alignment if there is unusual tire
wear or the vehicle is pulling to
one side or the other. If the vehicle
is vibrating when driving on a
smooth road, the tires and wheels
may need to be rebalanced. See
your dealer for proper diagnosis.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts.
Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts and
wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
Some aluminum wheels can be
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.
Each new wheel should have the
same load-carrying capacity,
diameter, width, offset and be
mounted the same way as the
one it replaces.
{ WARNING
Using the wrong replacement
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
nuts can be dangerous. It could
affect the braking and handling of
the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
and cause loss of control, causing
a crash. Always use the correct
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
nuts for replacement.
Notice: The wrong wheel can
also cause problems with bearing
life, brake cooling, speedometer
or odometer calibration,
headlamp aim, bumper height,
vehicle ground clearance, and
tire clearance to the body and
chassis.
{ WARNING
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or
on the parts to which it is
fastened, can make wheel
nuts become loose after a
time. The wheel could come
off and cause a crash. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where
the wheel attaches to the
vehicle. In an emergency, a
cloth or a paper towel can be
used, however, use a scraper
or wire brush to remove all
rust or dirt.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (61,1)
Vehicle Care
{ WARNING
Never use oil or grease on studs
or the threads of the wheel nuts.
If you do, the wheel nuts might
come loose and the wheel could
fall off, causing a crash.
{ WARNING
Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly
tightened wheel nuts can cause
the wheel to become loose and
even come off. This could lead
to a crash. Be sure to use the
correct wheel nuts. If you have to
replace them, be sure to get new
GM original equipment
wheel nuts.
Notice: Improperly tightened
wheel nuts can lead to brake
pulsation and rotor damage.
To avoid expensive brake repairs,
evenly tighten the wheel nuts in
the proper sequence and to the
proper torque specification.
Used Replacement Wheels
{ WARNING
Replacing a wheel with a used
one is dangerous. How it has
been used or how far it has been
driven may be unknown. It could
fail suddenly and cause a crash.
When replacing wheels, use a
new GM original equipment
wheel.
10-61
Tire Chains
{ WARNING
Do not use tire chains. There is
not enough clearance. Tire chains
used on a vehicle without the
proper amount of clearance can
cause damage to the brakes,
suspension or other vehicle parts.
The area damaged by the tire
chains could cause loss of
control and a crash.
Use another type of traction
device only if its manufacturer
recommends it for the vehicle's
tire size combination and
road conditions. Follow that
manufacturer's instructions.
To avoid vehicle damage, drive
slow and readjust or remove the
traction device if it contacts the
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels.
If traction devices are used, install
them on the front tires.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-62
Black plate (62,1)
Vehicle Care
If a Tire Goes Flat
This vehicle has a tire sealant and
compressor kit. See Tire Sealant
and Compressor Kit on page 10‑63.
There is no spare tire, no tire
changing equipment, and no place
to store a tire.
To properly lift this vehicle, see
Lifting the Vehicle on page 10‑3.
It is unusual for a tire to blowout,
especially if the tires are maintained
properly. See Tires on page 10‑42.
If air goes out of a tire, it is much
more likely to leak out slowly. But if
there is ever a blowout, here are a
few tips about what to expect and
what to do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire will
create a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot off
the accelerator pedal and grip the
steering wheel firmly. Steer to
maintain lane position, and then
gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction as
used in a skid. Stop pressing the
accelerator pedal and steer to
straighten the vehicle. It may be
very bumpy and noisy. Gently
brake to a stop, well off the road,
if possible.
{ WARNING
Driving on a flat tire will cause
permanent damage to the tire.
Re-inflating a tire after it has
been driven on while severely
underinflated or flat may cause a
blowout and a serious crash.
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
that has been driven on while
severely underinflated or flat.
Have your dealer or an authorized
tire service center repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as
possible.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place and stopping, well
off the road, if possible.
1. Turn on the hazard warning
flashers. See Hazard Warning
Flashers on page 6‑4.
2. Set the parking brake firmly.
3. Put the shift lever in P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park on
page 9‑21.
4. Turn off the engine.
5. Inspect the flat tire.
If the tire has been separated from
the wheel, has damaged sidewalls,
or has a puncture larger than
6 mm (¼ in), the tire is too severely
damaged for the tire sealant and
compressor kit to be effective.
See Roadside Assistance Program
on page 13‑6.
If the tire has a puncture less than
6 mm (¼ in) in the tread area of
the tire, see Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit on page 10‑63.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (63,1)
Vehicle Care
Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit
{ WARNING
Running the engine in Extended
Range Mode in an enclosed area
with poor ventilation is dangerous.
Engine exhaust may enter the
vehicle. Engine exhaust contains
Carbon Monoxide (CO) which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death. Never run the engine in
Extended Range Mode in an
enclosed area that has no
fresh air ventilation. For more
information, see Engine Exhaust
on page 9‑28.
{ WARNING
Overinflating a tire could cause
the tire to rupture and you or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the tire sealant
and compressor kit instructions
and inflate the tire to its
recommended pressure. Do not
exceed the recommended
pressure.
{ WARNING
Storing the tire sealant and
compressor kit or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store the tire
sealant and compressor kit in its
original location.
10-63
If this vehicle has a tire sealant and
compressor kit, there may not be a
spare tire, tire changing equipment,
and on some vehicles there may not
be a place to store a tire.
The tire sealant and compressor
can be used to temporarily seal
punctures up to 6 mm (¼ in) in the
tread area of the tire. It can also be
used to inflate an underinflated tire.
If the tire has been separated from
the wheel, has damaged sidewalls,
or has a large puncture, the tire is
too severely damaged for the tire
sealant and compressor kit to be
effective. See Roadside Assistance
Program on page 13‑6.
Read and follow all of the tire
sealant and compressor kit
instructions.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-64
Black plate (64,1)
Vehicle Care
The kit includes:
A. Selector Switch
(Sealant/Air or Air Only)
B. On/Off Button
C. Pressure Gauge
D. Pressure Deflation Button
(If equipped)
E. Tire Sealant Canister
F.
Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)
G. Air Only Hose (Black)
H. Power Plug
Tire Sealant
Read and follow the safe handling
instructions on the label adhered to
the sealant canister.
Check the tire sealant expiration
date on the sealant canister.
The sealant canister should be
replaced before its expiration date.
Replacement sealant canisters are
available at your local dealer. See
“Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister” following.
There is only enough sealant to seal
one tire. After usage, the sealant
canister and sealant/air hose
assembly must be replaced. See
“Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister” following.
Using the Tire Sealant
and Compressor Kit to
Temporarily Seal and Inflate
a Punctured Tire
Follow the directions closely for
correct sealant usage.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (65,1)
Vehicle Care
When using the tire sealant and
compressor kit during cold
temperatures, warm the kit in a
heated environment for five minutes.
This will help to inflate the tire
faster.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers on page 6‑4.
See If a Tire Goes Flat on
page 10‑62 for other important
safety warnings.
Do not remove any objects that
have penetrated the tire.
1. Remove the tire sealant and
compressor kit from its storage
location. See Storing the Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit on
page 10‑70.
2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (F)
and the power plug (H).
10-65
3. Place the kit on the ground.
Make sure the tire valve stem is
positioned close to the ground
so the hose will reach it.
4. Remove the valve stem cap
from the flat tire by turning it
counterclockwise.
5. Attach the sealant/air hose (F)
onto the tire valve stem. Turn it
clockwise until it is tight.
6. Plug the power plug (H) into the
accessory power outlet in the
vehicle. Unplug all items from
other accessory power outlets.
See Power Outlets on page 5‑8.
If the vehicle has an accessory
power outlet, do not use the
cigarette lighter.
If the vehicle only has a cigarette
lighter, use the cigarette lighter.
Do not pinch the power plug
cord in the door or window.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-66
Black plate (66,1)
Vehicle Care
7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
must be running while using the
air compressor.
8. Turn the selector switch (A)
counterclockwise to the
Sealant + Air position.
9. Press the on/off button (B) to
turn the tire sealant and
compressor kit on.
The compressor will inject
sealant and air into the tire.
The pressure gauge (C) will
initially show a high pressure
while the compressor pushes the
sealant into the tire. Once the
sealant is completely dispersed
into the tire, the pressure will
quickly drop and start to rise
again as the tire inflates with
air only.
10. Inflate the tire to the
recommended inflation
pressure using the pressure
gauge (C). The recommended
inflation pressure can be found
on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Tire
Pressure on page 10‑48.
The pressure gauge (C) may
read higher than the actual tire
pressure while the compressor
is on. Turn the compressor off
to get an accurate pressure
reading. The compressor may
be turned on/off until the
correct pressure is reached.
Notice: If the recommended
pressure cannot be reached after
approximately 25 minutes, the
vehicle should not be driven
farther. The tire is too severely
damaged and the tire sealant and
compressor kit cannot inflate the
tire. Remove the power plug from
the accessory power outlet and
unscrew the inflating hose from
the tire valve. See Roadside
Assistance Program on
page 13‑6.
11. Press the on/off button (B) to
turn the tire sealant and
compressor kit off.
The tire is not sealed and will
continue to leak air until the
vehicle is driven and the
sealant is distributed in the tire;
therefore, Steps 12 through
18 must be done immediately
after Step 11.
Be careful while handling the
tire sealant and compressor kit
as it could be warm after
usage.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (67,1)
Vehicle Care
12. Unplug the power plug (H) from
the accessory power outlet in
the vehicle.
13. Turn the sealant/air hose (F)
counterclockwise to remove it
from the tire valve stem.
14. Replace the tire valve
stem cap.
15. Replace the sealant/air
hose (F), and the power
plug (H) back in their
original location.
16. If the flat tire was able to inflate
to the recommended inflation
pressure, remove the
maximum speed label from the
sealant canister (E) and place
it in a highly visible location.
The label is a reminder not to
exceed 90 km/h (55 mph) until
the damaged tire is repaired or
replaced.
17. Return the equipment to its
original storage location in the
vehicle.
18. Immediately drive the vehicle
8 km (5 mi) to distribute the
sealant in the tire.
10-67
19. Stop at a safe location and
check the tire pressure.
Refer to Steps 1 through 11
under “Using the Tire Sealant
and Compressor Kit without
Sealant to Inflate a Tire
(Not Punctured).”
If the tire pressure has fallen
more than 68 kPa (10 psi)
below the recommended
inflation pressure, stop driving
the vehicle. The tire is too
severely damaged and the tire
sealant cannot seal the tire.
See Roadside Assistance
Program on page 13‑6.
If the tire pressure has not
dropped more than 68 kPa
(10 psi) from the recommended
inflation pressure, inflate the
tire to the recommended
inflation pressure.
20. Wipe off any sealant from the
wheel, tire, and vehicle.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-68
Black plate (68,1)
Vehicle Care
21. Dispose of the used sealant
canister (E) and sealant/air
hose (F) assembly at a local
dealer or in accordance with
local state codes and practices.
22. Replace it with a new canister
available from your dealer.
23. After temporarily sealing a tire
using the tire sealant and
compressor kit, take the
vehicle to an authorized dealer
within a 161 km (100 mi) of
driving to have the tire repaired
or replaced.
Using the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit without
Sealant to Inflate a Tire
(Not Punctured)
To use the air compressor to inflate
a tire with air only and not sealant:
If a tire goes flat, avoid further
tire and wheel damage by driving
slowly to a level place. Turn on
the hazard warning flashers.
See Hazard Warning Flashers on
page 6‑4.
See If a Tire Goes Flat on
page 10‑62 for other important
safety warnings.
1. Remove the tire sealant and
compressor kit from its storage
location. See Storing the Tire
Sealant and Compressor Kit on
page 10‑70.
2. Unwrap the air only hose (G)
and the power plug (H).
3. Place the kit on the ground.
Make sure the tire valve stem is
positioned close to the ground
so the hose will reach it.
4. Remove the tire valve stem cap
from the flat tire by turning it
counterclockwise.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (69,1)
Vehicle Care
5. Attach the air only hose (G) onto
the tire valve stem by turning it
clockwise until it is tight.
6. Plug the power plug (H) into the
accessory power outlet in the
vehicle. Unplug all items from
other accessory power outlets.
See Power Outlets on page 5‑8.
If the vehicle has an accessory
power outlet, do not use the
cigarette lighter.
If the vehicle only has a cigarette
lighter, use the cigarette lighter.
Do not pinch the power plug
cord in the door or window.
7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle
must be running while using the
air compressor.
8. Turn the selector switch (A)
clockwise to the Air Only
position.
9. Press the on/off (B) button to
turn the compressor on.
The compressor will inflate the
tire with air only.
10. Inflate the tire to the
recommended inflation
pressure using the pressure
gauge (C). The recommended
inflation pressure can be found
on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Tire
Pressure on page 10‑48.
The pressure gauge (C) may
read higher than the actual tire
pressure while the compressor
is on. Turn the compressor off
to get an accurate reading.
The compressor may be turned
on/off until the correct pressure
is reached.
If you inflate the tire higher
than the recommended
pressure you can adjust the
excess pressure by pressing
the pressure deflation
button (D), if equipped, until the
proper pressure reading is
reached. This option is only
functional when using the air
only hose (G).
10-69
11. Press the on/off button (B) to
turn the tire sealant and
compressor kit off.
Be careful while handling the
tire sealant and compressor kit
as it could be warm after
usage.
12. Unplug the power plug (H) from
the accessory power outlet in
the vehicle.
13. Disconnect the air only
hose (G) from the tire
valve stem by turning it
counterclockwise, and replace
the tire valve stem cap.
14. Replace the air only hose (G)
and the power plug (H) and
cord back in their original
locations.
15. Place the equipment in the
original storage location in the
vehicle.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-70
Black plate (70,1)
Vehicle Care
Removal and Installation of the
Sealant Canister
To remove the sealant canister:
1. Unwrap the sealant hose.
2. Press the canister release
button.
3. Pull up and remove the canister.
4. Replace with a new canister
which is available from your
dealer.
The tire sealant and compressor kit
has an accessory adapter located in
a compartment on the bottom of its
housing that may be used to inflate
air mattresses, balls, etc.
5. Push the new canister into
place.
Storing the Tire Sealant
and Compressor Kit
To access the tire sealant and
compressor kit:
1. Open the hatch. See Hatch on
page 2‑10.
2. Lift the cover.
3. Remove the tire sealant and
compressor kit.
To store the tire sealant and
compressor kit, reverse the steps.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (71,1)
Vehicle Care
Jump Starting
Jump starting is connecting jumper
cables between the two vehicles to
enable vehicle starting. If the Volt or
another vehicle has a run‐down
12‐volt battery, it can be jump
started using good condition
jumper cables. There are different
procedures depending on if the Volt
has a run‐down battery or another
vehicle has a run‐down battery.
Read the appropriate procedures
that follow.
{ WARNING
The high voltage battery cannot
be jump started either with
another vehicle or battery
charger. Personal injury, death,
or damage to the vehicle could
result.
{ WARNING
10-71
{ WARNING
Batteries are dangerous and can
cause injury. Batteries contain
acid and can explode or ignite.
They contain electricity that can
burn. Follow the exact steps
provided or injuries could occur.
Electric fans can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can cause injury. Keep
hands, clothing, and tools away
from any underhood electric fans.
Using an open flame near a
battery can cause battery gas to
explode; you or others could be
hurt. Battery acid can cause
blindness.
Notice: Ignoring these steps
could result in costly damage to
the vehicle that would not be
covered by the warranty.
Be sure the battery in the other
vehicle has enough water. Add
water if the level is low. A low
water level could cause explosive
gas to be present.
Battery fluid contains acid that
can burn. If battery fluid gets in
eyes or on skin; flush with water
and get medical help immediately.
Trying to start the vehicle by
pushing or pulling it will not
work, and it could damage the
vehicle.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-72
Black plate (72,1)
Vehicle Care
Jump Starting the Volt
If the Volt won't start, the 12‐volt
battery may be run down. To jump
start the Volt use the underhood
remote positive (+) and negative (−)
terminals.
1. The other vehicle used to jump
start the Volt must have a 12‐volt
battery with a negative ground
system.
Notice: Only use a vehicle that
has a 12-volt system with a
negative ground for jump
starting. If the other vehicle does
not have a 12-volt system with a
negative ground, both vehicles
can be damaged.
2. Park both vehicles close enough
so that the jumper cables can
reach both vehicles' positive (+)
and negative (−) terminals.
The vehicles must not touch
each other. It could cause an
unwanted ground connection
that could damage both vehicles'
electrical systems.
Put both vehicles in P (Park) for
an automatic transmission or
electric drive unit. For a manual
transmission, place the vehicle
in N (Neutral) and set the
parking brake.
4. Locate the positive (+) and
negative (−) terminals on the
other vehicle.
Notice: If the radio or other
accessories are left on during the
jump starting procedure, they
could be damaged. The repairs
would not be covered by the
warranty. Always turn off the
radio and other accessories when
jump starting the vehicle.
3. Turn off the ignition on the other
vehicle. Turn off the radio, all
lamps, and accessories that are
not needed in both vehicles.
Unplug accessories from the
cigarette lighter or the accessory
power outlets. This avoids
sparks and helps save both
batteries and accessories.
5. Open the hood to locate the
positive (+) and negative (−)
terminals on your Volt. Open the
access cover (A) for the remote
positive (+) terminal. The remote
negative terminal (B) for the
Volt is a stud marked GND (−)
on the driver side of the engine
compartment.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (73,1)
Vehicle Care
6. Check that the jumper cables
do not have loose or missing
insulation or a shock could result
and the vehicles could be
damaged.
Before connecting the jumper
cables, here are some basic
things to know. Positive (+)
jumper cable goes to positive (+)
battery terminal or a remote
positive (+) terminal if available.
Negative (−) jumper cable goes
to negative (−) battery terminal
or a remote negative (−) terminal
if available. Do not connect
positive (+) to negative (−) or
there will be a short that may
damage the battery and other
parts of the vehicle.
Notice: If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting
may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct
order, making sure that the
cables do not touch each other or
other metal.
Connecting the Jumper Cables
1. Connect the red positive (+)
jumper cable to the remote
positive (+) terminal (A) of your
Volt. Do not let the other end of
the cable touch metal.
2. Connect the other end of the red
positive (+) jumper cable to the
positive (+) terminal of the other
vehicle.
3. Connect the black negative (−)
jumper cable to the negative (−)
battery terminal of the other
vehicle battery. Do not let the
other end touch anything until
the next step.
10-73
4. Connect the other end of the
black negative (−) jumper cable
to the remote negative (−)
terminal of your Volt.
5. Push the POWER O button to
start. This will wake up the
electronics on the Volt.
After the instrument cluster
initializes, the Volt will use power
from the high voltage battery to
charge the 12‐volt battery.
The jumper cables can then be
disconnected. If the Volt does
not start, call your dealer or
Roadside Assistance. See
Roadside Assistance Program
on page 13‑6.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-74
Black plate (74,1)
Vehicle Care
Disconnecting the Jumper Cables
Jump Starting Another Vehicle
1. Disconnect the black
negative (−) jumper cable
from the Volt. Do not let the
other end of the cable touch
anything until after the next step.
When using the Volt to jump start
another vehicle with a run‐down
battery, jumper cables are
connected directly to the positive (+)
and negative (−) terminals on the
12‐volt battery in the rear cargo
area. Do not use the remote
terminals under the hood. This
could cause a fuse to overload in
the Volt.
2. Disconnect the black
negative (−) jumper cable
from the other vehicle with
the good battery.
3. Disconnect the red positive (+)
jumper cable from the other
vehicle. Do not let the other end
of the cable touch anything until
after the next step.
4. Disconnect the red positive (+)
jumper cable from the Volt.
5. Return the positive (+) and
negative (−) terminal covers to
their original positions.
1. Check the other vehicle. It must
have a 12‐volt battery with a
negative ground system.
Notice: Only use a vehicle that
has a 12-volt system with a
negative ground for jump
starting. If the other vehicle does
not have a 12-volt system with a
negative ground, both vehicles
can be damaged.
2. Park both vehicles close enough
so that the jumper cables can
reach both vehicles' positive (+)
and negative (−) terminals.
The vehicles must not touch
each other. It could cause an
unwanted ground connection
that could damage both vehicles'
electrical systems.
Put both vehicles in P (Park) for
an automatic transmission or
electric drive unit. For a manual
transmission, place the vehicle
in N (Neutral) and set the
parking brake.
Notice: If the radio or other
accessories are left on during the
jump starting procedure, they
could be damaged. The repairs
would not be covered by the
warranty. Always turn off the
radio and other accessories when
jump starting the vehicle.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (75,1)
Vehicle Care
Open the access cover for the
positive (+) terminal cover (A)
and the negative (−) terminal
cover (B).
3. Turn off both vehicles. Turn off
the radio, all lamps, and
accessories that are not needed
in both vehicles. Unplug
accessories from the cigarette
lighter or the accessory power
outlets. This avoids sparks and
helps save both batteries and
accessories.
4. Locate the positive (+) and
negative (−) terminals on the
vehicle with the run‐down
battery.
10-75
6. Check that the jumper cables
do not have loose or missing
insulation or a shock could result
and the vehicles could be
damaged.
5. Locate the positive (+) and
negative (−) battery terminals on
the Volt. The access cover is
under the load floor access
cover in the rear cargo area.
Before connecting the jumper
cables, here are some basic
things to know. Positive (+)
jumper cable goes to positive (+)
battery terminal or a remote
positive (+) terminal if available.
Negative (−) jumper cable goes
to remote negative (−) terminal if
available, or a heavy, unpainted
metal engine part or a solid
engine ground on the vehicle
with the run‐down battery.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-76
Black plate (76,1)
Vehicle Care
Do not connect positive (+) to
negative (−) or there will be a
short that may damage the
battery or other parts of the
vehicle. Do not connect the
negative (−) cable to the
negative (−) terminal on the
run‐down battery because this
can cause sparks.
Notice: If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting
may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct
order, making sure that the
cables do not touch each other
or other metal.
Connecting the Jumper Cables
1. Connect the red positive (+)
jumper cable to the positive (+)
terminal of the other vehicle with
the run‐down battery. Use a
remote positive (+) terminal if
available. Do not let the other
end touch metal.
2. Connect the other end of the red
positive (+) jumper cable to the
positive (+) battery terminal of
the Volt.
3. Connect the black negative (−)
jumper cable to the negative (−)
battery terminal of the Volt.
Do not let the other end touch
anything until the next step.
4. Make the final connection to a
heavy, unpainted metal engine
part or to the remote negative (−)
terminal on the other vehicle
with the run‐down battery.
5. Press the POWER O button to
start the Volt. This will wake up
the electronics on the Volt.
The engine will only start if it is
needed.
6. Try to start the other vehicle that
had the run‐down battery. If it
will not start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.
Disconnecting the Jumper Cables
1. Disconnect the black
negative (−) jumper cable from
the other vehicle that had the
run‐down battery. Do not let the
other end of the cable touch
anything until after the next step.
2. Disconnect the black
negative (−) jumper cable
from the Volt.
3. Disconnect the red positive (+)
jumper cable from the Volt.
Do not let the other end of the
cable touch anything until after
the next step.
4. Disconnect the red positive (+)
jumper cable from the other
vehicle.
5. Return the positive (+) and
negative (−) terminal covers to
their original positions.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (77,1)
Vehicle Care
Towing
To load a vehicle onto a flatbed
carrier:
Towing the Vehicle
1. The vehicle must be on a flat
surface.
Notice: Incorrectly towing a
disabled vehicle may cause
damage to the vehicle.
The disabled vehicle should be
towed on a flatbed car carrier.
Use care when there is low
ground clearance and/or special
equipment.
10-77
2. The front tires must be properly
inflated. If necessary, move a
rear tire to the front to replace a
flat or damaged tire.
Attempting to pull the vehicle
onto a flatbed without following
the proper steps could damage
the vehicle.
4. Place a 1.2 m (4 ft) X 102 mm
(4 in) X 102 mm (4 in) wood
beam (D) under the front cradle
crossmember (C), and on top of
both tow chains (E) to ensure
the tow chains do not come into
contact with the front fascia (A).
Consult your dealer or a
professional towing service if the
disabled vehicle must be towed.
See Roadside Assistance Program
on page 13‑6.
3. Place the tow chain hooks (B)
into one of the torque box
openings (A) behind the front
wheels.
Try to minimize the contact of
the chains with the flexible
air dam (B).
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-78
Black plate (78,1)
Vehicle Care
7. When the fascia has enough
clearance to clear the flatbed,
lower the flatbed, and finish
pulling the vehicle onto the
flatbed.
5. Ramps (B) are required for the
front fascia (C) to clear the
flatbed (A). The ramp height
should be approximately 102 mm
(4 in). Lower the flatbed onto the
set of ramps.
Notice: If ramps are not used, the
front fascia will come into contact
with the flatbed and may cause
damage. Always use ramps.
6. After the front tires are on the
flatbed adjust the flatbed upward
to provide additional clearance
between the air dam, fascia, and
flatbed.
8. Secure the vehicle to the
flatbed (B) using nonabrasive
straps (A) through all four wheel
openings and secure the straps
to the flatbed (B).
If the vehicle is parked off the
shoulder of the road, at an angle
that it cannot be pulled onto a
flatbed, a hook/chain can be placed
into either of the front torque box
openings to pull the vehicle onto a
flat surface. Make sure that the
chains do not come in contact with
the rocker panel (A) or the front
fascia (B).
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (79,1)
Vehicle Care
Recreational Vehicle
Towing
Notice: When using tow straps to
move the vehicle, damage may
occur if the tow straps contact
the rear fascia. Do not let the tow
straps contact the rear fascia.
If you cannot access the front
torque box openings, wrap a tow
strap through one, or both of the
rear trailing arms (A) between the
bushing and torque tube, and pull
the vehicle onto a flat surface.
Do not wrap the tow strap around
the rear torque tube (B).
Recreational vehicle towing refers to
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle such as a motor home.
The two most common types of
recreational vehicle towing are
known as dinghy towing and dolly
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the
vehicle with all four wheels on the
ground. Dolly towing is towing the
vehicle with two wheels on the
ground and two wheels up on a
device known as a dolly.
10-79
Here are some important things to
consider before recreational vehicle
towing:
.
The towing capacity of the
towing vehicle. Read the tow
vehicle manufacturer's
recommendations.
.
How far the vehicle can be
towed. Some vehicles have
restrictions on how far and how
long they can tow.
.
Does the vehicle have the
proper towing equipment.
See your dealer or trailering
professional for additional
advice and equipment
recommendations.
.
Is the vehicle ready to be towed.
Just as preparing the vehicle
for a long trip, make sure the
vehicle is prepared to be towed.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-80
Black plate (80,1)
Vehicle Care
Dinghy Towing
Dolly Towing from the Front
3. Put the shift lever in P (Park).
4. Set the parking brake and
remove the key.
5. Clamp the steering wheel in a
straight-ahead position with a
clamping device designed for
towing.
6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.
7. Release the parking brake.
8. Check for adequate rear fascia
to ground clearance.
Notice: If the vehicle is towed
with all four wheels on the
ground, the drive unit could be
damaged. Repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Do not tow the vehicle with all
four wheels on the ground.
The vehicle was not designed to be
towed with all four wheels on the
ground. If the vehicle must be
towed, a dolly should be used.
See “Dolly Towing” that follows for
more information.
The vehicle can be towed from the
front using a dolly. To tow the
vehicle using a dolly, follow these
steps:
1. Attach the dolly to the tow
vehicle following the dolly
manufacturer's instructions.
2. Drive the front wheels onto the
dolly.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (81,1)
Vehicle Care
Dolly Towing from the Rear
Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Cleaning Exterior
Lamps/Lenses
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
to clean exterior lamps and lenses.
Follow instructions under “Washing
the Vehicle” later in this section.
Finish Care
Notice: Towing the vehicle from
the rear, with the front wheels on
the ground, could damage the
drive unit, and front fascia.
Do not tow the vehicle from the
rear with the front wheels on the
ground.
Occasional waxing or mild polishing
of the vehicle by hand may be
necessary to remove residue from
the paint finish. Approved cleaning
products can be obtained from your
dealer.
If the vehicle has a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish, the clearcoat
gives more depth and gloss to the
colored basecoat.
10-81
Notice: Machine compounding
or aggressive polishing on a
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes
that are made for a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish on the
vehicle.
Foreign materials such as calcium
chloride and other salts, ice melting
agents, road oil and tar, tree sap,
bird droppings, chemicals from
industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage the finish if they remain on
painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle
as soon as possible. If necessary,
use non-abrasive cleaners that are
marked safe for painted surfaces to
remove foreign matter.
Exterior painted surfaces are
subject to aging, weather, and
chemical fallout that can take their
toll over a period of years. To keep
the paint finish looking new, keep
the vehicle garaged or covered
whenever possible.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-82
Black plate (82,1)
Vehicle Care
Protecting Exterior Bright
Metal Parts
Front Air Deflector
To preserve the finish, keep it clean
by washing it often.
Bright metal parts should be
cleaned regularly to keep their
luster. Wash with water or use
chrome polish on chrome or
stainless steel trim, if necessary.
Use special care with aluminum
trim. To avoid damaging protective
trim, never use auto or chrome
polish, steam, or caustic soap to
clean aluminum. A coating of
wax, rubbed to high polish, is
recommended for all bright metal
parts.
Washing the Vehicle
Do not wash the vehicle in
direct sunlight and use a car
washing soap.
A. Outer Air Deflector
B. Inner Air Deflector
C. Tab
D. Slot
The front air deflector allows air to
flow cleaner under the vehicle.
Should the front air deflector
become detached, insert Tab C into
Slot D. Repeat for the other side.
Notice: Do not use cleaning
agents that are petroleum based
or that contain acid or abrasives,
as they can damage the paint,
metal, or plastic on the vehicle.
Approved cleaning products can
be obtained from your dealer.
Follow all manufacturer
directions regarding correct
product usage, necessary safety
precautions, and appropriate
disposal of any vehicle care
product. Certain cleaners contain
chemicals that can damage the
emblems or nameplates on the
vehicle. Check the cleaning
product label. If it states that it
should not be used on plastic
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (83,1)
Vehicle Care
parts, do not use it on the vehicle
or damage may occur and it
would not be covered by the
warranty.
Follow all manufacturer directions
regarding correct product usage,
necessary safety precautions, and
appropriate disposal of any vehicle
care product.
Rinse the vehicle well, before
washing and after, to remove all
cleaning agents completely. If they
are allowed to dry on the surface,
they could stain.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to
avoid surface scratches and water
spotting.
High pressure car washes could
cause water to enter the vehicle.
Avoid using high pressure washes
closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the
surface of the vehicle. Use of power
washers exceeding 8,274 kPa
(1,200 psi) can result in damage or
removal of paint and decals.
Notice: Conveyor systems on
some automatic car washes could
damage the vehicle. There may
not be enough clearance for the
undercarriage. Check with the car
wash manager before using the
automatic car wash.
Weatherstrips
Silicone grease on weatherstrips will
make them last longer, seal better,
and not stick or squeak. Apply
silicone grease with a clean cloth.
During very cold, damp weather
frequent application may be
required. See Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants on page 11‑6.
Wheels and Trim — Aluminum
or Chrome
The vehicle may have either
aluminum or chrome-plated wheels.
Keep the wheels clean using a soft,
clean cloth with mild soap and
water. Rinse with clean water. After
rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft,
clean towel. A wax may then be
applied.
10-83
Notice: Chrome wheels and other
chrome trim may be damaged if
the vehicle is not washed after
driving on roads that have been
sprayed with magnesium, calcium
or sodium chloride. These
chlorides are used on roads for
conditions such as ice and dust.
Always wash the chrome with
soap and water after exposure.
Notice: Do not use strong soaps,
chemicals, abrasive polishes,
cleaners, brushes, or cleaners
that contain acid on aluminum or
chrome-plated wheels, because
the surface could be damaged.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Use only
approved cleaners on aluminum
or chrome-plated wheels.
Notice: Never drive a vehicle that
has aluminum or chrome-plated
wheels through an automatic car
wash that uses silicone carbide
tire cleaning brushes, as this
could cause damage. The repairs
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-84
Black plate (84,1)
Vehicle Care
Windshield and Wiper Blades
Tires
Finish Damage
Clean the outside of the windshield
with glass cleaner.
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
clean the tires.
Clean the rubber blades using a
lint‐free cloth or paper towel soaked
with windshield washer fluid or a
mild detergent. Wash the windshield
thoroughly when cleaning the
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
treatments may cause wiper
streaking. Replace the wiper blades
if they are worn or damaged.
Notice: Using petroleum-based
tire dressing products on the
vehicle may damage the paint
finish and/or tires. When applying
a tire dressing, always wipe off
any overspray from all painted
surfaces on the vehicle.
Any stone chips, fractures, or deep
scratches in the finish should be
repaired right away. Bare metal will
corrode quickly and may develop
into a major repair expense.
Wipers can be damaged by:
.
Extreme dusty conditions.
.
Sand and salt.
.
Heat and sun.
.
Snow and ice, without proper
removal.
Sheet Metal Damage
If the vehicle is damaged and
requires sheet metal repair or
replacement, make sure the body
repair shop applies anti-corrosion
material to parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion
protection.
Original manufacturer replacement
parts will provide the corrosion
protection while maintaining the
vehicle warranty.
Minor chips and scratches can be
repaired with touch-up materials
available from your dealer. Larger
areas of finish damage can be
corrected in your dealer's body and
paint shop.
Underbody Maintenance
Chemicals used for ice and snow
removal and dust control can collect
on the underbody. If these are not
removed, corrosion and rust can
develop on the underbody parts
such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan,
and exhaust system even though
they have corrosion protection.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (85,1)
Vehicle Care
At least every spring, flush these
materials from the underbody with
plain water. Clean any areas where
mud and debris can collect. Dirt
packed in close areas of the frame
should be loosened before being
flushed. Your dealer or an
underbody car washing system can
do this.
Chemical Paint Spotting
Some weather and atmospheric
conditions can create a chemical
fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall
upon and attack painted surfaces on
the vehicle. This damage can take
two forms: blotchy, ring-shaped
discolorations, and small, irregular
dark spots etched into the paint
surface.
Interior Care
The interior will continue to look its
best if it is cleaned often. Dust and
dirt can accumulate on the
upholstery and cause damage to
the carpet, fabric, leather, and
plastic surfaces. Stains should be
removed quickly as extreme heat
could cause them to set rapidly.
Lighter colored interiors may
require more frequent cleaning.
Newspapers and garments that can
transfer color to home furnishings
can also transfer color to the
interior.
Remove dust from small buttons
and knobs with a small brush with
soft bristles.
Your dealer has products for
cleaning the interior. When cleaning
the interior, only use cleaners
specifically designed for the
surfaces that are being cleaned.
10-85
Permanent damage can result from
using cleaners on surfaces for
which they were not intended.
Apply the cleaner directly to the
cleaning cloth to prevent over-spray.
Remove any accidental over-spray
from other surfaces immediately.
Notice: Using abrasive cleaners
when cleaning glass surfaces on
the vehicle, could scratch the
glass and/or cause damage to the
rear window defogger. When
cleaning the glass on the vehicle,
use only a soft cloth and glass
cleaner.
Cleaners can contain solvents that
can become concentrated in the
interior. Before using cleaners, read
and adhere to all safety instructions
on the label. While cleaning the
interior, maintain adequate
ventilation by opening the doors
and windows.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-86
Vehicle Care
Do not clean the interior using the
following cleaners or techniques:
.
Never use a knife or any other
sharp object to remove a soil
from any interior surface.
.
Never use a stiff brush. It can
cause damage.
.
Never apply heavy pressure or
rub aggressively with a cleaning
cloth. Use of heavy pressure can
damage the interior and does
not improve the effectiveness of
soil removal.
.
Black plate (86,1)
Avoid laundry detergents or
dishwashing soaps with
degreasers. Using too much
soap will leave a residue that
leaves streaks and attracts dirt.
For liquid cleaners, about
20 drops per 3.78 L (1 gal) of
water is a good guide. Use only
mild, neutral-pH soaps.
.
Do not heavily saturate the
upholstery while cleaning.
.
Cleaners that contain solvents
can damage the interior.
Fabric/Carpet
Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft
brush attachment to remove dust
and loose dirt. A canister vacuum
with rotating brushes in the nozzle
may only be used on floor carpet
and carpeted floor mats. For soils,
always try to remove them first with
plain water or club soda. Before
cleaning, gently remove as much of
the soil as possible using one of the
following techniques:
.
For liquids: gently blot the
remaining soil with a paper
towel. Allow the soil to absorb
into the paper towel until no
more can be removed.
.
For solid dry soils: remove as
much as possible and then
vacuum.
To clean:
1. Saturate a lint-free, clean white
cloth with water or club soda.
2. Remove excess moisture.
3. Start on the outside edge of the
soil and gently rub toward the
center. Continue cleaning, using
a clean area of the cloth each
time it becomes soiled.
4. Continue to gently rub the
soiled area.
5. If the soil is not completely
removed, use a mild soap
solution and repeat the cleaning
process with plain water.
If any of the soil remains, a
commercial fabric cleaner or spot
lifter may be necessary. Test a small
hidden area for colorfastness before
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If the locally
cleaned area gives any impression
that a ring formation may result,
clean the entire surface.
A paper towel can be used to blot
excess moisture from the fabric or
carpet after the cleaning process.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (87,1)
Vehicle Care
Leather
Leather, and lighter colored leather
in particular, will need more frequent
cleaning to prevent the buildup of
dust, dirt, and colors transferred
from other items so that these do
not become permanent stains.
To remove dust, a soft cloth
dampened with water can be used.
If a more thorough cleaning is
necessary, a soft cloth dampened
with a mild soap solution can be
used. Your dealer has a GM
approved leather cleaner available
that provides superior cleaning
performance when used regularly
on finished automotive leathers.
Allow the leather to dry naturally.
Do not use heat, steam, spot lifters
or spot removers, or shoe polish on
leather. Many commercial leather
cleaners and coatings that are sold
to preserve and protect leather
may permanently change the
appearance and feel of the leather
and are not recommended. Do not
use silicone or wax-based products,
or those containing organic solvents
to clean the interior because they
can alter the appearance by
increasing the gloss in a
non-uniform manner.
Instrument Panel, Vinyl, and
Other Plastic Surfaces
To remove dust, a soft cloth
dampened with water can be used.
If a more thorough cleaning is
necessary, a clean soft cloth
dampened with a mild soap solution
can be used to gently remove dust
and dirt. Never use spot lifters
or removers on plastic surfaces.
Many commercial cleaners and
coatings that are sold to preserve
and protect soft plastic surfaces
may permanently change the
appearance and feel of the interior
and are not recommended. Do not
use silicone or wax-based products,
or those containing organic solvents
to clean the interior because they
can alter the appearance by
increasing the gloss in a
non-uniform manner.
10-87
Some commercial products may
increase gloss on the instrument
panel. The increase in gloss may
cause annoying reflections in the
windshield and even make it difficult
to see through the windshield under
certain conditions.
Notice: Air fresheners contain
solvents that may cause damage
to plastics and painted surfaces.
Follow the manufacturer’s
instructions when using air
fresheners in the vehicle. If air
freshener comes in contact with
paint or a plastic surface, blot
immediately with a soft cloth.
Damage caused by using air
fresheners would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-88
Black plate (88,1)
Vehicle Care
Care of Safety Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
{ WARNING
Do not bleach or dye safety belts.
It may severely weaken them.
In a crash, they might not be able
to provide adequate protection.
Clean safety belts only with mild
soap and lukewarm water.
Floor Mats
{ WARNING
If a floor mat is the wrong size or
is not properly installed, it can
interfere with the accelerator
pedal and/or brake pedal.
Interference with the pedals can
cause unintended acceleration
and/or increased stopping
distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the
accelerator or brake pedal.
Use the following guidelines for
proper floor mat usage:
.
The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the accelerator or
brake pedal. Always check that
the floor mats do not interfere
with the pedals.
.
Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
.
Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.
.
Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.
.
Do not place one floor mat on
top of another.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (89,1)
Vehicle Care
Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mats
Pull up on the rear of the floor mat
to unlock each retainer and remove.
Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
retainer openings over the carpet
retainers and snap into position.
Make sure the floor mat is properly
secured in place.
Verify the floor mat does not
interfere with the accelerator or the
brake pedal.
10-89
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
10-90
Black plate (90,1)
Vehicle Care
2 NOTES
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Service and Maintenance
Service and
Maintenance
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . 11-3
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
Maintenance Replacement
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
Maintenance Records
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 11-8
General Information
Notice: Maintenance intervals,
checks, inspections,
recommended fluids, and
lubricants are necessary to keep
this vehicle in good working
condition. Damage caused by
failure to follow scheduled
maintenance might not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
11-1
As the vehicle owner, you are
responsible for the scheduled
maintenance in this section. We
recommend having your dealer
perform these services. Proper
vehicle maintenance helps to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition, improves fuel economy,
and reduces vehicle emissions for
better air quality.
Because of all the different ways
people use vehicles, maintenance
needs vary. The vehicle might need
more frequent checks and services.
Please read the information under
Scheduled Maintenance. To keep
the vehicle in good condition, see
your dealer.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
11-2
Service and Maintenance
The maintenance schedule is for
vehicles that:
.
Carry passengers and cargo
within recommended limits on
the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
on page 9‑13.
.
Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving
limits.
.
Black plate (2,1)
Use the required fuel. See Fuel
on page 9‑52.
{ WARNING
Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous. Some jobs can
cause serious injury. Perform
maintenance work only if you
have the required know-how and
the proper tools and equipment.
If in doubt, see your dealer to
have a qualified technician do the
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work on page 10‑6.
At your dealer, you can be certain
that you will receive the highest
level of service available. Your
dealer has specially trained
service technicians, uses genuine
replacement parts, as well as,
up‐to‐date tools and equipment
to ensure fast and accurate
diagnostics.
The proper replacement parts,
fluids, and lubricants to use are
listed in Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑6 and
Maintenance Replacement Parts on
page 11‑7. We recommend the use
of genuine parts from your dealer.
Rotation of New Tires
To maintain ride, handling, and
performance of the vehicle, it is
important that the first rotation
service for new tires be performed.
Tires should be rotated every
12 000 km/7,500 mi. See Tire
Rotation on page 10‑54.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Service and Maintenance
Scheduled
Maintenance
.
Tire inflation check. See Tire
Pressure on page 10‑48.
.
Tire wear inspection. See Tire
Inspection on page 10‑54.
Required Services
Every Month
.
Engine oil level check. See
Engine Oil on page 10‑9.
.
Engine, power electronics, and
high voltage battery pack
coolant level checks. See
Cooling System (Engine) on
page 10‑15 or Cooling System
(High Voltage Battery) on
page 10‑16 or Cooling System
(Power Electronics and Charger
Modules) on page 10‑16 for
more information.
.
Fluids visual leak check. A leak
in any system must be repaired
and the fluid level checked.
.
Windshield washer fluid level
check. See Washer Fluid on
page 10‑20.
Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi
.
.
Cooling systems inspection.
Visually inspect the hoses,
pipes, fittings, and clamps.
Replace, if needed.
.
Windshield wiper blade
inspection for wear, cracking,
or contamination and windshield
and wiper blade cleaning,
if contaminated. See Exterior
Care on page 10‑81. Worn
or damaged wiper blade
replacement. See Wiper Blade
Replacement on page 10‑26.
.
Engine air cleaner filter
inspection. See Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter on page 10‑13.
.
Brake system inspection. See
your dealer.
.
Steering and suspension
inspection. Visual inspection for
damaged, loose, or missing
parts or signs of wear.
Rotate tires. See Tire Rotation
on page 10‑54.
Every 12 Months
.
Check the engine oil filter for
corrosion if driving in a corrosive
environment, such as areas of
high humidity, along an ocean
coast, and/or areas that apply
road salt during winter.
Have the engine oil and filter
changed if the filter shows signs
of corrosion. After each oil and
filter change, the oil life system
must be reset. See Engine Oil
Life System on page 10‑12.
11-3
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
11-4
.
.
Black plate (4,1)
Service and Maintenance
Body hinges and latches and
key lock cylinders lubrication.
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11‑6. More
frequent lubrication may be
required when the vehicle is
exposed to a corrosive
environment, such as areas of
high humidity, along an ocean
coast, and/or areas that apply
road salt during winter. Applying
silicone grease on weatherstrips
with a clean cloth makes them
last longer, seal better, and not
stick or squeak.
Restraint system component
check. See Safety System
Check on page 3‑23.
.
Fuel system inspection for
damage or leaks.
.
Exhaust system and nearby heat
shields inspection for loose or
damaged components.
.
See Propulsion System Start
Check on page 10‑25.
.
See Electrical Drive Unit Shift
Lock Control Function Check on
page 10‑25.
.
See Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check on
page 10‑26.
.
Cooling systems check. See
Cooling System (Engine) on
page 10‑15 or Cooling System
(High Voltage Battery) on
page 10‑16 or Cooling System
(Power Electronics and Charger
Modules) on page 10‑16.
.
Accelerator pedal check for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
.
Check the sealant expiration
date printed on the instruction
label of the tire sealant and
compressor kit. See Tire Sealant
and Compressor Kit on
page 10‑63.
.
Hood/Decklid/Liftgate Support
Gas Strut Service: Visually
inspect gas strut, if equipped, for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the gas strut. Contact
your dealer if service is required.
Every 24 Months or When the
Change Engine Oil Soon Message
Displays
.
Every 24 months or when the
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message displays, change the
engine oil and filter as soon
as possible, within the next
1 000 km/600 mi. The engine oil
and filter must be changed at
least once every 24 months.
After each oil and filter change,
the oil life system must be reset.
See Engine Oil Life System on
page 10‑12. More frequent
changes may be required when
the vehicle is exposed to a
corrosive environment, such as
areas of high humidity, along an
ocean coast, and/or areas that
apply road salt during winter.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
Service and Maintenance
will not nullify the emission
warranty or limit recall liability
prior to the completion of the
vehicle's useful life. We,
however, urge that all
recommended maintenance
services be performed at the
indicated intervals and the
maintenance be recorded.
Your dealer has trained service
technicians who will perform this
work and reset the system. If the
engine oil life system is reset
accidentally, service the vehicle
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since
the last service. Reset the oil
life system whenever the oil is
changed.
Every 80 000 km/50,000 mi
Every 160 000 km/100,000 mi
.
Engine air cleaner filter
replacement.
.
.
Evaporative control system
inspection. Check all fuel and
vapor lines and hoses for proper
hook‐up, routing, and condition.
Check that the purge valve,
if the vehicle has one, works
properly. Replace as needed.
An Emission Control Service.
The U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency or the
California Air Resources Board
has determined that the failure
to perform this maintenance item
Every 240 000 km/150,000 mi or
every 5 years, whichever occurs
first
.
Spark plug replacement. An
Emission Control Service.
Engine cooling system drain,
flush, and refill (or every five
years, whichever occurs first).
See Cooling System (Engine) on
page 10‑15 or Cooling System
(High Voltage Battery) on
page 10‑16 or Cooling System
(Power Electronics and Charger
Modules) on page 10‑16. An
Emission Control Service.
11-5
Every 240 000 km/150,000 mi or
every 10 years, whichever occurs
first
.
Engine drive belt inspection
for fraying, excessive cracks,
or obvious damage. Replace,
if needed.
Every 10 Years
.
Air conditioning system flush
and refill and desiccant
replacement.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
11-6
Black plate (6,1)
Service and Maintenance
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage
Engine Oil
Engine Cooling System
Fluid/Lubricant
The engine requires engine oil approved to the dexos specification. Oils
meeting this specification can be identified with the dexos certification
mark. Look for and use only an engine oil that displays the dexos
certification mark of the proper viscosity grade. See Engine Oil on
page 10‑9.
50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Engine Coolant on page 10‑17.
High Voltage Battery Cooling System
Always use the pre‐mixed 50/50 mixture of deionized water and
DEX-COOL Coolant available at your dealer.
Power Electronics Cooling System
Always use the pre‐mixed 50/50 mixture of deionized water and
DEX-COOL Coolant available at your dealer.
Hydraulic Brake System
Windshield Washer
Parking Brake Cable Guides
Electric Drive Unit
DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88863461, in
Canada 88863462).
Optikleen® Washer Solvent.
Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC‐LB.
DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (7,1)
Service and Maintenance
Usage
11-7
Fluid/Lubricant
Key Lock Cylinders
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241,
in Canada 10953474).
Hood and Hatch Hinges
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241,
in Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Conditioning
Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 992887).
Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part
GM Part Number
ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
20871244
A3148C
Engine Oil Filter
55352643
—
Spark Plugs
55564962
—
Driver – 65 cm (25.6 in)
22742323
—
Passenger – 65 cm (25.6 in)
22742324
—
Wiper Blades
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
11-8
Black plate (8,1)
Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Maintenance Record
Date
Odometer
Reading
Serviced By
Services Performed
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (9,1)
Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Record (cont.)
Date
Odometer
Reading
Serviced By
Services Performed
11-9
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
11-10
Black plate (10,1)
Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Record (cont.)
Date
Odometer
Reading
Serviced By
Services Performed
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Technical Data
Technical Data
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Service Parts Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-3
12-1
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN
is the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's
engine code.
Service Parts
Identification Label
The label is inside the right rear
cargo storage door and has the
following information:
This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
seen through the windshield from
outside. The VIN also appears on
the Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
.
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
.
Model designation.
.
Paint information.
.
Production options and special
equipment.
Do not remove this label from the
vehicle.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
12-2
Black plate (2,1)
Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. Refer to Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants on page 11‑6 for more information.
Application
Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a
Capacities
Metric
English
For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge
amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood.
See your dealer for more information.
Cooling Systems
Engine
6.3 L
6.7 qt
High Voltage Battery
6.0 L
6.3 qt
Power Electronics
3.0 L
3.2 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
3.5 L
3.7 qt
Fuel Tank
35.2 L
9.3 gal
Electric Drive Unit
8.45 L
8.93 qt
Wheel Nut Torque
140 Y
100 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Technical Data
Engine Specifications
Engine
1.4 L L4
Engine Drive Belt Routing
VIN Code
Electric Drive Unit
Spark Plug Gap
4
Automatic
0.7 mm (0.027 in)
12-3
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
12-4
Black plate (4,1)
Technical Data
2 NOTES
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
Customer Information
Customer
Information
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Assistance
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 13-4
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . 13-4
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8
Collision Damage Repair . . . 13-10
Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-12
Trademarks and License
Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Open Source Information . . . 13-22
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to
the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-23
Reporting Safety Defects to
the Canadian
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-23
Reporting Safety Defects to
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . 13-24
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-24
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . 13-24
OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-25
Navigation System . . . . . . . . . 13-25
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-26
Radio Frequency
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-26
13-1
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are
important to the dealer and to
Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
with the sales transaction or the
operation of the vehicle will be
resolved by the dealer's sales or
service departments. Sometimes,
however, despite the best intentions
of all concerned, misunderstandings
can occur. If your concern has not
been resolved to your satisfaction,
the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE: Discuss your concern
with a member of dealership
management. Normally, concerns
can be quickly resolved at that level.
If the matter has already been
reviewed with the sales, service,
or parts manager, contact the owner
of the dealership or the general
manager.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
13-2
Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot be
resolved by the dealership without
further help, in the U.S., call the
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center at 1-877‐486‐5846
(1‐877‐4‐Volt Info). In Canada,
call General Motors of Canada
Customer Communication Centre
at 1-800-263-3777 (English),
or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
We encourage you to call the
toll-free number in order to give the
inquiry prompt attention. Have the
following information available to
give the Customer Assistance
representative:
.
Black plate (2,1)
Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN). This is available from the
vehicle registration or title, or
the plate at the top left of the
instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.
.
Dealership name and location.
.
Vehicle delivery date and
present mileage.
When contacting Chevrolet,
remember that your concern will
likely be resolved at a dealer's
facility. That is why we suggest
following Step One first.
STEP THREE — U.S. Owners:
Both General Motors and the dealer
are committed to making sure you
are completely satisfied with the
new vehicle. However, if you
continue to remain unsatisfied after
following the procedure outlined in
Steps One and Two, you can file
with the Better Business Bureau
(BBB) Auto Line® Program to
enforce your rights.
The BBB Auto Line Program is an
out-of-court program administered
by the Council of Better Business
Bureaus to settle automotive
disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal
dispute resolution program prior
to filing a court action, use of the
program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
40 days. If you do not agree with the
decision given in your case, you
may reject it and proceed with any
other venue for relief available
to you.
You may contact the BBB Auto
Line Program using the toll-free
telephone number or write them
at the following address:
BBB Auto Line Program
Council of Better Business
Bureaus, Inc.
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800
Arlington, VA 22203-1838
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
www.dr.bbb.org/goauto
This program is available in all
50 states and the District of
Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
vehicle age, mileage, and other
factors. General Motors reserves
the right to change eligibility
limitations and/or discontinue its
participation in this program.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
Customer Information
STEP THREE — Canadian
Owners: In the event that you do
not feel your concerns have been
addressed after following the
procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
Limited wants you to be aware
of its participation in a no-charge
Mediation/Arbitration Program.
General Motors of Canada Limited
has committed to binding arbitration
of owner disputes involving
factory-related vehicle service
claims. The program provides for
the review of the facts involved by
an impartial third party arbiter, and
may include an informal hearing
before the arbiter. The program is
designed so that the entire dispute
settlement process, from the time
you file your complaint to the final
decision, should be completed in
about 70 days. We believe our
impartial program offers advantages
over courts in most jurisdictions
because it is informal, quick, and
free of charge.
For further information concerning
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or
call the General Motors Customer
Communication Centre,
1-800-263-3777 (English),
1-800-263-7854 (French),
or write to:
The Mediation/Arbitration Program
c/o Customer Communication
Centre
General Motors of Canada Limited
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
The inquiry should be accompanied
by the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
13-3
Customer Assistance
Offices
Chevrolet encourages customers
to call the toll-free number for
assistance. However, if a customer
wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
the letter should be addressed to:
United States
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer
Assistance Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
www.Chevrolet.com
1-877-486-5846 (1-877-4-Volt Info)
1-800-833-2438 (For Text
Telephone Devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-888-811-1926
From Puerto Rico:
1-800-496-9992 (English)
1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
1-800-496-9994
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
13-4
Black plate (4,1)
Customer Information
Canada
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Communication Centre,
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.gm.ca
1-800-263-3777 (English)
1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
Overseas
Please contact the local General
Motors Business Unit.
Mexico, Central America, and
Caribbean Islands/Countries
(Except Puerto Rico and
U.S. Virgin Islands)
Online Owner Center
General Motors de Mexico,
S. de R.L. de C.V.
Customer Assistance Center
Av. Ejercito Nacional #843
Col. Granada
C.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F.
Information and services
customized for your specific
vehicle — all in one convenient
place.
01-800-466-0800
Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0800
Customer Assistance for
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users
To assist customers who are deaf,
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
equipment available at its Customer
Assistance Center. Any TTY
user in the U.S. can communicate
with Chevrolet by dialing:
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
Chevrolet Owner Center (U.S.)
www.chevyownercenter.com
.
Digital owner manual, warranty
information, and more.
.
Storage for online service and
maintenance records.
.
Chevrolet dealer locator for
service nationwide.
.
Exclusive privileges and offers.
.
Recall notices for your specific
vehicle.
.
OnStar and GM Cardmember
Services Earnings summaries.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
Customer Information
Other Helpful Links
Chevrolet — www.chevrolet.com
Chevrolet Merchandise —
www.chevymall.com
Help Center — www.chevrolet.com/
pages/mds/helpcenter/faq.do
.
FAQ
.
Contact Us
My GM Canada www.gm.ca
Here are a few of the valuable
tools and services you will have
access to:
.
My Showroom: Find and save
information on vehicles and
current offers in your area.
.
My Dealers: Save details such
as address and phone number
for each of your preferred GM
dealers.
.
My GM Canada is a
password-protected section of
www.gm.ca where you can save
information on GM vehicles, get
personalized offers, and use handy
tools and forms with greater ease.
.
My Driveway: Access quick
links to parts and service
estimates, check trade-in
values, or schedule a service
appointment by adding the
vehicles you own to your
driveway profile.
My Preferences: Manage your
profile and use tools and forms
with greater ease.
To sign up, visit the My GM.ca
section within www.gm.ca.
13-5
GM Mobility
Reimbursement Program
This program is available to
qualified applicants for cost
reimbursement of eligible
aftermarket adaptive equipment
required for the vehicle, such as
hand controls or a wheelchair/
scooter lift for the vehicle.
For more information on the limited
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or
call the GM Mobility Assistance
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text
Telephone (TTY) users, call
1-800-833-9935.
General Motors of Canada also
has a Mobility Program. Call
1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)
for details. TTY users call
1-800-263-3830.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
13-6
Black plate (6,1)
Customer Information
Roadside Assistance
Program
From the U.S., call 1‐888‐811‐1926;
(Text Telephone (TTY):
1‐888‐889‐2438).
From Canada, call 1-800-268-6800.
Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year.
Calling for Assistance
When calling Roadside Assistance,
have the following information
ready:
.
Your name, home address, and
home telephone number.
.
Telephone number of your
location.
.
Location of the vehicle.
.
Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle.
.
Odometer reading, Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN), and
delivery date of the vehicle.
.
Description of the problem.
Coverage
Services Provided
Services are provided up to 5 years/
160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever
comes first.
.
Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the
vehicle to get to the nearest
service station.
.
Lock‐Out Service: Service to
unlock the vehicle if you are
locked out. A remote unlock may
be available if you have OnStar.
For security reasons, the driver
must present identification
before this service is given.
.
Emergency Tow from a Public
Road or Highway: Tow to the
nearest Chevrolet dealer for
warranty service, or if the vehicle
was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is also given
when the vehicle is stuck in the
sand, mud, or snow.
In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
person driving the vehicle without
permission from the owner is not
covered.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Chevrolet and General Motors of
Canada Limited reserve the right to
make any changes or discontinue
the Roadside Assistance program
at any time without notification.
Chevrolet and General Motors of
Canada Limited reserve the right to
limit services or payment to an
owner or driver if they decide the
claims are made too often, or the
same type of claim is made many
times.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (7,1)
Customer Information
.
.
Flat Tire Change: Service to
change a flat tire with the tire
sealant and compressor kit.
If the tire has been separated
from the wheel, has damaged
sidewalls, or has a large
puncture, the tire is too severely
damaged for the tire sealant and
compressor kit to be effective.
It is the owner's responsibility for
the repair or replacement of the
tire if it is not covered by the
warranty.
Battery Jump Start: Service
to jump start a dead battery.
Services Not Included in
Roadside Assistance
.
Impound towing caused by
violation of any laws.
.
Legal fines.
.
Mounting, dismounting,
or changing of snow tires,
chains, or other traction devices.
.
Towing or services for vehicles
driven on a non-public road or
highway.
Services Specific to Canadian
Vehicles
.
Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
is approximately $5 Canadian.
Diesel fuel delivery may be
restricted. Propane and other
fuels are not provided through
this service.
.
Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
registration is required.
.
Trip Routing Service: Detailed
maps of North America are
provided when requested either
with the most direct route or the
most scenic route. There is a
limit of six requests per year.
Additional travel information is
also available. Allow three
weeks for delivery.
13-7
.
Trip Interruption Benefits
and Assistance: Must be
over 250 km (150 mi) from
where the trip was started to
qualify. General Motors of
Canada Limited requires
pre-authorization, original
detailed receipts, and a copy
of the repair orders. Once
authorization has been received,
the Roadside Assistance advisor
will help to make arrangements
and explain how to receive
payment.
.
Alternative Service: If
assistance cannot be provided
right away, the Roadside
Assistance advisor may
give permission to get local
emergency road service. You will
receive payment, up to $100,
after sending the original
receipt to Roadside Assistance.
Mechanical failures may be
covered, however any cost for
parts and labor for repairs not
covered by the warranty are the
owner's responsibility.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
13-8
Black plate (8,1)
Customer Information
Scheduling Service
Appointments
Courtesy Transportation
Program
When the vehicle requires warranty
service, contact the dealer and
request an appointment. By
scheduling a service appointment
and advising the service consultant
of your transportation needs, the
dealer can help minimize your
inconvenience.
To enhance your ownership
experience, we and our participating
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
Transportation, a customer support
program for vehicles with the
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
Coverage period in Canada) and
extended powertrain warranties in
both the U.S. and Canada.
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
into the service department
immediately, keep driving it until
it can be scheduled for service,
unless, of course, the problem is
safety related. If it is, please call the
dealership, let them know this, and
ask for instructions.
If the dealer requests you to bring
the vehicle for service, you are
urged to do so as early in the work
day as possible to allow for the
same-day repair.
Several Courtesy Transportation
options are available to assist in
reducing inconvenience when
warranty repairs are required.
Courtesy Transportation is not a
part of the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. A separate booklet
entitled “Warranty and Owner
Assistance Information” furnished
with each new vehicle provides
detailed warranty coverage
information.
Transportation Options
Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
if you are unable to wait, GM helps
to minimize inconvenience by
providing several transportation
options. Depending on the
circumstances, the dealer can
offer one of the following:
Shuttle Service
Shuttle service is the preferred
means of offering Courtesy
Transportation. Dealers may provide
shuttle service to get you to your
destination with minimal interruption
of your daily schedule. This includes
one‐way or round‐trip shuttle service
within reasonable time and distance
parameters of the dealer's area.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (9,1)
Customer Information
Public Transportation or Fuel
Reimbursement
If the vehicle requires overnight
warranty repairs, and public
transportation is used instead of the
dealer's shuttle service, the expense
must be supported by original
receipts and can only be up to the
maximum amount allowed by GM
for shuttle service. In addition, for
U.S. customers, should you arrange
transportation through a friend or
relative, limited reimbursement for
reasonable fuel expenses may be
available. Claim amounts should
reflect actual costs and be
supported by original receipts.
See the dealer for information
regarding the allowance amounts
for reimbursement of fuel or other
transportation costs.
Courtesy Rental Vehicle
The dealer may arrange to provide
you with a courtesy rental vehicle or
reimburse you for a rental vehicle
that you obtain if the vehicle is kept
for an overnight warranty repair.
Rental reimbursement will be limited
and must be supported by original
receipts. This requires that you sign
and complete a rental agreement
and meet state/provincial, local,
and rental vehicle provider
requirements. Requirements vary
and may include minimum age
requirements, insurance coverage,
credit card, etc. You are responsible
for fuel usage charges and may also
be responsible for taxes, levies,
usage fees, excessive mileage,
or rental usage beyond the
completion of the repair.
It may not be possible to provide a
like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
13-9
Additional Program
Information
All program options, such as shuttle
service, may not be available at
every dealer. Please contact the
dealer for specific information
about availability. All Courtesy
Transportation arrangements will be
administered by appropriate dealer
personnel.
General Motors reserves the
right to unilaterally modify,
change, or discontinue Courtesy
Transportation at any time and to
resolve all questions of claim
eligibility pursuant to the terms and
conditions described herein at its
sole discretion.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
13-10
Black plate (10,1)
Customer Information
Collision Damage Repair
If the vehicle is involved in a
collision and it is damaged, have
the damage repaired by a qualified
technician using the proper
equipment and quality replacement
parts. Poorly performed collision
repairs diminish the vehicle resale
value, and safety performance can
be compromised in subsequent
collisions.
Collision Parts
Genuine GM Collision parts are new
parts made with the same materials
and construction methods as the
parts with which the vehicle was
originally built. Genuine GM
Collision parts are the best choice to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
appearance, durability, and safety
are preserved. The use of Genuine
GM parts can help maintain the GM
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Recycled original equipment parts
may also be used for repair. These
parts are typically removed from
vehicles that were total losses in
prior crashes. In most cases, the
parts being recycled are from
undamaged sections of the vehicle.
A recycled original equipment GM
part may be an acceptable choice
to maintain the vehicle's originally
designed appearance and safety
performance; however, the history of
these parts is not known. Such parts
are not covered by the GM New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
Repair Facility
Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by
companies other than GM and may
not have been tested for the vehicle.
As a result, these parts may fit
poorly, exhibit premature durability/
corrosion problems, and may not
perform properly in subsequent
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
covered by the GM New Vehicle
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
failure related to such parts is not
covered by that warranty.
Protect your investment in the GM
vehicle with comprehensive and
collision insurance coverage. There
are significant differences in the
quality of coverage afforded by
various insurance policy terms.
Many insurance policies provide
reduced protection to the GM
vehicle by limiting compensation
for damage repairs by using
aftermarket collision parts. Some
insurance companies will not
specify aftermarket collision parts.
GM also recommends that you
choose a collision repair facility that
meets your needs before you ever
need collision repairs. The dealer
may have a collision repair center
with GM-trained technicians and
state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be
able to recommend a collision
repair center that has GM-trained
technicians and comparable
equipment.
Insuring the Vehicle
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (11,1)
Customer Information
13-11
When purchasing insurance, we
recommend that you ensure that the
vehicle will be repaired with GM
original equipment collision parts.
If such insurance coverage is
not available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching
to another insurance carrier.
Give only the necessary information
to police and other parties involved
in the crash.
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
company may require you to have
insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Genuine Manufacturer replacement
parts. Read the lease carefully, as
you may be charged at the end of
the lease for poor quality repairs.
.
Driver name, address, and
telephone number.
.
Driver license number.
In a crash, the sensing system may
shut down the high voltage system.
See Battery on page 10‑24 for
important safety information. If an
airbag has inflated, see What Will
You See After an Airbag Inflates?
on page 3‑31.
.
Owner name, address, and
telephone number.
Managing the Vehicle Damage
Repair Process
.
Vehicle license plate number.
.
Vehicle make, model, and
model year.
.
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
.
Insurance company and policy
number.
.
General description of the
damage to the other vehicle.
In the event that the vehicle requires
damage repairs, GM recommends
that you take an active role in its
repair. If you have a pre-determined
repair facility of choice, take the
vehicle there, or have it towed
there. Specify to the facility that any
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
original GM parts. Remember,
recycled parts will not be covered
by the GM vehicle warranty.
If a Crash Occurs
If there has been an injury, call
emergency services for help. Do not
leave the scene of a crash until all
matters have been taken care of.
Move the vehicle only if its position
puts you in danger, or you are
instructed to move it by a police
officer.
For emergency towing see
Roadside Assistance Program on
page 13‑6.
Gather the following information:
Choose a reputable repair facility
that uses quality replacement parts.
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
section.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
13-12
Black plate (12,1)
Customer Information
Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
but you must live with the repair.
Depending on your policy limits,
your insurance company may
initially value the repair using
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
the repair professional, and insist
on Genuine GM parts. Remember,
if the vehicle is leased, you may
be obligated to have the vehicle
repaired with Genuine GM parts,
even if your insurance coverage
does not pay the full cost.
If another party's insurance
company is paying for the repairs,
you are not obligated to accept a
repair valuation based on that
insurance company's collision
policy repair limits, as you have no
contractual limits with that company.
In such cases, you can have control
of the repair and parts choices as
long as the cost stays within
reasonable limits.
Service Publications
Ordering Information
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,
Owner Manual, and Warranty
Booklet.
Service Manuals
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$35.00 (U.S.) plus handling
and shipping fees.
Service Manuals have the diagnosis
and repair information on the
engines, electric drive unit, axle,
suspension, brakes, electrical,
steering, body, etc.
Service Bulletins
Service Bulletins give additional
technical service information
needed to knowledgeably service
General Motors cars and trucks.
Each bulletin contains instructions
to assist in the diagnosis and
service of the vehicle.
Owner Information
Owner publications are written
specifically for owners and intended
to provide basic operational
information about the vehicle.
The Owner Manual includes the
Maintenance Schedule for all
models.
Without Portfolio: Owner
Manual only.
RETAIL SELL PRICE:
$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling
and shipping fees.
Current and Past Models
Technical Service Bulletins and
Manuals are available for current
and past model GM vehicles.
ORDER TOLL FREE:
1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday
8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time
For Credit Card Orders Only
(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (13,1)
Customer Information
Or write to:
Helm, Incorporated
P.O. Box 07130
Detroit, MI 48207
Prices are subject to change
without notice and without incurring
obligation. Allow ample time for
delivery.
pending. DTS and the Symbol are
registered trademarks and DTS
Digital Surround and the DTS logos
are trademarks of DTS, Inc. Product
includes software. © DTS, Inc. All
Rights Reserved.
All listed prices are quoted in U.S.
funds. Make checks payable in U.S.
funds.
Trademarks and License
Agreements
Manufactured under license
under U.S. Patent #'s: 5,451,942;
5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762;
6,487,535 & other U.S. and
worldwide patents issued &
Manufactured under license from
Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the
double-D symbol are trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories.
MP3PRO audio decoding
technology licensed from Coding
Technologies, Fraunhofer IIS and
Thompson.
13-13
DivX®, DivX Certified® and
associated logos are registered
trademarks of DivX, Inc. and are
used under license.
About DivX video: DivX® is a digital
video format created by DivX, Inc.
This is an official DivX Certified
device that plays DivX video. Visit
www.divx.com for more information
and software tools to convert your
files into DivX video.
About DivX Video-On-Demand: This
DivX Certified® device must be
registered in order to play DivX
Video-On-Demand (VOD) content.
To generate the registration code,
locate the DivX VOD section in
the device setup menu. Go to
www.vod.divx.com with this code to
complete the registration process
and learn more about DivX VOD.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
13-14
Black plate (14,1)
Customer Information
channel name. Channel blocking is
available for XM Satellite Radio
receivers by notifying XM at:
“Made for iPod” means that an
electronic accessory has been
designed to connect specifically
to iPod and has been certified
by the developer to meet Apple
performance standards. Apple is
not responsible for the operation of
this device or its compliance with
safety and regulatory standards.
iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, and
iPod touch are trademarks of Apple
Inc., registered in the U.S. and other
countries.
Fees and Taxes: Subscription
fee, taxes, one time activation
fee, and other fees may apply.
Subscription fee is consumer only.
All fees and programming subject to
change. Subscriptions subject to
Customer Agreement available at
www.xmradio.com. XM™ service
only available in the 48 contiguous
United States and Canada.
In Canada: Some deterioration
of service may occur in extreme
northern latitudes. This is beyond
the control of XM™ Satellite Radio.
Explicit Language Notice: Channels
with frequent explicit language are
indicated with an “XL” preceding the
.
USA Customers — Visit
www.xmradio.com or call
1-800-xmradio
(1-800-967-2346).
.
Canadian Customers — Visit
www.xmradio.ca or call
1-877-438-9677.
It is prohibited to copy, decompile,
disassemble, reverse engineer,
hack, manipulate, or otherwise
make available any technology or
software incorporated in receivers
compatible with the XM™ Satellite
Radio System or that support the
XM website, the Online Service or
any of its content. Furthermore, the
AMBER voice compression software
included in this product is protected
by intellectual property rights
including patent rights, copyrights,
and trade secrets of Digital Voice
Systems, Inc.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (15,1)
Customer Information
General Requirements:
1. A License Agreement from XM™
is required for any product that
incorporates XM Technology
and/or for use of any of the XM
marks to be manufactured,
distributed or marketed in the
XM Service Area.
2. For products to be distributed,
marketed and/or sold in Canada,
a separate agreement is
required with Canadian Satellite
Radio Inc. (operating as XM
Canada).
This product incorporates copyright
protection technology that is
protected by U.S. patents and other
intellectual property rights of Rovi
Corporation. Reverse engineering or
disassrmbly is prohibited.
This product uses the source code
of T-Kernel under T-License granted
by the T-Engine Forum
(www.t-engine.org).
Music and video recognition
technology and related data
are provided by Gracenote®.
Gracenote is the industry
standard in music recognition
technology and related content
delivery. For more information,
visit www.gracenote.com.
13-15
CD, DVD, Blu-ray Disc, and music
and video-related data from
Gracenote, Inc., copyright © 2000 to
present Gracenote. One or more
patents owned by Gracenote apply
to this product and service. See
the Gracenote website for a
non-exhaustive list of applicable
Gracenote patents. Gracenote and
CDDB, MusicID, Media VOCS, the
Gracenote logo and logotype, and
the “Powered by Gracenote” logo
are either registered trademarks or
trademarks of Gracenote in the
United States and/or other
countries.
If you require more information
regarding the use of the
Gracenote Service, visit:
www.gracenote.com/corporate.
For the data provided by
Gracenote® Music Recognition
Service, the content is not
necessarily guaranteed 100%.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
13-16
Black plate (16,1)
Customer Information
Regarding the use of Gracenote
Music Recognition Service, when
this product is used, it is necessary
to agree to the following articles.
Gracenote® End User License
This application or device contains
software from Gracenote, Inc. of
Emeryville, California (“Gracenote”).
The software from Gracenote (the
“Gracenote Software”) enables this
application to perform disc and/or
file identification and obtain
music-related information, including
name, artist, track, and title
information (“Gracenote Data”)
from online servers or embedded
databases (collectively, “Gracenote
Servers”) and to perform other
functions. You may use Gracenote
Data only by means of the intended
End-User functions of this
application or device. You agree that
you will use Gracenote Data, the
Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers for your own personal
non-commercial use only. You agree
not to assign, copy, transfer or
transmit the Gracenote Software or
any Gracenote Data to any third
party.
Gracenote, Inc. may enforce its
rights under this Agreement against
you directly in its own name.
YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR
EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT
AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED
HEREIN. You agree that your
non-exclusive license to use the
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and Gracenote Servers
will terminate if you violate these
restrictions. If your license
terminates, you agree to cease any
and all use of the Gracenote Data,
the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers.
The Gracenote service uses a
unique identifier to track queries
for statistical purposes.
Gracenote reserves all rights in
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and the Gracenote
Servers, including all ownership
rights.
Under no circumstances will
Gracenote become liable for any
payment to you for any information
that you provide. You agree that
The purpose of a randomly
assigned numeric identifier is to
allow the Gracenote service to
count queries without knowing
anything about who you are. For
more information, see the web page
for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for
the Gracenote service.
The Gracenote Software and each
item of Gracenote Data are licensed
to you “AS IS.” Gracenote makes
no representations or warranties,
express or implied, regarding the
accuracy of any Gracenote Data
from in the Gracenote Servers.
Gracenote reserves the right to
delete data from the Gracenote
Servers or to change data
categories for any cause that
Gracenote deems sufficient.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (17,1)
Customer Information
No warranty is made that the
Gracenote Software or Gracenote
Servers are error-free or that
functioning of Gracenote Software
or Gracenote Servers will be
uninterrupted.
Gracenote is not obligated to
provide you with new enhanced or
additional data types or categories
that Gracenote may provide in the
future and is free to discontinue its
services at any time.
Gracenote disclaims all warranties
express or implied, including, but
not limited to, implied warranties
of merchantability, fitness for a
particular purpose, title, and
non-infringement. Gracenote
does not warrant the results that
will be obtained by your use of
the gracenote software or any
gracenote server. In no case
will gracenote be liable for any
consequential or incidental
damages or for any lost profits
or lost revenues.
© Gracenote, Inc. 2010
Map End User License
Agreement
© 2010 Tele Atlas North America,
Inc. All rights reserved.
This material is proprietary and the
subject of copyright protection and
other intellectual property rights
owned by or licensed to Tele Atlas
North America, Inc.
The use of this material is subject to
the terms of a license agreement.
You will be held liable for any
unauthorized copying or disclosure
of this material.
Data by infoUSA Copyright © 2010,
All Rights Reserved.
© 2010 VISA Corporation
© CoStar Realty Information, Inc.
The Bullseye Design is a registered
trademark of Target Brands, Inc.
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT
CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THE
NAVIGATION SYSTEM. THIS IS A
13-17
LICENSE AGREEMENT FOR
YOUR COPY OF THE SPATIAL
MAP DATABASE, INCLUDING
LOCATION CODES AND RELATED
PRODUCTS (COLLECTIVELY, THE
"DATABASE"), USED IN THE
NAVIGATION SYSTEM. BY USING
THE NAVIGATION SYSTEM AND
THE DATABASE, YOU ACCEPT
AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY
ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
SET FORTH BELOW.
LICENSE GRANT
DENSO CORPORATION
(“DENSO”), as a licensed distributor
of the DATABASE, grants to you a
non-exclusive, non-perpetual
license to use your copy of the
DATABASE for your personal use
or for your use in your business'
internal operations and not for any
other purpose. This license does
not include the right to grant
sub-licenses.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
13-18
Black plate (18,1)
Customer Information
OWNERSHIP
LIMITATIONS ON USE
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY
The DATABASE and the copyrights
and intellectual property and
neighboring rights therein are
owned by Tele Atlas North America,
Inc. (“TANA”) and its licensors. This
Agreement does not transfer any
title or interest in the DATABASE,
except for the license to use the
DATABASE according and subject
to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement. You shall not alter,
obscure or remove any copyright
notices, trademark notices or other
restrictive legends relating to the
DATABASE.
The DATABASE is restricted for use
in the specific system for which it
was created. Except to the extent
explicitly permitted by mandatory
laws, you may not extract or
reutilize any portion of the contents
of the DATABASE, nor reproduce,
copy, duplicate, modify, adapt,
translate, disassemble, decompile,
or reverse engineer any portion of
the DATABASE.
THE DATABASE IS PROVIDED
ON AN “AS IS” AND “WITH ALL
FAULTS BASIS” AND DENSO
AND TANA (AND THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS)
EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF NON-INFRINGEMENT,
MERCHANTABILITY,
SATISFACTORY QUALITY,
ACCURACY, TITLE AND FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE
OR INFORMATION PROVIDED BY
DENSO OR TANA (OR ANY OF
THEIR LICENSORS, AGENTS,
EMPLOYEES OR THIRD PARTY
PROVIDERS) SHALL CREATE A
WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE NOT
ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY
SUCH ADVICE OR INFORMATION.
The DATABASE comprises
confidential and proprietary
information and materials of TANA.
Accordingly, you shall hold the
DATABASE in confidence and trust.
You shall take reasonable steps
to protect the DATABASE from
misappropriation or misuse.
You shall not extract stand-alone
data from or publish any part of the
DATABASE without the prior written
consent of TANA and its licensors.
TRANSFER
You many not transfer the
DATABASE to third parties, except
together with the system for which
it was created, provided that you
do not retain any copy of the
DATABASE, and provided that the
transferee agrees to all terms and
conditions of this AGREEMENT.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (19,1)
Customer Information
THIS DISCLAIMER OF
WARRANTIES IS AN ESSENTIAL
CONDITION OF THIS
AGREEMENT.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT SHALL DENSO OR
TANA (OR THEIR LICENSORS OR
SUPPLIERS) BE LIABLE FOR ANY
INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,
SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
EXEMPLARY DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR
YOUR USE OF THE DATABASE,
INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS OR
COSTS OF COVER, LOSS OF USE
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION
OR THE LIKE, REGARDLESS OF
WHETHER THE PARTY WAS
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF SUCH DAMAGES.
IN NO EVENT WILL THE TOTAL
LIABILITY OF DENSO OR TANA
(OR THEIR LICENSORS OR
SUPPLIERS) EXCEED THE
AMOUNTS PAID BY YOU FOR
THE DATABASE.
13-19
WARNINGS
U.S. GOVERNMENT RIGHTS
The DATABASE comprises facts
and information from government
and other sources reflecting
circumstances in existence before
you received the DATABASE, which
may contain errors and omissions.
Accordingly, the DATABASE may
contain inaccurate or incomplete
information due to the passage of
time, changing circumstances, and
due to the nature of the sources
used. The DATABASE does not
include or reflect information
relating to, among other things,
neighborhood safety; law
enforcement; emergency
assistance; construction work; road
or lane closures; vehicle or speed
restrictions; road slope or grade;
bridge height, weight or other limits;
road or traffic conditions; special
events; traffic congestion; or
travel time.
If you are an agency, department,
or other entity of the United States
Government, or funded in whole
or in part by the United States
Government, then use, duplication,
reproduction, release, modification,
disclosure or transfer of this
commercial product and
accompanying documentation, is
restricted in accordance with the
LIMITED or RESTRICTED rights
as described in DFARS
252.227-7014(a)(1) (JUN 1995)
(DOD commercial computer
software definition), DFARS
227.7202-1 (DOD policy on
commercial computer software),
FAR 52.227-19 (JUN 1987)
(commercial computer software
clause for civilian agencies), DFARS
252.227-7015 (NOV 1995) (DOD
technical data – commercial items
clause); FAR 52.227-14 Alternates I,
II, and III (JUN 1987) (civilian
agency technical data and
noncommercial computer software
clause); and/or FAR 12.211 and
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
13-20
Black plate (20,1)
Customer Information
FAR 12.212 (commercial item
acquisitions), as applicable. In
case of conflict between any of the
FAR and DFARS provisions listed
herein and this Agreement, the
construction that provides greater
limitations on the Government’s
rights shall control. Contractor/
manufacturer is Tele Atlas North
America, Inc., 11 Lafayette Street,
Lebanon, NH 03766-1445. Phone:
(603) 643-0330. The DATABASE is
©1984-2010 by Tele Atlas North
America, Inc. ALL RIGHTS
RESERVED. For purpose of any
public disclosure provision under
any federal, state or local law, it is
agreed that the DATABASE is a
trade secret and a proprietary
commercial product and not subject
to disclosure.
If you are an agency, department,
or other entity of any State
government, the United States
Government or any other public
entity or funded in whole or in part
by the United States Government,
then you hereby agree to protect the
DATABASE from public disclosure
and to consider the DATABASE
exempt from any statute, law,
regulation, or code, including any
Sunshine Act, Public Records Act,
Freedom of Information Act,
or equivalent, which permits public
access and/or reproduction or use
of the Licensed Products. In the
event that such exemption is
challenged under any such laws,
this Agreement shall be considered
breached and any and all right to
retain any copies or to use of the
DATABASE shall be terminated and
considered immediately null and
void. Any copies of the DATABASE
held by you shall immediately be
destroyed. If any court of competent
jurisdiction considers this clause
void and unenforceable, in whole
or in part, for any reason, this
Agreement shall be considered
terminated and null and void, in its
entirety, and any and all copies of
the DATABASE shall immediately
be destroyed.
BTV.461060.2
END USER NOTICE
PLEASE READ THIS NOTICE
CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THIS
NAVIGATION SYSTEM.
The Point Of Interest Data (“POI”
Data) in the navigation system is
in part provided by infoUSA Inc.
(“infoUSA”). By using the POI Data,
you accept and agree to all terms
and conditions set forth below.
1. Ownership
All rights, title and interest to
the infoUSA POI Data shall be
retained by infoUSA.
2. Limitations on Use
Except to the extent explicitly
permitted by mandatory laws,
you may not extract or re-utilize
any portion of the contents
of the POI Data, nor reproduce,
copy, modify, adapt, translate,
disassemble, decompile,
or reverse engineer any portion
of the POI Data.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (21,1)
Customer Information
3. Transfer
You may not transfer the POI
Data to third parties, except
together with the system for
which it was created, provided
that you do not retain any copy
of the POI Data.
4. Disclaimer of Warranty
EXCEPT AS STATED HEREIN,
INFOUSA MAKES NO
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
OR WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY.
5. Limitation of Liability
EITHER INFOUSA OR
SUPPLIER OF POI DATA
SHALL NOT BE LIABLE
FOR ANY INDIRECT,
CONSEQUENTIAL OR
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES
MADE OR ALLEGED IN
CONNECTION WITH YOUR
USE OF THE POI DATA.
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
Personal Use Only — You agree
to use this information for solely
personal, non commercial purposes,
and not for service bureau, time
sharing or other similar purposes.
You may not modify the information
or remove any copyright notices that
appear on the information in any
way. You may not decompile,
disassemble or reverse engineer
any portion of this information, and
may not transfer or distribute it in
any form, for any purpose. Without
limiting the foregoing, you may not
use this information with any
products, systems, or applications
installed or otherwise connected to
or in communication with vehicles,
capable of vehicle navigation,
positioning, dispatch, real time route
guidance, fleet management or
similar applications.
13-21
No Warranty — This information is
provided to you “as is,” and you
agree to use it at your own risk.
DENSO and its licensors (and their
licensors and suppliers, collectively
“DENSO”) make no guarantees,
representations or warranties of any
kind, express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not
limited to, and DENSO expressly
disclaims any warranties regarding
content, quality, accuracy,
completeness, effectiveness,
reliability, fitness for a particular
purpose, non infringement,
usefulness, use or results to be
obtained from this information,
or that the information or server will
be uninterrupted or error free. Some
states, territories and countries
do not allow certain warranty
exclusions, so to that extent, the
above exclusion may not apply
to you.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
13-22
Black plate (22,1)
Customer Information
Disclaimer of Liability: DENSO
SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU
FOR ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF
ITS NATURE, ALLEGING ANY
LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES,
WHETHER DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY LOSS OF
PROFIT, REVENUE OR
CONTRACTS ARISING OUT
OF YOUR POSSESSION, USE
OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS
INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN
THE INFORMATION, OR THE
BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT
OR BASED ON A WARRANTY,
EVEN IF DENSO OR ITS
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some states,
territories and countries do not
allow certain liability exclusions or
damages limitations, so to that
extent the above may not apply
to you.
Indemnity — You agree to
indemnify, defend and hold DENSO
and its licensors (including their
respective licensors, suppliers,
assignees, subsidiaries, affiliated
companies, and the respective
officers, directors, employees,
shareholders, agents and
representatives of each of them)
free and harmless from and against
any liability, loss, injury (including
injuries resulting in death), demand,
action, cost, expense, or claim of
any kind or character, including but
not limited to attorney’s fees, arising
out of or in connection with any use
or possession by you of this
information.
END USER NOTICE
The marks of companies displayed
by this product to indicate business
locations are the marks of their
respective owners. The use of
such marks in this product does not
imply any sponsorship, approval,
or endorsement by such companies
of this product.
Open Source Information
This vehicle contains open source
software, including without
limitation, software distributed
and/or modified under the GNU
General Public License, Version 2,
June 1991, and the GNU Lesser
General Public License, Version 2.1,
February 1999.
See www.oss.gm.com for additional
information and to download
related materials, including without
limitation, the previous referred to
licenses and software.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (23,1)
Customer Information
Reporting Safety
Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
to the United States
Government
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause
a crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds
that a safety defect exists in a
group of vehicles, it may order
a recall and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may
call the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go
to http://www.safercar.gov; or
write to:
Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other
information about motor
vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
13-23
Reporting Safety Defects
to the Canadian
Government
If you live in Canada, and you
believe that the vehicle has a safety
defect, notify Transport Canada
immediately, and notify General
Motors of Canada Limited. Call
them at 1-800-333-0510 or write to:
Transport Canada
Road Safety Branch
2780 Sheffield Road
Ottawa, Ontario K1B 3V9
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
13-24
Black plate (24,1)
Customer Information
Reporting Safety Defects
to General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA
(or Transport Canada) in a situation
like this, notify General Motors.
Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer
Assistance Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
(French), or write:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Communication Centre,
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Vehicle Data
Recording and
Privacy
This GM vehicle has a number of
sophisticated computers that record
information about the vehicle’s
performance and how it is driven.
For example, the vehicle uses
computer modules to monitor and
control engine and electric drive
unit performance, to monitor the
conditions for airbag deployment
and to deploy airbags in a crash,
and to provide antilock braking to
help the driver control the vehicle.
These modules may store data to
help the dealer technician service
the vehicle. Some modules may
also store data about how you
operate the vehicle, such as rate of
fuel consumption or average speed.
These modules may also retain the
owner’s personal preferences, such
as radio pre-sets, seat positions,
and temperature settings.
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle has an Event Data
Recorder (EDR). The main purpose
of an EDR is to record, in certain
crash or near crash-like situations,
such as an airbag deployment or
hitting a road obstacle, data that
will assist in understanding how a
vehicle's systems performed. The
EDR is designed to record data
related to vehicle dynamics and
safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed
to record such data as:
.
How various systems in the
vehicle were operating.
.
Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened.
.
How far, if at all, the driver was
pressing the accelerator and/or
brake pedal.
.
How fast the vehicle was
traveling.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (25,1)
Customer Information
This data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances
in which crashes and injuries occur.
Important: EDR data is recorded
by the vehicle only if a non-trivial
crash situation occurs; no data is
recorded by the EDR under normal
driving conditions and no personal
data (e.g., name, gender, age,
and crash location) is recorded.
However, other parties, such as
law enforcement, could combine
the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
GM will not access this data or
share it with others except: with the
consent of the vehicle owner or,
if the vehicle is leased, with the
consent of the lessee; in response
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through
the discovery process; or, as
required by law. Data that GM
collects or receives may also be
used for GM research needs or may
be made available to others for
research purposes, where a need is
shown and the data is not tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
13-25
OnStar®
If the vehicle is equipped with an
active OnStar system, that system
may also record data in crash or
near crash‐like situations. The
OnStar Terms and Conditions
provides information on data
collection and use and is available
in the OnStar glove box kit, at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada), or by
pressing the Q button and
speaking to an advisor.
Navigation System
If the vehicle has a navigation
system, use of the system may
result in the storage of destinations,
addresses, telephone numbers, and
other trip information. See Using the
Navigation System on page 7‑36 for
information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
13-26
Black plate (26,1)
Customer Information
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID)
Radio Frequency
Statement
RFID technology is used in some
vehicles for functions such as tire
pressure monitoring and ignition
system security, as well as in
connection with conveniences
such as key fobs for remote door
locking/unlocking and starting, and
in-vehicle transmitters for garage
door openers. RFID technology in
GM vehicles does not use or record
personal information or link with any
other GM system containing
personal information.
This vehicle has systems that
operate on a radio frequency that
comply with Part 15 of the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
rules and with Industry Canada
Standards RSS‐210/220/310.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. The device may not cause
interference.
2. The device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
Changes or modifications to any of
these systems by other than an
authorized service facility could void
authorization to use this equipment.
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (1,1)
INDEX
A
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-13
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Airbag System
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31
Passenger Sensing
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30
What Will You See After
an Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . .3-31
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . .3-27
Airbags
Adding Equipment to the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38
Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-18
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25
Alarm System
Anti-Theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Alert
Pedestrian Friendly . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Antenna
Multi-Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15
Anti-Theft
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Alarm System Messages . . . . .5-46
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Appearance Care
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85
Assistance Program,
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
i-1
Audio Players
CD/DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16
MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-21
Audio System
Hard Drive Device (HDD) . . . . .7-24
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . . 7-2
Automatic
Climate Control System . . . . . . . . 8-1
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
B
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
High Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Battery and Charging
Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-26
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
Brake
Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-32
Brake System Warning Light . . . 5-22
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
i-2
Black plate (2,1)
INDEX
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . .9-33
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . 10-29, 10-30
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-31
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
C
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15, 5-38
California
Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . .9-53
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Camera, Rear Vision . . . . . . . . . . 9-41
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . iii
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Carbon Monoxide
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Cargo
Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Cautions, Danger, and
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
CD/DVD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Charge Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Delay Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47
Electrical Requirements . . . . . .9-51
Plug-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-44
System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Charging Status Screens . . . . . . 9-47
Check
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Child Restraints
Infants and Young
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42
Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . .3-47
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54, 3-56
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44
Cleaning
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-81
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-85
Climate Control Systems
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-10
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15, 5-38
Compressor Kit, Tire
Sealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Configure Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Coolant
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Engine Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (3,1)
INDEX
Cooling System . . . . . . . .10-15, 10-16
Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8
Cover
Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-36
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-42
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-4
Customer Information
Service Publications
Ordering Information . . . . . . 13-12
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
D
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-10
Danger, Warnings, and
Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . 13-24
Database Coverage
Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Delayed Charging Override . . . . 9-47
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Destination, Navigation . . . . . . . . 7-48
Devices, Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Door
Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-42
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Drive Mode Messages . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Drive Unit
Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29
Driver Efficiency Gauge . . . . . . . 5-16
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Driver Selected Operating
Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24
Driving
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . .9-10
i-3
Driving (cont.)
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . .9-13
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . .9-13
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Driving for Better
Energy Efficiency . . . . . . . 1-22, 9-2
DVD/CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
E
Electric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-29
Electric Drive Unit
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
Electric Drive Unit Shift
Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Electric Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . 5-22
Electrical Equipment,
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57
Electrical Requirements for
Battery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
i-4
Black plate (4,1)
INDEX
Electrical System
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Instrument Panel
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 10-37, 10-39
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
Electronic Stability Control . . . . . 9-35
Energy Efficiency
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22, 9-2
Energy Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Engine
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Check and Service Engine
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-8
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Cooling System . . . . . . 10-15, 10-16
Cooling System Messages . . .5-43
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . .12-3
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
Engine (cont.)
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Running While Parked . . . . . . . .9-28
Engine Oil
Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43
Engine Unavailable
Out of Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 13-24
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Extended Range Mode . . . . . . . . 9-23
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1
F
Filter,
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 6-4
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Floor Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-88
Fluid
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Front Seats
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-54
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-56
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-55
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . .9-53
Gasoline Specifications . . . . . . .9-53
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-26
Requirements, California . . . . .9-53
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43
Function Check
Electric Drive Unit Shift
Lock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (5,1)
INDEX
Fuses
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Instrument Panel
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . 10-37, 10-39
Rear Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
G
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-55
Gasoline
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-53
Gauges
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Driver Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Warning Lights and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
General Information
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-57
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Global Positioning
System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
H
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Hard Drive Device (HDD) . . . . . . 7-24
Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 6-4
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-29
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-26
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . .5-26
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 8-1
High Voltage Battery Gauge . . . 5-15
i-5
High Voltage Devices and
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . 9-10
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Hood, Door, Hatch Open
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
I
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Infants and Young Children,
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Information
Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-37
Open Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-22
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Instrument Panel
Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
i-6
Black plate (6,1)
INDEX
J
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-71
K
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . 5-44
Keyless Entry
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . 2-3
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
L
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . 10-44
Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Lamps
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-3
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-19
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
LATCH System
Replacing Parts After a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-54
LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Lifting the Vehicle, Tires . . . . . . . 10-3
Lighting
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Lights
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-22
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-27
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . .5-22
Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning . . . . . . .5-24
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . 6-2
Lights (cont.)
Hood, Door, Hatch Open . . . . .5-27
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Mountain Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . .5-17
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Service Electric Parking
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Sport Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Traction Control System
(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Locks
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-26
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (7,1)
INDEX
M
Maintenance
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Maintenance Modes . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Maintenance Schedule
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 11-3
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-19
Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Menu
Configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-61
Messages
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46
Anti-Theft Alarm System . . . . . .5-46
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-41
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-42
Drive Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-42
Electric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . .5-43
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-44
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45
Object Detection System . . . . .5-45
Propulsion Power . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-45
Messages (cont.)
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . .5-46
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46
Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .5-47
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-48
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-48
Mirrors
Automatic Dimming
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Mode
Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23
Extended Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-23
Modes
Driver Selected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
Monitor System, Tire
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
Mountain Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
i-7
N
Navigation
Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-48
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-44
Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-36
Vehicle Data Recording
and Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-25
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
O
Object Detection System
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Off-Road
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Oil
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-43
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-40
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
OnStar® System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Open Source Information . . . . . 13-22
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
i-8
Black plate (8,1)
INDEX
Ordering
Map DVDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-70
Service Publications . . . . . . . . 13-12
Out of Fuel/Engine
Unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-26
Outlets
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Overview, Infotainment
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
P
Park
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22
Parking
Assist, Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-39
Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . 10-26
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . .9-22
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-33
Pedestrian Friendly Alert . . . . . . . 6-2
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements, California . . . . . 10-2
Personalization
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-48
Phone
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-78
Plug-In Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-44
Power
Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-28
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-21
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Pregnancy, Using Safety
Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Privacy
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . 13-26
Problems with Route
Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
Program Courtesy
Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8
Proposition 65 Warning,
California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Propulsion Power
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Propulsion System Start
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
R
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-26
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-26
Radios
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
CD/DVD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16
Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-41
Rearview Mirror
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . .2-15
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
Records
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (9,1)
INDEX
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-79
Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
Reimbursement Program,
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2, 2-3
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Replacement Parts
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . 3-39
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Replacing Safety Belt
System Parts After a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Reporting Safety Defects
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-23
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-24
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-23
Requirements
Electrical Battery Charging . . .9-51
Restraints
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . . 9-35
Electronic Stability (ESC) . . . . .9-35
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46
Roads
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-3
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
S
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
How to Wear Safety Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Replacing After a Crash . . . . . .3-24
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . .3-23
i-9
Safety Defects Reporting
Canadian Government . . . . . . 13-23
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-24
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . 13-23
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . . 11-3
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . 13-8
Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Seats
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Securing Child
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54, 3-56
Security
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-26
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Service
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-6
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
i-10
Black plate (10,1)
INDEX
Service (cont.)
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 11-8
Maintenance, General
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1
Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-8
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .5-46
Service Electric Parking
Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Shifting
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22
Signals, Turn and
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Specifications and
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Sport Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Start
Check Propulsion
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Starting and Stopping the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Starting the Vehicle
Messsages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
Status Screens
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Storage Areas
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Floor Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Umbrella . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Storing the Tire Sealant
and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 10-70
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Symbols, Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
System
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
System Needs Service, If . . . . . . 7-70
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-23
T
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-4
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . 2-13
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Tires
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 10-56
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-61
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . 10-62
Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-50
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Lifting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-47
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-49
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-54
Sealant and
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . 10-63
Sealant and Compressor
Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-70
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . 10-44
Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-45
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
Black plate (11,1)
INDEX
Tires (cont.)
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-60
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Total Vehicle Range . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Towing
General Information . . . . . . . . . .9-57
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . 10-79
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77
Traction
Control System (TCS) . . . . . . . .9-34
Control System (TCS)/
StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
Transportation Program,
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
U
Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . . . 9-39
Umbrella Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-55
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-58
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-55
Using this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
V
Vehicle
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-40
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-48
Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-69
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-48
Starting and Stopping . . . . . . . . .9-19
Total Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-77
i-11
Vehicle Care
Storing the Tire Sealant
and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . 10-70
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Vehicle Identification
Service Parts Identification
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-71
Voltage Devices and
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
W
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iv
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . . 5-48
Chevrolet Volt Owner Manual - 2011
i-12
INDEX
Wheels
Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-58
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-60
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-46
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Windshield
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-26
Wiring, High Voltage
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
Black plate (12,1)